Free One Liner Notes · UP Police Regulation Act | One Liner Notes

UP Police Regulation Act | One Liner Notes

399 min read

UTTAR PRADESH POLICE REGULATIONS

How many Parts does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION have in total?		IV (FOUR)
How many Chapters does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION have in total?		XXXVII (37)
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION have in total?		554

PART-1
POWERS AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
How many Chapters does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part I have in total?		Chapter I to chapter IX
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part I have in total?		Para 1 TO Para 96-A

CHAPTER-1
SUPERIOR OFFICERS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter I have in total?		Para 1 TO Para 17-A


PARA-1
POWERS AND STATUS OF INSPECTOR GENERAL-CUM-DIRECTOR GENERAL OF POLICE
Who is the head of the Police Department?		The Inspector General-cum-Director General of Police (DGP)
Who is the adviser to the Governor in Council on police administration?		The DGP
On what matters does the DGP advise the Governor in Council?		All questions of police administration
Through whom are the Governor in Council’s orders to police officers issued?		Through the DGP
What happens in urgent cases where orders are issued directly to subordinate officers?		Copies of such orders are sent to the DGP
Can a police officer correspond directly with the Governor in Council?		No
When can a police officer correspond directly with the Governor in Council?		When specially authorized by rule
With which category of officers is the DGP mainly concerned administratively?		Gazette officers
Who is responsible for the general allocation of staff?		The DGP
Who is responsible for the general distribution of funds?		The DGP
Who has complete responsibility for non-gazetted staff?		The Deputy Inspector-General (DIG)
Which officer handles routine responsibility for non-gazetted staff?		The DIG
Who controls the posting of inspectors in certain cities and stations?		The DGP
Who controls the transfer of inspectors in certain cities and stations?		The DGP
Who grants leave to inspectors in certain cities and stations?		The DGP
Who regulates the posting of clerical staff?		The DGP
Who regulates the transfer of clerical staff?		The DGP
Who regulates the promotion of clerical staff?		The DGP
What is the DGP’s routine administrative focus?		Gazette officers, staff allocation, and fund distribution

PARA-1A
POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ADDITIONAL INSPECTOR GENERAL OF POLICE
Who is the in-charge and supervising officer of a police region?		The Additional Inspector General of Police (Addl. IG)
Who provides guidance to the Deputy Inspectors-General of the region?		The Additional Inspector General of Police
What is the primary supervisory role of the Addl. IG?		To supervise and control the region under him
Who has the authority to transfer non-gazetted officers within the region?		The Addl. IG
At what level are inter-region transfers carried out?		At the Police Headquarters level
On whose recommendation are inter-region transfer orders passed?		The concerned Addl. IG
Who disposes of representations of employees posted in the region?		The Addl. IG
Who decides appeals of regional employees?		The Addl. IG
Who disposes of revision petitions of employees in the region?		The Addl. IG
Who handles petitions submitted by employees of the region?		The Addl. IG
Who grants casual leave to gazetted officers of the region?		The Addl. IG
Casual leave to gazetted officers was earlier granted by whom?		The Inspector-General of Police
Who gives opinion on the work of gazetted officers for annual entries?		The Addl. IG
To whom is the work opinion of gazetted officers submitted?		The Inspector-General of Police
Who assists in offices relating to annual performance entries?		The Deputy Inspector-General
Who supervises both gazetted and non-gazetted officers at the regional level?		The Addl. IG
Who exercises administrative control over regional employees?		The Addl. IG
Who ensures proper disposal of service-related grievances in the region?		The Addl. IG
Who regulates intra-region transfers of non-gazetted staff?		The Addl. IG
Who acts as the regional supervisory authority over Deputy Inspectors-General?		The Addl. IG
Who evaluates the work performance of gazetted officers in the region?		The Addl. IG
Who forwards performance opinions for annual confidential reports?		The Addl. IG
Who may be assigned additional duties by the Administration?		The Addl. IG
Who may entrust additional functions to the Addl. IG?		The Administration or the Inspector-General of Police

PARA-2
POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEPUTY INSPECTORS-GENERAL AS THE IN-CHARGE OF RANGES
Who acts as the in-charge of ranges of districts?		The Deputy Inspector-General (DIG)
For what is the DIG of a range primarily responsible?		The efficiency of the police in his range
What must the DIG ensure regarding district administration?		That a proper level of district administration is maintained
With whom must the DIG remain in close touch?		The Superintendents of districts
What assistance must the DIG provide to Superintendents?		Aid, advice, or control
How often must the DIG inspect each district Superintendent’s work?		At least once a year
What must the DIG prepare after inspection?		An inspection report
In what form must the inspection report be prepared?		In the prescribed form
Under which heading must observations always be recorded even if all is in order?		“Crime Working” (Heading VIII)
Which other heading must be recorded if necessary?		“General” (Heading IX)
When is the DIG not required to record observations under other headings?		When everything is in order and no action is required
What kind of matters should be mentioned in the inspection report?		Matters useful for guidance of district staff or successor
Whose guidance should the inspection report primarily serve?		District staff and the DIG’s successor
What must the DIG do immediately after completing inspection?		Take action to remedy defects within his powers
What should the DIG do if defects are beyond his powers to correct?		Refer them to the Inspector-General
Which types of issues must be referred to the Inspector-General?		Grave defects or questions of principle

PARA-3
DUTIES OF DEPUTY INSPECTOR GENERAL OF POLICE IN HIS RANGE.
For what is the Deputy Inspector-General (DIG) responsible in his range?		General supervision of crime
What must the DIG ensure during serious crime outbreaks?		Proper measures are taken to deal with them
What must the DIG promote between districts?		Co-operation
Which register must the DIG maintain regarding organized banditry?		Dacoity register
Which homicide-related register must the DIG maintain?		Murder register
Which violent theft-related register must be maintained by the DIG?		Robbery register
Which poisoning-related register must the DIG keep?		Poisoning register
What type of additional cases must be recorded in registers?		Miscellaneous cases
In which prescribed format are crime registers maintained?		Inspector-General’s Form No. 138
How often must the DIG submit a crime report to the Inspector-General?		Fortnightly
What must be included in the DIG’s fortnightly crime report?		Matters relating to his range requiring attention
What statement must be attached to the fortnightly crime report?		Statement of dacoities
What details are given in the dacoity statement?		Very brief particulars of each case
In which cases must special crime reports be sent to the Inspector-General?		Exceptional cases
Who must report specially important matters directly to the Inspector-General?		Superintendents
To whom must Superintendents also report important matters besides the IG?		The DIG
Give an example of a matter requiring immediate Government information.		Serious breach of the peace
What type of communal conflict must be immediately reported?		Collisions between Europeans and Indians
What political matters require immediate reporting?		Important matters of political nature
Who is generally the channel of communication to the Inspector-General?		The DIG
What must the DIG prepare after receiving district annual administration reports?		A review of the whole range
To whom does the DIG submit the range review?		The Inspector-General
What should be specially noted in the DIG’s range review?		Cases deserving special mention in the provincial report
Which DIG is responsible for Education and Training?		DIG, Education and Training
What centres does the DIG (Education & Training) supervise?		Range Training Centres
What must the DIG (Education & Training) inspect periodically?		Range Training Centres
What must the DIG keep updated regarding training?		Latest methods of training introduced elsewhere
Where must new training methods be adopted?		Police Training Institutions
Which college is supervised by the DIG (Education & Training)?		Police Training College, Moradabad
Which Armed Police centre is supervised by him?		Armed Police Training Centre
Which workshop is supervised but not under his administrative control?		Police Motor Transport Workshop, Sitapur
Which Wireless Station is supervised by him?		Wireless Station, Lucknow
Which institution remains under his administrative control?		Police Training College, Moradabad
What manuals must the DIG revise?		Police Training Manuals
What must the DIG draft when necessary?		New training manuals
Who ensures coordination of crime control across districts?		The DIG
Who ensures reporting of exceptional crimes to higher authority?		The DIG
Who compiles the consolidated crime review of the range?		The DIG
Who acts as the main communication channel between districts and the IG?		The DIG
Who supervises training reforms and curriculum updates in police institutions?		The DIG (Education & Training)

PARA-4
POWERS OF ASSISTANT TO THE INSPECTOR-GENERAL, GOVERNMENT RAILWAY POLICE
Who exercises powers similar to a Range Deputy Inspector-General for railway police sections?		The Assistant to the Inspector-General in charge of the Government Railway Police
In relation to which units does the Assistant to the IG exercise his authority?		Railway police sections under his charge
What level of authority does the Assistant to the IG possess in railway police sections?		Powers, duties, and responsibilities of a Range DIG
Which officer’s powers are equivalent to those of the Assistant to the IG in railway sections?		A Range Deputy Inspector-General
Does the Assistant to the IG have authority over administrative duties of railway police sections?		Yes
Does the Assistant to the IG possess supervisory responsibilities similar to a Range DIG?		Yes
Which power is not vested in the Assistant to the IG?		The power to dismiss an Inspector or Sub-Inspector
Who holds the power to dismiss an Inspector or Sub-Inspector in railway police sections?		The Deputy Inspector-General of Police Headquarters and Railway

PARA-5
POWERS OF COMMISSIONER
What does the term “Commissioner” include in Police Regulations?		A Collector or Deputy Commissioner in charge of a division
Who may act as Commissioner under Police Regulations?		A Collector
Who may also act as Commissioner under Police Regulations?		A Deputy Commissioner in charge of a division
Over whom does the Commissioner exercise general supervision?		District Magistrates of the division
In which matters does the Commissioner supervise District Magistrates?		Matters relating to the Police
Does the Commissioner supervise only police matters?		No, also other branches of administration
What type of power does the Commissioner exercise over District Magistrates?		General power of supervision
In which territorial unit does the Commissioner function?		A division
Who supervises police administration at the divisional level?		The Commissioner
Who ensures coordination between police and district administration at divisional level?		The Commissioner
Which officer has supervisory authority over District Magistrates regarding police matters?		The Commissioner
Does the Commissioner’s supervisory power extend beyond police matters?		Yes
In what document are the Commissioner’s duties regarding the Annual Administration Report mentioned?		The Office Manual (Paragraph 62)
Which paragraph of the Office Manual deals with Commissioner’s duties on Annual Administration Report?		Paragraph 62
Who oversees the functioning of District Magistrates in police administration within a division?		The Commissioner
What administrative level does the Commissioner primarily operate at?		Divisional level
Who acts as supervisory authority over District Magistrates in a division?		The Commissioner
What is the Commissioner’s role in relation to Annual Administration Reports?		Duties as prescribed in the Office Manual
Does the term Commissioner refer only to one specific designation?		No
Which officers are included within the definition of Commissioner in Police Regulations?		Collector or Deputy Commissioner in charge of a division

PARA-6
POWERS OF DISTRICT MAGISTRATE OF THE DISTRICT
Who is the head of the criminal administration of the district?		The District Magistrate
Who controls and directs the action of the police in a district?		The District Magistrate
In what capacity does the District Magistrate control police action?		As head of criminal administration
Who has special powers regarding allocation of village guard?		The District Magistrate
Who exercises departmental powers concerning punishment of village guard?		The District Magistrate
Whose approval is necessary for transfer of inspectors in the district?		The District Magistrate
Whose approval is required for transfer of officers in charge of police stations?		The District Magistrate
Who may recommend entries in service and character rolls of police personnel?		The District Magistrate
Through whose office must certain correspondence of the Superintendent pass?		The District Magistrate’s office
Which type of correspondence must pass through the District Magistrate’s office?		Correspondence relating to buildings
Which administrative matters require routing through the District Magistrate’s office?		Matters affecting general district administration
In what role does the District Magistrate act while supervising district administration?		Chief Executive Officer of the district
Who supervises correspondence affecting district administration before it reaches the Inspector-General?		The District Magistrate
Who ensures coordination between police administration and district executive administration?		The District Magistrate
Who holds authority over administrative matters relating to village chaukidars?		The District Magistrate
In districts where the Collector/Deputy Commissioner is divisional incharge, who exercises transfer-related functions?		Additional District Magistrate (Executive)
Who performs the transfer-related functions when the Collector/Deputy Commissioner is divisional incharge?		Additional District Magistrate (Executive)
Who has supervisory authority over criminal administration at the district level?		The District Magistrate

PARA-7
INFORMATION TO DISTRICT MAGISTRATE OF ALL SERIOUS CRIMES AND OF ANY SUDDEN INCREASE IN VOLUME OF CRIME
Who must promptly inform the District Magistrate of all serious crimes?		The Superintendent
Who should be informed about any sudden increase in the volume of crime?		The District Magistrate
What type of crimes must be immediately reported to the District Magistrate?		All serious crimes
Who receives a fortnightly review of crime in the district?		The District Magistrate
What should the crime review include?		Localization and causes of crime
How often should the District Magistrate receive a crime review?		Fortnightly
Who receives a similar crime review as per range orders?		The Deputy Inspector-General
How frequently may the crime review be sent to the DIG?		Fortnightly or monthly
According to what are crime reviews sent to the DIG?		Range orders
Who must keep the District Magistrate informed of important police events?		The Superintendent
From whose point of view should important events be reported?		Police point of view
What should the Superintendent frequently seek with the District Magistrate?		Personal discussion
What should replace oral discussions when both officers are not together?		Demi-official correspondence
When is demi-official correspondence necessary?		When both officers are not at headquarters or on tour together
If the Superintendent is on tour and the Magistrate is at headquarters, who provides urgent information?		The police officer-in-charge at headquarters
Who ensures that urgent information reaches the District Magistrate quickly in absence of the Superintendent?		The police officer-in-charge at headquarters
Who is responsible for ensuring prompt communication of serious crimes?		The Superintendent
What must be reported besides serious crimes?		Sudden increase in crime volume
Who ensures coordination between police administration and district magistracy regarding crime?		The Superintendent
What is the purpose of the crime review sent to the District Magistrate?		To inform about crime trends and causes
Who ensures that crime localization details are communicated?		The Superintendent
What type of communication should substitute in absence of face-to-face meetings?		Demi-official correspondence
Who must maintain continuous communication with the District Magistrate regarding crime?		The Superintendent
Who ensures the Magistrate is not deprived of urgent crime information?		The police officer-in-charge at headquarters
Who is kept regularly informed about crime conditions in the district?		The District Magistrate

PARA-7A
POWERS OF D.M. TO ASK THE S.P. TO INSTITUTE AN ENQUIRY IN CASE OF ANY INSTANCE OF INACTION, CORRUPTION, HARASSMENT, ABUSE OF AUTHORITY OR WRONGFUL DETENTION BY POLICE
Who has the authority to act when instances of police inaction come to notice?		The District Magistrate
Who can order an enquiry into police corruption?		The District Magistrate
Who may direct enquiry in cases of police harassment?		The District Magistrate
Who can intervene in cases of abuse of authority by police?		The District Magistrate
Who has power to act in cases of wrongful detention by police?		The District Magistrate
Whom does the District Magistrate ask to institute an enquiry?		The Superintendent of Police (SP)
How soon must the enquiry be instituted by the SP?		Promptly
To whom must the SP report the result of the enquiry?		The District Magistrate
What must accompany the enquiry report?		All relevant records and papers
Who decides whether disciplinary action should be taken after enquiry?		The District Magistrate (by directing the SP)
Who takes disciplinary action against a police officer found at fault?		The Superintendent of Police
Who has the power to ask the SP to take disciplinary action?		The District Magistrate
Who advises on the adequacy of punishment awarded in disciplinary proceedings?		The District Magistrate
Who reviews complaints against police every month?		The District Magistrate and Superintendent of Police jointly
How often are complaints against police jointly reviewed?		Every month

PARA-7B
Who must immediately inform the District Magistrate when a law and order situation arises?		The Superintendent of Police
What type of situation must be reported immediately to the District Magistrate?		A situation affecting general law and order
By what means should the information be sent to the District Magistrate?		The quickest means available
Whose instructions must the Superintendent of Police seek in such situations?		The District Magistrate
For what purpose are the District Magistrate’s instructions sought?		Steps to be taken to meet the situation
When may the Superintendent of Police be unable to seek prior instructions?		When circumstances make it impracticable
After reporting, whose instructions guide further action?		The District Magistrate’s instructions
With whom must the Superintendent of Police maintain continuous consultation?		The District Magistrate

PARA-8
INSTRUCTIONS TO DM IN THE EXERCISE OF HIS POWER OF CONTROL.
Who must avoid weakening the Superintendent’s authority while exercising control?		The District Magistrate
What should the District Magistrate avoid while exercising his power of control?		Weakening the Superintendent’s authority
Whose authority must not be undermined by the District Magistrate?		The Superintendent’s authority
How should differences of opinion between the District Magistrate and Superintendent be settled?		Privately
Should disagreements between the District Magistrate and Superintendent be public?		No
What must not be apparent between the two officers?		Friction

PARA-9
INSPECTION OF POLICE STATIONS BY D.M
Who should normally inspect each police station once every financial year?		The District Magistrate
How often should the District Magistrate inspect each police station?		Once during a financial year
To whom may the District Magistrate entrust inspection of less important police stations?		Additional District Magistrate (Executive)
Who must ensure that Sub-Divisional Magistrates inspect police stations in their subdivisions?		The District Magistrate
How many inspections must Sub-Divisional Magistrates conduct annually?		One detailed inspection and one surprise inspection
In what period must Sub-Divisional Magistrates complete inspections?		During a financial year
What two-fold duty must the District Magistrate impress upon Sub-Divisional Magistrates?		To support police in enforcing law and order and prevent injustice
Who may direct subordinate Magistrates to inspect police stations?		The District Magistrate
Which class of Magistrates should not ordinarily be directed to inspect police stations?		Third class Magistrates
When may third class Magistrates inspect police stations?		When necessary as part of their training
What must be kept at every police station for Magistrates’ inspections?		An inspection book with blank pages
Who uses the inspection book kept at police stations?		Magistrates
What form must be pasted inside the inspection book cover?		Summary of crime in Form No. 390
Where should the crime summary be pasted?		Inside the cover of the inspection book
Who forwards the inspection book to the District Magistrate for information?		The Superintendent of Police
Who receives inspection notes for information after forwarding by the SP?		The District Magistrate

PARA-10
TO OBTAIN SANCTION OF THE DM TO THE EXPUNCTION OF A CRIME FROM THE CRIME REGISTER
Whose sanction is necessary for expunction of a crime from the crime register?		The District Magistrate
What action requires prior approval of the District Magistrate?		Expunction of a crime from the crime register
Is District Magistrate’s sanction required for all crime expunctions?		Yes, except railway police cases
Which cases are exempt from requiring District Magistrate’s sanction for expunction?		Railway police cases
Whose sanction is required for expunction of railway police crime cases?		The Deputy Inspector-General of Police in charge of railway police

PARA-10A
In which situation are the functions under this paragraph not exercised by the District Magistrate?		When the Collector/Deputy Commissioner is in charge of the division
Who exercises the functions under this paragraph when the Collector/Deputy Commissioner is divisional in charge?		The Additional District Magistrate (Executive)
When does the Additional District Magistrate (Executive) assume these functions?		When the Collector/Deputy Commissioner acts as divisional in charge
Which officer performs the District Magistrate’s functions in such districts?		The Additional District Magistrate (Executive)
What administrative condition leads to transfer of these functions to the ADM (Executive)?		Collector/Deputy Commissioner being divisional in charge

PARA-11
THE POWERS OF A SUPERINTENDENT IN LICENSING AND REGULATING PROSECUTIONS.
Under whose control must the Superintendent exercise powers of licensing and regulating prosecutions?		The District Magistrate
Which officer’s powers in regulating prosecutions are subject to District Magistrate’s control?		Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent
What must police ensure during religious processions and public ceremonies?		Maintenance of order
What must police prevent during processions with established customs?		Deviations from the prescribed route and procedure
How are routes for many religious processions generally determined?		By long-standing custom or competent authority
Who ensures adherence to prescribed procession routes?		The police
What must police ensure regarding the procedure of public ceremonies?		That prescribed procedures are followed
What should be done if participants refuse to follow the prescribed time and route?		Inform them they will not be allowed later or differently
Are processions allowed after the prescribed time if not followed earlier?		No
Can processions be conducted by an alternative route without permission?		No
Can ceremonies be conducted in a different manner than prescribed?		No
In special cases without established custom, whose instructions must the police follow?		The District Magistrate
Whose instructions should be followed if the District Magistrate is absent?		The Sub-Divisional or other empowered Magistrate empowered to pass an order under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. (SEC 163 BNSS,2023)
Which Magistrate may pass orders when special cases arise?		Magistrate empowered to issue necessary orders
What should police do before regulating a new procession route in special cases?		Apply for instructions from the Magistrate
What should the officer-in-charge do if no Magistrate is available?		Use his own discretion
On what basis should the officer-in-charge exercise discretion in absence of a Magistrate?		Previous practice

PARA-12
STATUS OF SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE
Who is the head of the police force in a district?		The Superintendent of Police
Who is responsible for police efficiency and discipline in the district?		The Superintendent of Police
Who ensures proper performance of police duties in the district?		The Superintendent of Police
Who must ensure that court orders are promptly carried out?		The Superintendent of Police
Whose responsibility is it to execute orders of competent authorities?		The Superintendent of Police
Through whom must all communications between magistrates and police be conveyed?		The Superintendent of Police
From whom must all police orders and instructions originate?		The Superintendent of Police
Can magistrates communicate directly with the police force?		No, except as specifically provided
When can magisterial courts send processes directly to a police station?		When not at district headquarters and for service within the same sub-division
Under which law are such summonses and warrants issued?		Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973/ BNSS
Which chapters of the CrPC/BNSS are mentioned for direct process issuance?		Chapters VI, VII, X and Section 421 of CRPC (CHAPTER VI, VII, XI AND SEC 461 BNSS,2023)
To whom may such processes be sent directly in permitted cases?		The concerned police station
Are such processes required to pass through the SP’s office in permitted cases?		No
After service, where should such processes be returned?		Directly to the issuing Court
Who supervises overall police administration in the district?		The Superintendent of Police

PARA-13
RESPONSIBILITIES OF SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE.
Where should the Superintendent ordinarily attend on working days?		His office
When should the Superintendent transact official business at his residence?		Only for confidential matters
Where should the Superintendent normally conduct official business?		In his office
How should the Superintendent be available to the public at his residence?		Readily accessible
What should the Superintendent encourage from members of the public?		Free communication of ideas
Why should the Superintendent encourage public interaction?		To obtain wider sources of information
With whom should the Superintendent keep in touch within the district?		Police pensioners
Who must ensure annual gazetted officer inspection of every police station?		The Superintendent of Police
How often must the Superintendent personally visit every police station?		At least once a year
Should touring be confined only to cold weather?		No
When should outlying police stations also be visited?		During hot weather and rains
How often should the Superintendent fully inspect district headquarters police stations?		Preferably once a year
What is the minimum period within which district headquarters stations must be fully inspected?		At least once every three years
When must the Superintendent inspect reserve lines annually?		Between July 1 and the cold-weather district inspection
Under which guidance should the reserve line inspection be conducted?		Head V of the district inspection report format
Where should lines inspection reports be recorded?		English office inspection book
Attendance at which yearly conference is essential for the Superintendent?		The yearly excise conference
What should Superintendents of border districts arrange annually?		Meetings with neighbouring district officials
How often should meetings with neighbouring district officials occur?		At least once a year, preferably more often
Who prepares the record of such inter-district meetings?		The Superintendent
To whom should the meeting record be forwarded?		The Range Deputy Inspector-General

PARA-14
TO FOLLOW THE DIRECTIONS CONTAINED IN M.G.O.S, WHEN A DISTRICT OFFICER GIVING OVER A CHARGE OF A DISTRICT
What must the Superintendent follow when giving over charge of a district?		Directions in the Manual of Government Orders
Which manual prescribes preparation of a confidential memorandum while handing over charge?		Manual of Government Orders
Who must prepare a confidential memorandum while transferring charge?		The Superintendent of Police
What document must be prepared when a district officer gives over charge?		A confidential memorandum
Are the M.G.O. directions binding on the Superintendent while handing over charge?		Yes
Should the Superintendent modify the prescribed subjects in the memorandum?		Yes, to suit police requirements
Why should subjects in the memorandum be changed?		To meet police requirements

PARA-15
ENTRIES IN ENGLISH ORDER BOOK (PRESENTLY KNOWN AS HINDI ORDER BOOK)
Who writes the Order Book daily?		An officer not below the rank of Inspector
Who signs the Order Book daily?		The Superintendent of Police
Who signs the Order Book in the absence of the Superintendent?		Officer-in-charge at headquarters
What must the Superintendent do after returning to headquarters?		Examine and certify the entries for the absence period
For how long must the Order Book be preserved?		Forty-five years after completion
What type of orders are entered in the Order Book?		Executive orders concerning internal economy of the constabulary
Are appointment orders recorded in the Order Book?		Yes
Are punishment orders entered in the Order Book?		Yes
Are transfer orders entered in the Order Book?		Yes
Are leave orders entered in the Order Book?		Yes
Are posting orders entered in the Order Book?		Yes
Are orders regarding supply and relief of guards recorded?		Yes
What must be specified in escort-related orders?		Number of prisoners or amount of treasure
What is the present name of the English Order Book?		Hindi Order Book

PARA-16
ENTRIES OF ALL COGNIZABLE CRIMES REPORTED AT POLICE STATIONS IN CRIME REGISTER
Which crimes must be entered in the crime register?		All cognizable crimes reported at police stations
In which register are cognizable crimes entered?		English Crime Register
How is the crime register organized for police stations?		A separate portion is assigned to each police station
Within each station’s portion, how are crimes classified?		Into six classes of crime specified in Statement ‘A’
Who may assign separate papers for a particular frequent crime?		The Superintendent of Police
Example of a crime for which separate papers may be assigned?		Cattle theft
Who may fill the first eight columns of the register?		The Superintendent’s reader
Which column must the Superintendent fill personally?		Column of remarks
Who may maintain the register portion of a sub-division if directed?		Assistant or Deputy Superintendent in-charge of the sub-division
When a sub-divisional officer maintains the register, who fills all columns?		That officer himself
When must entries be made in the register?		Punctually as case diaries and material papers become available
When must the Superintendent review a case for final remarks?		After trial or completion of investigation
What must the Superintendent decide after reviewing the case?		Whether police conduct deserves favourable or adverse notice
Where must the Superintendent record the final observation?		In the remarks column
What must be written in red ink in the remarks column?		Names of reasonably suspected persons
Who determines whether suspicion is reasonable?		The Superintendent of Police

PARA-17
POWERS AND DUTIES OF ASSISTANT AND DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE
What work may Assistant and Deputy Superintendents perform?		Any Superintendent’s work not required to be done personally by him
Can they make inquiries and recommendations without final authority?		Yes
What field activity should they regularly undertake?		Touring and inspections
In which investigations should their services be used freely?		Supervision and direction of important investigations
Who must be placed in charge of part of the district after certification?		An officer holding the required certificate by paragraph 528
Who holds headquarters charge during the Superintendent’s absence if qualified?		A qualified Assistant Superintendent
If no qualified Assistant Superintendent is available, who holds charge?		The senior gazetted officer in length of service
What must be done if the Superintendent proposes a different arrangement?		Refer the matter to the Range Deputy Inspector-General
Who should be placed in charge of the office when no gazetted officer is present?		An English-knowing Inspector at headquarters
Which officers may perform Superintendent’s duties relating to officers below Inspector rank under law?		Certain Assistant and Deputy Superintendents enumerated in paragraph 479 (f), subject to restrictions
Which officers may suspend police officers and award certain punishments under law?		Confirmed Assistant and Deputy Superintendents under restrictions
Under which legal provisions can all Deputy Superintendents perform Superintendent’s duties?		Sections 30 and 30-A of the Police Act
Who must submit copies of proposed standing circular orders for approval when officiating in district charge?		Assistant and Deputy Superintendents officiating in district charge
To whom must such proposed circular orders be submitted?		The Range Deputy Inspector-General
What must accompany the copies of proposed standing circular orders?		Explanations for the reasons of the orders, where necessary
Until when must such orders be submitted for approval?		Until exempted by the Deputy Inspector-General
Can Assistant and Deputy Superintendents direct important investigations?		Yes, they assist in supervision and direction
Are they empowered to hold charge of district headquarters?		Yes, when qualified or as per seniority rules

PARA 17A. [OMITTED]

CHAPTER-II
RESERVE INSPECTORS AND RESERVE SUB-INSPECTORS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter II have in total?		Para 18 TO Para 24

PARA-18
RESPONSIBILITIES OF RESERVE INSPECTOR (R.L.)
Who is the officer-in-charge of the reserve lines?		The Reserve Inspector
Who tells off and inspects guards and escorts from reserve lines?		The Reserve Inspector
What must the Reserve Inspector ensure regarding officers in command of guards/escorts?		They are thoroughly acquainted with their duties
What must be done before a police party is sent out of the district?		The Reserve Inspector must parade the party with their kit
Who ensures the daily roll-call is held?		The Reserve Inspector
Who must ensure that the roster of duties (Form No. 97) is correctly maintained?		The Reserve Inspector
For which personnel must the duty roster be maintained?		Armed police and civil police posted in reserve lines
Who is personally responsible for fair distribution of reserve duties?		The Reserve Inspector
Who writes the first two columns of the duty roster?		The Reserve Inspector or a Reserve Sub-Inspector
In which language must the first two columns of the roster be written?		English
What must the Reserve Inspector do after the roster is written?		Initial and date it daily
What daily report must the Reserve Inspector submit to the Superintendent?		Morning report in Form No. 30
What facility is the Reserve Inspector entitled to?		An orderly peon
Is the Reserve Inspector entitled to a police orderly?		No
Is the Reserve Inspector entitled to a guard at his house at night?		No

PARA-19
RESPONSIBILITIES OF RESERVE INSPECTOR REGARDING SAFE CUSTODY OF ARMS, AMMUNITION AND STORES
Who is responsible for the safe custody of reserve stores?		The Reserve Inspector
Who ensures safe custody of clothing in the reserve?		The Reserve Inspector
Who is responsible for accoutrements in reserve lines?		The Reserve Inspector
Who maintains responsibility for arms stored in the reserve?		The Reserve Inspector
Who ensures the safety of ammunition in reserve lines?		The Reserve Inspector
Who is responsible for tents kept in the reserve?		The Reserve Inspector
Who is responsible for all stores in the reserve?		The Reserve Inspector
Who ensures correctness of registers related to reserve stores?		The Reserve Inspector

PARA-20
RESPONSIBILITIES OF RESERVE INSPECTOR FOR THE TRAINING OF RECRUITS
Who is responsible for the training of recruits?		The Reserve Inspector
Under which chapter is recruit training detailed?		Chapter XXXVII
Who supervises the instruction of the whole force in drill?		The Reserve Inspector
Who ensures proper drill exercise of the entire force?		The Reserve Inspector

PARA-21
DUTIES OF R.I. FOR WEEKLY KIT INSPECTION AND ANNUAL FIRING.
Who conducts the weekly kit inspection?		The Reserve Inspector
How often is kit inspection held by the R.I.?		Weekly
Who must be present at the annual musketry course firing?		The Reserve Inspector
Who must attend the annual revolver course firing?		The Reserve Inspector

PARA-22
INSPECTION OF ALL GUARDS AND SENTRIES BY R.I. AT HEADQUARTERS DEPUTED FROM RESERVE LINES
Who inspects guards and sentries at headquarters from reserve lines?		The Reserve Inspector
When should the R.I. visit headquarters guards and sentries?		Occasionally by day and night
To whom must the R.I. report such visits?		The Superintendent
When must the R.I. report his guard visits?		The same or next day
Which guards must the R.I. visit daily?		Treasury, magazine, and lock-up guards
Where must the R.I. record his daily guard visits?		In the prescribed inspection book
Who commands guards attending executions of capital sentences?		The Reserve Inspector
When should the R.I. accompany European troops on the march?		When he can be spared

PARA-23
EMPLOYMENT OF R.I. TO COMMAND ESCORTS AND GUARDS ON SPECIAL OCCASIONS.
When may the R.I. command escorts and guards?		On special occasions
Under what circumstances is the R.I.’s presence necessary for escorts?		Danger of disturbance or importance of the charge
Can the R.I. command guards for ceremonial purposes?		Yes
Who assigns executive duties to the R.I.?		The Superintendent
For what purposes may the R.I. be entrusted with executive duties?		Maintenance of law and order or administrative purposes
Who decides whether the R.I. should be employed on special duty?		The Superintendent
When should a European Inspector be employed in action against Europeans?		Whenever possible
In what situations should a European Inspector serve processes on Europeans?		When circumstances require his agency
Who may investigate cases involving Europeans?		A European Inspector
Should European Inspectors investigate cases not involving Europeans?		Only in very special circumstances

PARA-24
DUTIES OF RESERVE SUB-INSPECTOR (R.S.I.)
Whom must the Reserve Sub-Inspector assist in reserve management?		The Reserve Inspector
Who may assign duties to the Reserve Sub-Inspector?		The Superintendent
Can the Reserve Sub-Inspector command escorts and guards?		Yes
Who may authorize the R.S.I. to regulate traffic?		The Superintendent
Can the R.S.I. be deputed to maintain order at public places?		Yes
Can the R.S.I. be assigned to patrol roads?		Yes
Who may direct the R.S.I. to visit guards and sentries?		The Superintendent
Can the R.S.I. perform duties mentioned in the reserve chapter?		Yes
Who may allow the Reserve Inspector to assign duties to the R.S.I.?		The Superintendent

CHAPTER-III
PUBLIC PROSECUTORS AND THEIR SUBORDINATES
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter III have in total?		Para 25 TO Para 39
Chapter III of the U.P. POLICE REGULATION omitted by:		Omitted Vide by Government Order No. 2302/VIII-2-10 (10)-74 dated 27- 3-74 from Police Regulation.

CHAPTER-IV
CIRCLE INSPECTORS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter IV have in total?		Para 40 TO Para 42

PARA-40
PRINCIPAL DUTIES OF CIRCLE INSPECTORS.
What is the principal duty of a Circle Inspector?		Supervision of investigation and prevention of crime
What type of police work must the Circle Inspector coordinate?		Preventive and detective work in the circle
With whom must Circle Inspectors cooperate for crime control?		Other Circle Inspectors
Whose efficiency must the Circle Inspector ensure?		Police personnel, especially Station Officers
What must the Circle Inspector ensure regarding subordinate officers?		Honest and efficient performance of duties
Should the Circle Inspector spend excessive time on clerical work?		No
What register must the Circle Inspector maintain?		Crime register for his circle
From whom does the Circle Inspector receive FIR copies?		Police stations directly
What should entries in the circle crime register mainly reflect?		Action taken for detection and prevention of serious and organized crime
Should the crime register contain excessive petty offence details?		No
How often must each police station in the circle be inspected?		Once a year
What should be the main focus during station inspections?		Prevention and detection of crime
When should the Circle Inspector visit the scene of occurrence?		In important cases
Who may deputed the Circle Inspector to conduct investigations?		The Superintendent of Police
What must the Circle Inspector do when attending an investigation?		Sign the case diary
What must he record in the case diary during investigation?		Detailed instructions given to the investigating officer
What report must the Circle Inspector prepare every month?		Monthly crime survey
What should the monthly crime survey include?		Measures taken for prevention and detection of crime
How should the crime survey be organized?		Police station-wise
Through whom is the monthly survey submitted to the Superintendent?		Through the Circle Officer
Which area of duty requires special attention by the Circle Inspector?		Surveillance duties
What local knowledge must the Circle Inspector acquire?		Knowledge of people and all parts of his circle
What is the objective of coordination among circle inspectors?		Effective crime prevention and detection
What should the Circle Inspector prioritize over office clerical work?		Field supervision and crime control
What ensures effective leadership of station officers in the circle?		Continuous supervision by the Circle Inspector

PARA-41
OTHER DUTIES OF CIRCLE INSPECTOR
Whom must the Circle Inspector keep informed of important occurrences in the circle?		The Superintendent
In whose administrative interest must occurrences be reported?		Superintendent or District Magistrate
What type of public sentiment must the Circle Inspector especially report?		Disaffection toward Government measures
What kind of public developments must be reported to prevent trouble?		Movements, scares, or rumours
Who takes command when the Circle Inspector is the senior officer present during a riot?		The Circle Inspector
In what situations may the Circle Inspector command the police force?		Suppressing riots or maintaining order
What diary must the Circle Inspector maintain for recording movements?		Diary in Form No. 3
What additional record must the Circle Inspector maintain confidentially?		A confidential notebook
What is recorded in the confidential notebook?		Matters to be brought to the Superintendent’s notice but unsuitable for inspection reports
Which licensed premises must the Circle Inspector inspect?		Shops licensed under the Arms and Explosives Act
Whose conduct must the Circle Inspector keep the Superintendent informed about?		Subordinate police personnel
What must the Circle Inspector report regarding subordinate officers?		Their conduct and performance of duties
Who may direct the Circle Inspector to conduct preliminary departmental inquiries?		The Superintendent
What responsibility does the Circle Inspector have in departmental cases?		Conduct preliminary inquiries when directed
What ensures early administrative response to disturbances in the circle?		Prompt reporting by the Circle Inspector

PARA-42
RESPONSIBILITIES GIVEN TO CIRCLE INSPECTOR BY THE INSPECTOR GENERAL
When may the Inspector-General relieve a Circle Inspector of certain responsibilities?		When police stations are too many relative to Circle Inspectors
In such districts, which FIRs will the Circle Inspector receive?		Only specified classes of offences (Only of the classes enumerated in paragraph 101)
Who may direct additional classes of offences for FIR receipt?		The Superintendent of Police
For which offences will the crime register be maintained in such cases?		Only specified classes of offences
Does the annual complete inspection of every police station apply in such districts?		No
Does the Circle Inspector retain responsibility for surveillance?		Yes
Must he continue to keep superiors informed of important occurrences?		Yes
Is he responsible for coordinating suppression of specified crime classes?		Yes
What field activity must he continue for surveillance purposes?		Touring villages and police stations
Is he still bound by duties under clauses II, III and IV of other duties?		Yes
What becomes his principal duty after partial relief?		Investigating or supervising criminal and departmental cases as directed
Who directs which police stations he should inspect?		The Superintendent of Police

CHAPTER-V
SUB-INSPECTORS AND UNDER OFFICERS OF THE CIVIL POLICE
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter V have in total?		Para 43 TO Para 64

PARA-43
OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF A POLICE STATION
Who is normally the officer-in-charge of a police station?		A Sub-Inspector
Who conducts police administration within the police station limits?		The officer-in-charge
Over whom does the officer-in-charge exercise authority?		All branches of the force at the station
Who is responsible for the efficiency of subordinates at the station?		The officer-in-charge
Who ensures proper performance of duties by station staff?		The officer-in-charge
Who is responsible for the correctness of station registers and records?		The officer-in-charge
Who verifies the accuracy of returns and reports prepared by staff?		The officer-in-charge
Who is responsible for safe custody of Government money at the police station?		The officer-in-charge
Who safeguards valuable property kept at the police station?		The officer-in-charge
Who maintains correct account books of the police station?		The officer-in-charge
Who must instruct subordinate staff in their duties?		The officer-in-charge
Who keeps the police station staff under control?		The officer-in-charge
Who is responsible for maintaining discipline at the police station?		The officer-in-charge
What is the administrative role of the officer-in-charge?		Conducting police administration of the station
Who ensures overall operational functioning of the police station?		The officer-in-charge

PARA-44
ABILITIES OF OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF A POLICE STATION
What kind of local knowledge must the officer-in-charge acquire?		Thorough local knowledge of his jurisdiction
With whom must the officer-in-charge become well acquainted in his area?		Principal local people
How should the officer-in-charge treat village headmen?		With courtesy
Why should the officer-in-charge maintain good relations with village headmen?		To secure their cordial assistance
How should the officer-in-charge treat village guard?		Considerately
What should the officer-in-charge encourage guard to provide?		Information
On whom must the officer-in-charge keep strict watch?		Bad characters
Why must the officer-in-charge monitor bad characters?		To prevent offences
To whom must intelligence be communicated promptly?		Superiors and officers-in-charge of other stations
What communication tools should be used for quick intelligence sharing?		Telephone or telegraph
Which code is used for prompt dissemination of police information?		U.P. Police Telegraphic Code
What is a key preventive responsibility of the officer-in-charge?		Preventing offences through surveillance
What ensures effective community cooperation for the officer-in-charge?		Courtesy toward village leaders
What improves early crime detection at the police station level?		Prompt sharing of intelligence

PARA-45
CONFIDENTIAL NOTE BOOK OF OFFICER-IN-CHARGE
What special record must the officer-in-charge maintain?		A confidential note-book
In what form must the confidential note-book be kept?		Prescribed form
What type of information is recorded in the confidential note-book?		Useful information not entered in official registers
Are names of secret informants recorded in the confidential note-book?		Yes
What remarks about subordinates may be recorded in the note-book?		Confidential remarks
Does the confidential note-book include information unsuitable for official registers?		Yes
Who maintains the confidential note-book at the police station?		The officer-in-charge
What must be done with the confidential note-book on transfer?		Handed over to the successor
What is the purpose of maintaining a confidential note-book?		To record sensitive and secret information
Is secret intelligence information entered in regular official registers?		No
Who receives the confidential note-book after transfer of charge?		The succeeding officer-in-charge
What ensures continuity of confidential intelligence records?		Handing over the note-book to the successor

PARA-46
DUTIES OF OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF A POLICE STATION
What training responsibility does the officer-in-charge have for subordinates?		Drill them as prescribed
Under which paragraph is subordinate drilling prescribed?		Paragraph 546
What knowledge must constables be periodically examined on?		Their beats and duties
Which training guide is used for examining constables?		Guide for Training of Constables
How often must the officer-in-charge inspect police kits at headquarters?		Once a week
Which guard’s kit must also be inspected if present?		Tahsil guard
What must be done if kit deficiencies are found?		Report them
What must the officer ensure regarding personnel absent from weekly kit inspection?		They possess proper uniform and equipment
Who keeps personal charge of firearms and weapons at the police station?		The officer-in-charge
When may firearms and weapons be issued from the store?		For specific duty only
What must be done with weapons after the duty is over?		Returned to store
Which publications must subordinates be kept informed about?		Police Gazette and Criminal Intelligence Gazette

PARA-47
POWER OF S.O. TO ALLOW HIS SUBORDINATES TO GO OFF DUTY
Who has the power to allow subordinates to go off duty?		The Station Officer (S.O.)
Can subordinates leave the station house when off duty?		Yes, when they can be spared
Is the S.O. required to ensure availability before granting leave?		Yes
Can an officer be allowed to remain absent at night?		Yes
What must be done if an officer is absent for the night?		Record the reason in the general diary
Where must the reason for night absence be recorded?		In the general diary

PARA-48
MISCELLANEOUS IMPORTANT DUTIES OF A STATION-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE
Who personally opens the post at the station house?		The Station-Officer-in-Charge
What must he receive during his presence at the station?		All orders, communications, and reports
What record must he sign daily?		The general diary
What administrative task must he arrange daily?		Duties of the day
What property room must he inspect daily?		The Malkhana
What must he check daily along with the general diary?		Account books
What financial verification must he perform daily?		Verify the cash balance
What must be done with money transactions made in his absence?		Checked on his return
Where must the result of such financial check be noted?		In the cash-book
Under which section can he depute a subordinate for investigation?		Section 157 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973(SEC 176 BNSS,2023)
Before forwarding a report under Section 173 CrPC (SEC 193 BNSS,2023), what must he ensure?		Investigation was properly made
Which report is forwarded after investigation?		Report under Section 173 CrPC (SEC 193 BNSS,2023)

PARA-49
DEFINITION OF OFFICER-IN-CHARGE
Where is the definition of “officer-in-charge of a police-station” given?		Section 2(o) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (SEC 2(1)(r) BNSS,2023)
Who may hold charge of the station when no officer above constable rank is present?		The senior literate constable present
Who empowered the senior literate constable to hold station charge?		The Local Government
Can the senior literate constable holding charge conduct investigations?		No
Where must the making and taking over of station charge be recorded?		In the general diary
Who must sign the entry of taking over charge?		Both officers concerned
When a head constable is temporarily in charge, what powers should he generally avoid exercising?		Powers of an officer-in-charge under Section 157 CRPC (SEC 176 BNSS,2023)
Under what condition may a head constable exercise powers under Section 157 CRPC (SEC 176 BNSS,2023)?		In cases of extreme urgency

PARA-50
CHANGE CERTIFICATE OF STATION OFFICER
When must a formal charge certificate be submitted?		Whenever permanent charge of the station officer takes place
Who submits the charge certificate?		The relieving officer
To whom is the charge certificate submitted?		The Superintendent
In which form is the charge certificate submitted?		Form No. 299
What must be attached to the charge certificate?		A copy of the list of all Government property
Which items must be included in the property list?		Arms and ammunition
Who must explain any deficiencies or damage in Government property?		The relieved officer
Deficiencies or damages must relate to which period?		His tenure of office

PARA-51
DUTIES OF THE SECOND OFFICER
What is the rank of the Second Officer at a police station?		Sub-Inspector
Who assembles the morning parade at the police station?		The Second Officer
Who tells off subordinates for duty as per directions of the officer-in-charge?		The Second Officer
Under whose directions does the Second Officer assign duties?		The Officer-in-Charge
What must the Second Officer ensure regarding assigned duties?		They are properly performed
To whom does the Second Officer report defects or omissions in duty?		The Officer-in-Charge
Who investigates cases made over by the officer-in-charge?		The Second Officer
To whom does the Second Officer report investigation results?		The Officer-in-Charge
Who drills the police attached to the station?		The Second Officer
Whose orders must the Second Officer obey?		The Officer-in-Charge
What must the Second Officer ensure regarding the officer-in-charge’s orders?		They are obeyed by subordinates
What is one supervisory duty of the Second Officer?		Reporting duty defects
What training responsibility does the Second Officer have?		Drilling station police
What administrative role does the Second Officer perform daily?		Assembling parade and assigning duties
What ensures discipline under the Second Officer?		Enforcing obedience to orders

PARA-52
IF NO SECOND OFFICER IS IN POLICE STATION, JUNIOR TO THE SECOND OFFICER TO PERFORM DUTIES OF SECOND OFFICER
When is there no Second Officer at a police station?		When the Officer-in-Charge is the only Sub-Inspector
Who performs the duties of the Second Officer if more than two Sub-Inspectors are present?		Sub-Inspectors junior to the Second Officer
Who assigns duties to juniors in absence of the Second Officer?		The Officer-in-Charge
Can a single Sub-Inspector act as Second Officer in the station?		No
Duties of the Second Officer are performed by whom in his absence?		Juniors made over duties by the Officer-in-Charge
What determines which junior Sub-Inspector performs Second Officer duties?		The instructions of the Officer-in-Charge

PARA 53 AND 54. [Omitted]

PARA-55
DUTIES OF HEAD CONSTABLE-STATION WRITER
What is the primary role of the Head Constable–Station Writer?		Office clerk, record-keeper, and accountant of the police station
Who writes the general diary at the police station?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Who prepares the first information reports of crime?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Which cash-book does the station writer maintain?		Vernacular cash-book (Police Form No. 224)
Who shares responsibility for safe custody of government money and valuables?		Head Constable–Station Writer and Officer-in-Charge
What must be brought to the Officer-in-Charge every morning?		All orders pending execution
Who records attendance of village chaukidars on their boards?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Who makes entries in chaukidars’ books when required?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Who reads aloud notifications from the Police Gazette and Criminal Intelligence Gazette?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Who completes returns, acquaintance rolls, and pay abstracts?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Who prepares registers and performs assigned clerical work?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Who keeps all station books and records?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Who performs duties of the Second Officer if none is posted?		Head Constable–Station Writer
Which duty of paragraph 51 is excluded when performed by the station writer?		Investigation of cases
Under which section can the station writer hold inquests?		Section 174 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)
Who empowers the station writer to hold inquests?		Superintendent of Police
What ensures proper clerical functioning of the station?		Duties of Head Constable–Station Writer
Who maintains other account books besides the cash-book?		Head Constable–Station Writer
What administrative role does the station writer hold?		Record and financial management

PARA-56
LITERATE POLICE OFFICER WILL GIVE ASSISTANCE TO HEAD CONSTABLE STATION WRITER
Who provides assistance to the Head Constable–Station Writer?		Other literate police officers attached to the station
Under whose direction do these officers assist the station writer?		Officer-in-Charge
What type of help do literate officers provide?		Assistance in the discharge of the station writer’s duties
Is the assistance optional or directed?		Directed by the Officer-in-Charge
Who supervises the overall work of the station writer?		Officer-in-Charge

PARA-57
HEAD CONSTABLE AS IN-CHARGE OF THE STATION
When does a Head Constable act as in-charge of a police station?		When no officer above the rank of constable is present (see paragraph 49)
What must a Head Constable do when making an investigation under Section 157 CrPC (SEC 176 BNSS,2023)?		Make over his clerical duties to the next senior literate head constable or constable
Who relieves the Head Constable from investigation duties?		A Sub-Inspector or when the work is finished
Can other constables perform investigations under Section 157 CRPC (SEC 176 BNSS,2023)?		No, except the investigating Head Constable
How is the handover of station-writer duties recorded?		In the general diary, signed by both relieved and relieving officers
Who takes charge of station duties if the Head Constable leaves for investigation?		The next senior literate head constable or constable
Is a Head Constable allowed to make investigations in any other situation?		No
What ensures accountability during clerical duty handover?		Signed entries in the general diary

PARA-58
RESPONSIBILITY OF HEAD CONSTABLE AS-IN-CHARGE OF OUTPOST
Who is responsible for the conduct and discipline of constables at an outpost?		Head Constable of the outpost
When must the Head Constable inspect constables daily?		At daybreak and at sunset
Who does the Head Constable report to at the outpost?		Officer-in-Charge of the station
What must the Head Constable do regarding duties of constables?		Tell them off for duty and ensure proper performance
What crimes must the Head Constable report immediately?		All cognizable crimes and important occurrences
What periodic reports must the Head Constable submit?		Reports on discipline and performance of subordinates
Can the Head Constable make investigations at the outpost?		No
Under what condition may the Head Constable hold inquests?		When specifically empowered by the Superintendent of Police

PARA-59
DUTIES ON OUTPOSTS
Who determines the sphere of action for police at an outpost?		Officer-in-Charge of the station under orders of superior authorities
Who prescribes the system of patrolling at outposts?		Officer-in-Charge of the station
Are outpost duties fixed or flexible?		Determined by station officer under superior authority directions
Who supervises special duties at outposts?		Officer-in-Charge of the station

PARA 60. [Omitted]

PARA-61
CONSTABLES OF CIVIL POLICE
When are civil police constables allowed to be armed?		Only on special occasions
What is the principal duty of civil police constables?		Prevention of crime
How should constables behave towards the public?		Courteous and considerate
What uniform rule applies to constables on duty?		Must wear prescribed uniform, except on special detective work requiring disguise

PARA-62
DUTIES OF SENTRY
How many sentries are there at each police station?		One for night and day
What are the main duties of a sentry?		Guard prisoners, treasure chest, malkhana, and all station property
Who allots sentry duties?		Officer-in-Charge of the station
How are sentry duties distributed?		Using numbered brass tokens, twice a day – morning and evening
What is the term of a sentry duty?		Three hours
Who posts and relieves sentries?		Sub-Inspector or Head Constable unless certain conditions apply
What must a relieving sentry do?		Exchange token with relieved sentry and examine treasure chest lock and count prisoners in presence of relieved sentry
Who keeps the keys of the treasure chest and lock-up?		Senior officer present at the station
Who opens the lock-up for prisoner admission/removal?		Senior officer present or in his presence
How should duties be allotted daily?		Fairly, rotating night/day and hard/easy duties among all men

PARA-63
DIVISION OF POLICE STATION CIRCLE INTO BEATS AND DUTIES OF BEAT CONSTABLES
How are police station circles organized?		Divided into beats
How many constables are appointed per beat?		One or more per beat
Can a constable be sent out without a duty?		No, must be charged with a specified duty
What should a constable do while on beat duty?		Make inquiries on persons under surveillance, absconded offenders, wandering tribes, and passing events
What must a constable do on returning to the station?		Submit a report to the officer-in-charge
How long should a constable ordinarily stay away from station/outpost?		Not more than three days and two nights consecutively
Who fixes the duration of a constable’s absence?		The officer sending him, with extensions for unforeseen events

PARA-64
DISTRICT POLICE ENTITLED TO APPEAR AND TO REMAIN ON RAILWAY PLATFORMS
Are district police entitled to appear on railway platforms?		Yes, when on duty
Can district police remain on railway platforms while on duty?		Yes, they are entitled to remain
Can a station master remove a district police constable on duty from the platform?		No, the station master has no such power
What must a plain-clothed district police constable carry when on duty at a railway station?		A written general order from the deputing sub-inspector
When must the constable produce the written order?		When required by the station master

CHAPTER-VI
ARMED POLICE
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter VI have in total?		Para 65 TO Para 72

PARA-65
WORKS OF ARMED POLICE
What is the primary purpose of the Armed Police?		Protection of treasuries, tahsils, lock-ups, and escorting treasure, prisoners, and Government property
What duties do Armed Police perform regarding public order?		Suppression and prevention of disorder and crimes of violence
Are Armed Police involved in pursuing criminals?		Yes, they pursue and apprehend dangerous criminals
Who has special charge of the Armed Police branch?		Deputy Inspectors-General
What are Deputy Inspectors-General responsible for in relation to Superintendents?		Ensuring discipline and efficiency are maintained

PARA-66
SUB INSPECTORS OF ARMED POLICE: WORKS AND DUTIES
What do Sub-Inspectors of Armed Police command?		Important guards and escorts
What is their role in the police lines?		Maintain discipline and order
What training duties do they perform?		Give instructions in drill, musketry, and guard duties
How often do they visit guards and sentries?		By day and night
What administrative task do they perform in the lines?		Take the roll-call of men
Under whose orders do Sub-Inspectors of Armed Police act?		Reserve Inspector

PARA-67
HEAD CONSTABLES OF ARMED POLICE: WORKS AND DUTIES
What duties do Head Constables of Armed Police perform?		Command guards and escorts
What training role do they have?		Give instructions in drill
What type of duties do they generally perform?		Duties similar to non-commissioned officers in the army
What must Head Constables do when in charge of outposts?		Follow instructions given in paragraph 58

PARA-68
ORDERS OF MAGISTRATE IN A RIOT OR AFFRAY
How should Magistrates communicate orders to police during a riot or affray?		Through the police officer in command

PARA-69
DEPUTATION OF ARMED FORCES ON VARIOUS OCCASIONS
Who is responsible for police arrangements at important processions or religious ceremonies?		The Superintendent of Police
Who should be placed in command of armed police when deputed?		A gazette officer or an inspector, when possible
What must the Superintendent ensure about officers commanding armed police?		That they are responsible and competent
When should police armed with firearms be used at processions?		Only as a reserve force to deal with possible disturbances
Should bodies of armed police escort processions?		No, they should be held in reserve or at points of danger
How should armed detachments be composed?		As far as possible, with Hindus and Mohammedans in normal proportion
What is the Superintendent’s duty regarding deputed police?		Assign duties, positions, and prepare clear general and special orders
What should be done when police are deputed for the first time or strength is augmented?		Special orders must be prepared and issued

PARA-70
USE OF FORCE BY THE POLICE AGAINST THE CROWD
Instructions regarding the use of force by the police against the crowd are as follows:

SECTION A – LEGAL AUTHORITY
Where are the legal provisions for police use of force found?		Chapter V (Sections 6 & 49) CRPC, Chapter X of CRPC, and Section 129(1) & (2) of CrPC 1973 (SEC 148 BNSS,2023)
To what assemblies do these provisions apply?		Unlawful assemblies and assemblies of 5 or more persons likely to disturb public order
Who can independently call an assembly to disperse?		Officer-in-charge of a police station or higher-ranking police officer
In this context, who is “Magistrate” if a gazetted police officer is present?		Any first-class Magistrate
In this context, who is “Magistrate” if no gazetted police officer is present?		Any Magistrate other than honorary or special Magistrate


SECTION B – ACTION WHEN ATTENDANCE OF MAGISTRATE CAN/CANNOT BE SECURED
When should an assembly not be called to disperse or force not used?		When a Magistrate is present or can be communicated with without prejudicial delay, orders must be taken from the Magistrate
Who acts if a Magistrate cannot be secured without prejudicial delay?		The senior police officer present with powers of an officer-in-charge or higher
What must the senior officer do after acting in absence of a Magistrate?		Communicate with and report his action to the nearest Magistrate and the Superintendent of Police as soon as possible

SECTION C – MAIN PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE USE OF FORCE
How should the Magistrate and senior police officer act?		They should act throughout in co-operation.
What must be done before ordering the crowd to disperse?		All attempts to disperse by warnings and exhortation must be made first.
When should force be used?		When the order to disperse is defied or the crowd remains defiant.
Who is responsible for using force if a Magistrate is present?		The Magistrate directs the senior police officer to use force.
Who is responsible if no Magistrate is present?		The senior police officer alone is responsible.
What is the rule regarding the amount of force used?		Minimum force necessary must be used for effective dispersal and arrests.
How is the type and duration of force decided?		The senior police officer decides, using the least deadly weapon, without punitive intent.
When must the use of force cease?		Immediately when the objective is attained, under Magistrate’s consultation if present.

SECTION D – RULES GOVERNING THE USE OF FIREARMS
When can fire be opened by police?		Only if the Magistrate, or in absence, the officer-in-charge, deems it absolutely necessary to protect life or property.
Who orders the use of firearms if a Magistrate is present?		The Magistrate orders and directs the senior police officer to open fire.
Can the Magistrate limit the number of rounds to be fired?		No, the senior police officer has discretion over the number of rounds and controls the firing.
Who orders to stop firing?		The senior police officer orders to stop as soon as the crowd disperses; the Magistrate can also give this order after consultation.
What must be recorded after firing?		The senior police officer must record detailed events, reasons, consequences, and particulars of dead and injured, unless a Magistrate takes over.

SECTION E – FORM DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE GUIDANCE OF POLICE OFFICERS WHEN THE USE OF FIREARMS IS NECESSARY
What must the senior officer do when the use of firearms appears necessary?		Tell off a detachment of armed police to be held in readiness.
How should the senior officer control firing?		Decide the minimum effective volume, give precise orders on who fires, and ensure no firing occurs without orders.
How many volleys should be ordered at a time?		Only one volley at a time, except in extreme urgency.
How must firearms be aimed?		Aim low at the most threatening parts of the crowd; never fire in the air or at the fringes.
Are blank cartridges allowed?		No, blank cartridges must never be served to police against a crowd.
What must be done after “Stop firing, unload”?		Check fired and missing cartridges, note the number of rounds and results, and ensure all men are present.
Who is responsible for under-officers and their men?		Each under-officer is responsible; indiscriminate firing or independent action is severely dealt with.
How is proper control maintained?		Through constant practice in Police Lines and attention during Deputy Inspector General inspections.
What actions are taken after restoring order post-firing?		Post pickets, organize patrols, remove dead for post-mortem, and provide medical aid to the injured.
Who receives the report of the firing incident if the senior officer is not the Superintendent?		The Superintendent of Police and District Magistrate.

PARA-71
REQUISITION OF ARMED POLICE
How far in advance should a requisition for armed police beyond district allocation be made?		At least six weeks before the required date, if possible.
Through whom should the requisition be sent?		Through the District Magistrate and the Commissioner to the Deputy Inspector-General.
Can an application be made semi-officially?		Yes, if official procedure causes delays, after consulting the District Magistrate.
When should armed police be paraded?		Only when civil police are obviously unable to cope; not for slight occasions.
How should armed police be deployed?		Restricted to proper duties and not dispersed in small outposts where they are ineffective.

PARA-72
CONSTABLES OF ARMED POLICE AS BICYCLE ORDERLIES TO THE GOVERNOR
How many constables of armed police are supplied as bicycle orderlies to the Governor?		Six constables supplied by the Superintendent of Police, Lucknow.
Who deals with urgent short leave applications when the Governor is on tour?		The Military Secretary.
What happens if a bicycle orderly falls sick on tour?		He is sent to the local police hospital, and the Superintendent of Police is informed to provide relief if required.
Who arranges relief for bicycle orderlies on tour?		The local Superintendent requests the Superintendent of Police, Lucknow, to send relief immediately.
Where are bicycle orderlies sent at the conclusion of a tour ending at Naini Tal?		To the reserve lines at the headquarters of the district where the tour ends, for return to Lucknow.
Who arranges tents for bicycle orderlies during the Governor’s tour?		The Superintendent of Police of the district visited, at the request of the Military Secretary.
What is the sanctioned allocation of constables per machine in certain districts and Police Training College?		2 constables per machine; for two machines, 5 constables including one for contingent reserve.

CHAPTER-VII
ARMED TRAINING RESERVE
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter VII have in total?		Para 73 TO Para 78

PARA-73
RESERVE OF ARMED POLICE
Is a reserve of armed police maintained in districts?		Yes, a reserve of armed police is maintained in every district.
How is the strength of the armed police reserve determined?		The strength is fixed for each district.

PARA-74
TIME LIMIT FOR THE SERVICE IS ARMED RESERVE
How is service in the armed reserve assigned?		Service is assigned by roster so every member passes through the reserve in turn.
What is the maximum period of service in the armed reserve?		The period should not exceed two months.
How are the reservists relieved from service?		The reserve should be relieved en bloc.
Can a member serve a second consecutive period in the reserve?		Yes, for special reasons, the Superintendent may order it.

PARA-75
LIMITS OF LEAVE OF THE MEN IN ARMED RESERVE
Who may assign men on leave to the armed reserve?		The Superintendent may assign men on leave.
What is the maximum proportion of men on leave in the reserve?		Leave men must not exceed 11/8th of the reserve.
When may leave be granted to a member of the reserve?		Only when urgently needed due to illness or urgent private affairs.
Which recruits may be assigned to the reserve?		Recruits with not less than one year’s service.
What is the maximum proportion of recruits assigned to the reserve?		Must not exceed their proportion in total sanctioned strength of armed police.

PARA-76
DEPUTATION OF ARMED POLICE FOR SPECIAL DUTY
From where should armed police be supplied when deputed to another district?		From the district reserve, unless directed otherwise.
For what duties may the reserve be employed within the district?		Special dacoity duty, order at fairs/large gatherings, or preventing serious breaches of peace.
To whom must detailed information of the reserve’s special duty be sent?		To the Deputy Inspector-General without delay.
When may portions of the reserve be employed on night patrol at headquarters?		As part of ordinary training; reporting to Deputy Inspector-General is not required.

PARA-77
RESTRICTION OF DUTIES FOR THE MEMBER OF RESERVE
Can members of the reserve be employed on routine duties?		Only if the occasion is urgent and civil police are unavailable.
When should a call on the reserve be avoided?		Whenever civil police are available and can safely perform the duty.
Who must be informed if reserve members are employed on routine duty?		The Superintendent must immediately send a detailed report to the Inspector-General.
Who prepares the report if the Superintendent is not at headquarters?		The senior officer at headquarters, with a copy to the Superintendent.

PARA-78
MAINTENANCE OF ARMED TRAINING RESERVE
What training must members of the armed training reserve undergo?		They must complete a course in drill, musketry, observation, general duties of armed police, elementary law, and other curriculum as deemed suitable by the Superintendent.

CHAPTER VIII
MOUNTED POLICE
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter VIII have in total?		Para 79 TO Para 88

PARA-79
DUTIES OF MOUNTED POLICE
What are the duties of the mounted police?		Patrolling roads, escorting prisoners and treasure, conveying urgent communications, following up criminals, suppressing organized dacoity or disturbances, ceremonial escorts, and traffic control.
How many mounted orderlies are allowed to members of the Board of Revenue or Commissioners on tour?		Two mounted orderlies per member of the Board of Revenue in the plains and per Commissioner on tour in their divisions.
When are mounted orderlies provided on requisition?		Mounted orderlies are provided at all times on requisition by Commissioners and District Magistrates to carry urgent communications.

PARA-80
FORMATION OF MOUNTED POLICE
Where are mounted police formed into troops?		At certain headquarters.
What knowledge must mounted police maintain?		Thorough knowledge of the duties enumerated in paragraphs 84 and 85.
What must mounted police keep in good condition?		Their horses, uniforms, arms, and accoutrements, which must be clean, smart, and serviceable.
Who is attached to each troop?		A trumpeter.

PARA-81
DUTIES OF SUB-INSPECTORS AND HEAD CONSTABLE’S IN MOUNTED POLICE
To whom are the duties of mounted police sub-inspectors and head constables similar?		Indian officers and non-commissioned officers in the Army.
What must sub-inspectors and head constables be competent in?		Cavalry drill instruction.
For what are sub-inspectors and head constables responsible?		Efficiency of men and horses in their troops.
Who is told off as day officer-in-charge of horses?		A mounted head constable at headquarters.
When do sub-inspectors of mounted police act as day officers?		They take turns with sub-inspectors of the armed police for the whole reserve.
Who commands the quarter guard in mounted police lines?		A head constable.

PARA-82
ROASTER OF DUTY AT TROOP HEADQUARTERS
Who keeps the roster of duty for men proceeding on outstation duty?		The reserve inspector.
In which form is the roster of duty maintained?		Form No. 95.
How should men be treated in the roster of duty?		All should be treated fairly.
Who keeps the daily roster for men on duty at headquarters?		The troop sub-inspector.

PARA-83
INSPECTION BEFORE FORCES DEPUTED TO OTHER DISTRICTS
Who inspects all forces before they are deputed to other districts?		The Superintendent at troop headquarters.
Who is responsible for the condition of horses, accoutrements, horse-furniture, and stable gear?		Superintendents and reserve inspectors of the districts receiving the mounted police.
When should a parade be held upon arrival of a force?		As soon as the force arrives.
To whom should deficiencies be reported after arrival?		To the Superintendent of Police at troop headquarters.
Who holds a parade on the return of the force?		The Superintendent of Police at troop headquarters.
What must be given to every force proceeding to or returning from an outstation?		A command certificate.

PARA-84
TRAINING OF MOUNTED POLICE
Who undergoes training as mounted police recruits?		All mounted police recruits, including men transferred from foot police.
What is the probation period for mounted police recruits?		Two years.
Can service in foot police count toward mounted police probation?		Yes, up to a maximum of 16 months.
What is the minimum probation period for a constable transferred from foot to mounted police?		8 months.
When are mounted constables confirmed after probation?		If they qualify at the recruits course and have good conduct.
What riding skill must mounted police recruits achieve?		They must ride well and handle a horse efficiently in a troop on parade.
What equipment skills must mounted police recruits learn?		Saddle/unsaddle horse, assemble/disassemble horse equipment, and groom mounts.
What combat and drill skills must mounted police recruits master?		Sword and lance exercises both mounted and on foot, and troop drill.

PARA-85
OTHER TRAININGS OF MEMBERS OF MOUNTED POLICE
What additional skill must mounted police members learn?		Scouting.
How must mounted police be trained to operate?		To carry out their duties singly and in sections.
What must horse of mounted police be trained to do?		Stand fire.

PARA-86
THREE MONTHS’ ADVANCE COURSE OF SELECTED CONSTABLES
Who orders selected constables to undergo a three-month advance course?		Range Deputy Inspector-General of Police.
Where is the three-month advance course conducted?		Police Training College, Moradabad.
Who prescribes the subjects and duties for the course?		Inspector-General of Police.
Who decides the number of constables to be sent from each Troop Headquarters?		Inspector-General of Police.
What is required to become eligible for promotion to head constable in the Mounted Police?		Qualifying in the Advance Course of Training.
Who selects candidates for the Advance Course of Training?		Range Deputy Inspector General of Police based on a Central test.
What is the minimum service required in Mounted Police to compete for the test?		Five years.
Who must nominate constables for the test?		Superintendent of Police.
What happens if a constable qualifies in Remount Training but lacks a cavalry drill certificate?		He will be sent on the next available course after obtaining his Remount Training Certificate.

PARA-87
TRAINING OF TROOP HORSES
What training should troop horses receive?		Troop horses should be trained to enter truck and horse-boxes.

PARA-88
TRAINING FOR TREATMENT OF HORSES
Where may members of the force be sent for instructions in the treatment of horses?		With the sanction of the Inspector-General, they may be sent to the Veterinary School at Lucknow.

CHAPTER-IX
VILLAGE POLICE
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter IX have in total?		Para 89 to Para 96A

PARA-89
CHIEF DUTY OF VILLAGE GUARD
What is the chief duty of a village guard?		The chief duty is the watch and ward of the villages in his charge.
Whom does the village guard carry reports for?		He carries reports for the village headman.
What is the village guard authorized to do to assist in tracing offenders?		He is authorized to make arrests as permitted by law.
To whom is the village guard responsible for his duties?		He is responsible to the District Magistrate.
Where are the rules relating to village headman found?		In the Manual of Government Orders.

PARA-90
FREESHIPS TO CHAUKIDAR/GUARD
Are village chaukidars/guard allowed to cultivate land?		Yes, village chaukidars are not prohibited from cultivating land.
Where must village chaukidars/guard reside?		They must reside in one of the villages for which they are responsible.
What kind of duties must village chaukidars perform?		They must be employed on menial duties by members of the constabulary force.

PARA-91
ATTENDANCE OF VILLAGE GUARD
How often must village guard attend their police station?		Twice a month on fixed dates.
What is the purpose of village guard attending the police station?		To report births and deaths.
When must village guard receive their pay?		On one of the two monthly attendance dates.

PARA-92
CRIME RECORD BOOK OF VILLAGE GUARD
What three items is each village guard provided with?		Crime record book, attendance board, and printed register of births and deaths.
How must a village guard carry these items?		In the leather wallet supplied to him whenever he goes to the station.
What entries are made in the crime record book?		Occurrences of crime, reports by the chaukidar, rewards, punishments, and good or bad services.
Who signs entries of rewards, punishments, and services in the record book?		The officer-in-charge of the station.
What other information is recorded in the crime record book?		List of persons in the chaukidar’s beat on history sheets and reports of their absence from home.

PARA-93
ASSISTANCE FOR ESCORT DUTY BY VILLAGE POLICE
When must village police assist in escort duty?		When required to do so by a member of the constabulary force.

PARA-94
RULES FOR THE WATCH AND WARD OF CAMPS OF OFFICERS ON TOUR
What is the minimum number of chaukidars for a camp?		Two chaukidars.
What is the maximum number of chaukidars for a large camp?		Six chaukidars.
How long can a chaukidar serve in a week on this duty?		Not more than two days a week.
How long can a chaukidar serve at night on this duty?		Not more than one night at a time.
From where should chaukidars be selected for camp duty?		From the neighbourhood of the camp.
Who must pay the special allowance to chaukidars leaving their beats for camp duty?		The touring officers concerned.
Who must be informed of any neglect in payment of allowances?		The Superintendent of Police.
What is the daily allowance for guard guarding Presidential or Prime Minister’s special trains?		Six annas per day in addition to pay.
Who can create temporary posts of guard on special duty?		The Inspector-General of Police.
What is the maximum per diem for temporary chaukidars on Presidential or PM duty?		Re. 1 per diem inclusive of pay.
Who decides if substitutes are necessary when permanent chaukidars are deputed?		The Superintendent of Police.
What pay is given to permanent chaukidars on deputation with substitutes?		Re. 1 per day inclusive of pay and reward.
What pay is given to substitutes for deputed chaukidars?		Ordinary pay of the chaukidars.

PARA-95
SUPPLY OF PRINTED FORMS FOR WRITTEN REPORTS OF COGNIZABLE OFFENCES TO VILLAGE GUARD
Which form should be supplied to village guard for reporting cognizable offences?		Printed Form No. 44.
What is Form No. 44 used for?		Written reports of cognizable offences and lists of stolen property.
What must guard do with the filled form from a complainant?		Take it to the police station if requested.
Are complainants competent to make their reports in writing?		No, complainants are not competent to make written reports.
What must guard return to the complainant after submitting the report?		The duplicate copy of the check receipt.
Should guard give forms to people who require them?		Yes, they must provide a form to anyone who needs one.

PARA-96
APPOINTMENT OF VILLAGE GUARD
Who appoints village guard?		The District Magistrate.
Under which acts are village guard appointed?		North-Western Provinces Village and Road Police Act, 1873 (Act XVI of 1873) and Oudh Laws Act, 1876 (Act XVIII of 1876).
Who can dismiss village guard?		The District Magistrate.
Under which sections can village chaukidars be dismissed?		Section 10 of Act XVI of 1873 or Section 36 of Act XVIII of 1876.
Are village guard liable to prosecution?		Yes, under Section II of Act XVI of 1873 or Section 37 of Act XVIII of 1876.
Can good conduct stripes and allowances be withdrawn?		Yes, as a disciplinary measure.

PARA-96A
PROVISIONS OF PARA 501 ARE APPLICABLE TO VILLAGE GUARD
To whom are the provisions of Paragraph 501 applicable?		Village guard.
When do these provisions apply to village guard?		When Civil or Criminal proceedings are instituted against them otherwise than by Government.

PART-II
PARTICULAR DUTIES
How many Chapters does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part II have in total?		Chapter X to chapter XXVIII
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part II have in total?		Para 97 to Para 395

CHAPTER-X
REPORTS MADE AT POLICE STATIONS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter X have in total?		Para 97 to Para 103

PARA-97
PROCESS FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO THE COMMISSION OF A COGNIZABLE OFFENCE
How should information about a cognizable offence be recorded?		Immediately in triplicate in the check receipt book (Police Form No. 341).
Can recording be delayed for preliminary investigation?		No, it must be recorded at once even if it appears untrue.
How should oral reports be documented?		Exact words including answers must be taken down, read over, and signed or thumb-impressed by the informant.
What if the report is written?		An exact copy must be made; signature or mark of messenger is not required.
Who signs the triplicate copies?		The officer-in-charge of the station signs each copy and stamps the station seal.
Where does the original copy go?		Sent through Superintendent of Police to the Magistrate with the original written report attached.
Can FIRs be delayed for attachment to diaries?		No, delaying is prohibited by Criminal Procedure Code OR BNSS.
If an Assistant or Deputy Superintendent is stationed elsewhere, how is the original sent?		Through the Assistant or Deputy Superintendent to the Magistrate.

PARA-98
ENTRIES OF CRIMES IN REGISTERS AND DIARIES SHOULD BE CLEAR
How should entries of crimes in registers and diaries be made?		Clearly and legibly.
Why must entries be clear?		They may be used later in courts of law, and unclear writing causes delay and difficulty.

PARA-99
SUBSTANCE OF F.I.R. IN G. D
When should the substance of an F.I.R. be recorded in the General Diary?		As soon as the report is written in the first information book.
When must entries in the F.I.R. and General Diary be made?		Immediately, even if the report is received at night.
Within what time should the village crime notebook, crime register, and register of property be updated?		Within 24 hours if the report requires entries in these registers.

PARA-100
PROCESS FOR ORAL INFORMATION OF COGNIZABLE OFFENCE TO STATION OFFICER
What should a station officer do if he receives an oral report of a cognizable offence while away from the station?		He should take the report in writing.
What must be done after writing down the oral report of a cognizable offence?		It must be signed or marked by the person who made the report.
How is an oral report treated once written and signed?		It is sent to the police station to be treated as a written report.
Can a station officer begin the investigation without the informant if he is away from the station?		No, he cannot dispense with the attendance of the person who made the report.
Why must an oral report be written down immediately?		To ensure it is formally recorded and sent to the station for investigation.
What is the legal effect of sending the written version of an oral report to the station?		It is treated as a valid first information report (FIR).

PARA-101
SPECIAL REPORT CASES
What is a Special Report case?		A case involving serious offences requiring immediate reporting.
Is dacoity a Special Report case?		Yes.
Is robbery a Special Report case?		Yes, except unimportant cases like snatching ear-rings.
Is torture by police included in Special Report cases?		Yes.
Is escape from police custody a Special Report case?		Yes.
Does forging of currency notes require a Special Report?		Yes.
Is manufacture of counterfeit coin included?		Yes.
Are serious defalcations of public money included?		Yes.
Does theft of notes or hundis from letters require Special Report?		Yes.
Are important murder cases Special Report cases?		Yes.
Are important rioting cases included?		Yes.
Are important burglary cases included?		Yes.
Are important theft cases included?		Yes.
Are breaches of peace between classes, communities, or political groups included?		Yes.
Are other cases of special interest included?		Yes.
In what type of envelope are copies of Special Reports sent?		Red envelopes.
To whom are Special Reports sent?		Superintendent, District Magistrate, Sub-Divisional Magistrate, and Circle Inspector.
How should Special Reports be dispatched?		By post or by hand, whichever is quicker.
What additional communication methods should be used?		Telephone, telegraph, and departmental telegraphic code.
Why should telephonic or telegraphic communication be used?		To give the Superintendent early information of serious offences.

PARA-101A
COPY OF SPECIAL REPORTS TO DM AND SP
To whom must copies of Special Reports be sent?		District Magistrate and Superintendent of Police.
In which cases are copies of Special Reports sent?		In all important cases.
Are copies sent in specific categories of cases also?		Yes.
Who may require Special Reports to be sent?		District Magistrate or Superintendent of Police.

PARA-102
PROCESS FOR REPORT OF A NON-COGNIZABLE OFFENCE.
Where should a non-cognizable offence report be recorded?		In the check receipt book for non-cognizable offences (Police Form No. 347).
What part of the report is recorded in the check receipt book?		The important portion of the report.
How many copies are prepared for a non-cognizable offence report?		Two copies.
What must the informant do on the two copies?		Sign or affix his mark on each copy.
Which copy is given to the informant?		The duplicate copy.
Where does the original copy remain?		In the check receipt book.
Where must the substance of the report also be entered?		In the General Diary.
What should be done if the report is in writing?		The written report should be attached to the diary.
To whom should the informant be referred?		To the Magistrate.
Under which section of law is the informant referred to the Magistrate?		Section 155 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (SEC 174 BNSS,2023)

PARA-103
RESPONSIBILITY OF S.O. FOR THE CORRECT RECORDING OF ALL REPORTS OF CRIME
Who is responsible for the correct recording of all crime reports?		The officer-in-charge of the police station.
Under which legal provisions is this responsibility imposed?		Sections 154 and 155(1) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (SEC 173 AND 174 BNSS,2023)
Does this responsibility apply to both cognizable and non-cognizable offences?		Yes, it applies to both kinds of offences.
What must the officer-in-charge do after the report is recorded?		He must countersign all reports.

CHAPTER-XI
INVESTIGATIONS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XI have in total?		Para 104 to Para 128

PARA-104
DECISION INVESTIGATION OF A REPORT OF COGNIZABLE OFFENCE
Who must decide whether investigation of a cognizable offence is desirable?		The officer-in-charge of the police station.
Under which CrPC/BNSS provision is this discretion exercised?		Section 157(1)(b) CrPC (SEC 176 BNSS,2023)
What must the officer consider before deciding to investigate?		Whether the matter is civil rather than criminal.
What administrative factor must also be considered?		Whether police action is necessary for law and order.
When should investigation not be made regarding trivial complaints?		When the complaint relates to a technical offence or exaggerated trivial occurrence.
Who can permit investigation in restricted cases?		The Superintendent of Police or Deputy Inspector General.
When should petty theft or burglary cases normally not be investigated?		Unless professional criminals are suspected or prosecution is desired after arrest.
Which IPC/BNS injury cases normally require special approval before investigation?		Cases under Sections 324 and 325 IPC (SEC 118(1) and 117(2) BNS, 2023)

PARA-105
PROCESS, WHEN A COGNIZABLE CASE WILL NOT BE INVESTIGATED
When must the officer-in-charge record reasons for not investigating a cognizable case?		When he decides not to investigate the case.
Under which CrPC/BNSS provision must reasons for non-investigation be recorded?		Section 157(2) CrPC. (SEC 176(2) BNSS,2023)
Where must reasons for not investigating be entered?		On the original and triplicate copies of the FIR.
What must be written on the duplicate copy of the FIR given to the informant?		That no investigation will be made.
Who receives the duplicate FIR copy containing the non-investigation note?		The person who made the report.
When investigation is made without the order of the Superintendent in restricted cases, where must reasons be recorded?		In the general diary.
What must the officer record if he orders investigation in cases listed under paragraph 104(3)?		His reasons for ordering the investigation.

PARA-106
COMPLETION OF AN INVESTIGATION
Where should investigation ordinarily be carried out and completed?		On the spot.
Which cases are exceptions to on-the-spot completion of investigation?		Cases falling under Section 157(1)(a) CrPC. (SEC 176 BNSS,2023)
Can the investigating officer return to the police station to complete investigation?		Yes, if the scene is close to the station and not covered by Section 157(1)(a) CRPC (SEC 176 BNSS,2023)
When is return to the station permitted in town cases?		After visiting the spot of occurrence.
What must the officer do before returning to the station in such cases?		Visit the scene of the offence first.
Who can travel by first available train during investigation of serious offences?		Any police officer proceeding on investigation of a serious offence.
What types of trains may be used for such investigation travel?		Passenger or goods trains.
Can the investigating officer stop a train out of course?		No, he may not stop it out of course.

PARA-107
DUTIES OF AN INVESTIGATING OFFICER
How should an investigating officer view his role?		Not as a mere clerk for recording statements.
What primary duty must an investigating officer perform at the scene?		Observe and infer facts.
What should the officer use to verify witness evidence?		His own expert observations of the scene and circumstances.
In unknown offender cases, what must the officer determine?		The direction in which to look for the culprits.
Why should the officer study methods of local offenders?		To recognize their handiwork.
What must the officer be cautious about regarding witness suspicions?		Not accepting them when they conflict with facts.
What is the fundamental duty of the investigating officer?		To find out the truth.
Should the officer aim merely at obtaining convictions?		No.
Should the officer prematurely commit to any view of facts?		No.
Must the officer collect defence evidence intentionally when convinced of guilt?		He need not hunt for it deliberately.
What opportunity must be given to accused persons?		Opportunity to produce defence evidence.
How must defence evidence be treated if produced?		Carefully considered.
What should guide investigation beyond statements?		Expert observation and factual inference.
What must guide the officer when witness claims contradict facts?		Obvious inferences from facts.
How should burglary investigations be conducted?		According to special orders on the subject.

PARA-108
STEPS FOR INVESTIGATING OFFICER TO INVESTIGATE THE CASE
What is the first step of the investigating officer?		To note in the case diary the time and place of receiving information.
Under which section is the case diary prescribed?		Section 172 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (SEC 192 BNSS,2023)
What must be copied into the case diary?		The First Information Report.
What must the officer note when beginning the investigation?		The time and place at which investigation begins.
What should the officer inspect after starting investigation?		The scene of the alleged offence.
Whom should the officer question at the scene?		The complainant and other persons with relevant information.
Why should the complainant be questioned?		To obtain details about the circumstances of the case.
What record should be consulted at an early stage?		The village crime note-book.
Why should the village crime note-book be consulted?		To learn of matters that may have a bearing on the case.

PARA-109
ENTRIES OF THE CASE
Under which section must the case diary contain required particulars?		Section 172 CrPC, 1973. (SEC 192 BNSS,2023)
Why should the case diary contain sufficient detail?		To enable the supervising officer to appreciate the facts.
What variations must be recorded in the case diary?		Variations between complainant’s statement and the FIR.
What else should be recorded along with variations?		Substance of supplementary statements, if any.
Is the investigating officer bound to record statements under Section 161 CrPC (SEC 180 BNSS,2023)?		No, it is not mandatory.
If statements are recorded under Section 161 CRPC (SEC 180 BNSS,2023), how should they be recorded?		Separately for each person.
In which person should recorded statements be written?		In the first person.
What should recorded statements contain?		Helpful details for prosecution.
Is it sufficient to record that a witness corroborates another statement?		No, such phrases should be avoided.
How should the accused person’s statement be recorded?		It must be recorded in full.
What must be noted when the investigation closes for the day?		Time and place of closing the investigation.
How frequently should the diary be sent to the Superintendent?		Daily, on days when proceedings are taken.
Through whom should the diary be sent if the investigator is not the station officer?		Through the officer-in-charge of the station.
When can the diary be sent directly instead of through the station officer?		When sending through him would cause delay.
What must be recorded regarding changes of investigating officers?		All changes must be recorded in the diary.
If multiple officers investigate the same case independently, what must they do?		Each must keep a separate diary.
Which additional CrPC/BNSS provisions must be carefully studied?		Sections 162 and 173 CrPC. (SEC 181 AND 193 BNSS,2023)
How detailed should the diary be in petty cases?		A very short diary is sufficient.

PARA-110
PROCEEDINGS AFTER ARRESTS OF A SUSPECTED PERSON
At whose discretion is the stage of arrest of a suspected person left?		The investigating officer.
Under which provision is the arrest of a suspected person mentioned?		Section 44 CrPC, 1973. (SEC 41 BNSS,2023)
Can the investigating officer watch a suspect before arrest?		Yes.
Can the officer restrict the movements of a suspect without arresting him?		No.
Can a suspect be compelled to remain present as a witness without arrest?		No.
What must be done before restricting the liberty of a suspect?		He must be arrested.
Is surveillance of a suspect permitted?		Yes, surveillance is permitted.
What is prohibited without arrest—restriction or observation?		Restriction of movements is prohibited.

PARA-111
SEARCH CONDUCTED BY A POLICE OFFICER
What must a police officer do before entering a place for search?		Satisfy the owner/occupier and witnesses that nothing incriminating is concealed on the search party.
Who must be satisfied before the search begins?		The owner/occupier and the witnesses.
Under which CrPC/BNSS section are witnesses called during search?		Section 100(4) or 100(8) CrPC. (SEC 103 BNSS,2023)
Should the search party show that they carry no incriminating articles?		Yes.
Can an informer freely enter the place being searched?		No, only if his assistance is indispensable.
When should an informer be allowed to enter the search premises?		Only when it is impossible to dispense with his assistance.
Can searches under CrPC/BNSS, Arms Act, Excise Act, or Section 19 of the Opium Act be conducted at night?		Yes, they may be conducted day or night.
Can searches under the Salt Act be conducted at night?		No, only by day.
Under which Opium Act provision are searches allowed only by day?		Section 14 of the Opium Act.

PARA-112
INQUIRIES FROM A PERSON
How should persons from whom inquiries are made by police be treated?		They should not be unnecessarily harassed or detained.
Under which sections may persons be summoned for inquiry?		Section 100 or Section 160 CrPC. (SEC 103 OR 179 BNSS,2023)
What should the investigating officer do if a summoned person requests recording of attendance period?		Record the period of attendance.
Where should the period of attendance be recorded?		On the foil and counterfoil of Order Form No. 7.

PARA-113
INQUIRIES FROM PUBLIC OR RAILWAY SERVANTS
How should inquiries involving public or railway servants be conducted?		With minimal interference to their official duties.
Do police have to notify official superiors under Section 66 CrPC (SEC 68 BNSS, 2023)?		It is not compulsory, but notice should be given.
Before requiring a public or railway servant to leave duty, what must be allowed?		Reasonable opportunity for the superior to arrange relief.
Under which sections may such servants be required to attend?		Sections 100(4)-(8) and 160 CrPC. (SEC 103 and 179 BNSS, 2023)
Should police officers attend Court on fixed dates?		Yes, attendance is mandatory.
Should absence from Court be treated lightly?		No.
What must controlling officers ensure regarding Court summons?		That summonses are returned well before the hearing date.
Who maintains a register of officials absent from Court?		The Superintendent of Police.
On what basis are names entered in the absence register?		Reports received from Courts.
What must the Superintendent do after receiving a complaint of absence?		Call for explanation from the defaulting officer.
Within how many days must the explanation be submitted to the Court?		Within 15 days of receiving the complaint.
What happens if explanation is not submitted within 15 days?		The Court reports the matter to the District Magistrate.
When are entries in the absence register considered?		At the time of recording annual remarks.
Who examines the absence register during inspections?		The Deputy Inspector General of Police.
What is the main objective of these rules?		To ensure discipline and proper coordination with official duties and Court attendance.

PARA-114
SCENE MAHAZAR/SPOT PANCHNAMA
Who should prepare the plan of the scene of occurrence?		The Investigating Officer (I.O.).

PARA-115
DYING DECLARATION OF SERIOUSLY INJURED PERSON TO BE RECORDED IMMEDIATELY
When should a dying declaration be recorded immediately?		When the injured person is likely to die before reaching a dispensary.
Who should record the dying declaration in such urgent cases?		The investigating officer.
Why must the declaration be recorded at once?		Because the injured person may die before medical recording.
In whose presence should the dying declaration be recorded?		Two respectable witnesses.
What must be obtained from the declarant on the declaration?		His signature or mark.
What must the witnesses do after the declaration is recorded?		Sign at the foot of the declaration.

PARA-116
IDENTIFICATION PARADE OF SUSPECTS
When should identification parade precautions begin?		From the very beginning of the investigation.
What must the investigating officer prevent before identification proceedings?		Witnesses seeing the suspects beforehand.
Where should identification proceedings preferably be held?		In the jail.
Under whose provisions should jail identification proceedings be conducted?		Manual of Government Orders and relevant regulations.
Who is responsible for observance of procedures when held in jail?		The Public Prosecutor (as far as police are concerned).
When may identification proceedings be held outside jail?		When suspects cannot be arrested or proceedings cannot be held in jail.
Who should conduct identification proceedings outside jail when possible?		A Magistrate.
If no Magistrate is available, before whom should the proceedings be held?		Two respectable and impartial persons.
What should the impartial persons ensure?		That proceedings are fair to witnesses and accused.
Who should attend important identification proceedings if no Magistrate is available?		A gazetted police officer.
What must the investigating officer follow when jail proceedings are not possible?		Applicable identification instructions as far as practicable.

PARA-117
IDENTIFICATION OF ARTICLES OF PROPERTY RECOVERED FROM SUSPECTS
When is mixing recovered property with similar articles advisable?		In important cases for identification.
Why should recovered articles be mixed with similar items?		To ensure fair identification by complainants.
What precautions should be followed during property identification?		Similar precautions as in identification parades of accused.
Who should conduct the identification of recovered property?		A person above suspicion.
What must be ensured regarding the property before identification?		That witnesses had not seen it beforehand.

PARA-118
COGNIZABLE OFFENCE DONE BY A PERSON IN A SECOND STATE OF MIND GET NO RELAXATION BY THE POLICE
Who decides whether insanity is a valid defence in a cognizable offence?		The Court decides.
Should police determine the defence of insanity?		No.
What should police do if a person commits a cognizable offence in an unsound state of mind?		Send the accused for trial.

PARA-119
PROCESS FOR CONFESSION RECORDED BY THE MAGISTRATE
Under which section is a confession recorded by a Magistrate?		Section 164 CrPC, 1973. (SEC 183 BNSS,2023)
What should the Magistrate do while recording a confession?		Ask questions to elicit maximum verifiable details.
Why should detailed questions be asked during confession?		To verify the truth of the confession.
What is required to make a confession useful in Court?		Independent corroborative evidence in material particulars.
Is an uncorroborated confession sufficient in Court?		No, it is of little use without corroboration.
What is the primary use of a true confession?		To determine the future line of investigation.

PARA-120
WHO CAN RECORD THE CONFESSION
Who should record a confession of a person in police custody?		The highest Magistrate available other than the District Magistrate.
Which classes of Magistrates are authorized to record confessions?		First Class Magistrates and specially empowered Second-Class Magistrates.
Who empowers a Second-Class Magistrate to record confessions?		The Local Government.
In important dacoity cases, who should preferably record the confession?		The District Magistrate or a Magistrate of standing.
Who is preferred as a Magistrate of standing for recording confession?		The Joint Magistrate.

PARA-121
REMAND FOR POLICE CUSTODY
When should remand to police custody be applied for?		Only when definite and satisfactory grounds exist.
Can remand be granted on a general statement that the accused may give more information?		No.
What must the officer show before applying for police custody remand?		Definite and satisfactory grounds.
Through whom must the application for police custody remand be made?		Through the Superintendent of Police or a Gazetted Police Officer in charge of a subdivision.
To whom should applications for police custody remand be addressed?		Magistrates authorized under Section 167 CrPC (SEC 187 BNSS,2023)
What is prohibited regarding suspects and confessions?		Handing suspects to non-official persons to induce confessions.

PARA-122
COMPLETION OF INVESTIGATION AND SUBMISSION OF FINAL REPORT OR CHARGE SHEET SHOULD BE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
When should an investigation be completed?		As soon as possible.
After completion of investigation, which sections must be complied with?		Sections 161–171 and 173 CrPC. (SEC 180-191 and 193 BNSS, 2023)
Who must submit the report under Section 173 CrPC (SEC 193 BNSS, 2023)?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
To whom must submission of the report be intimated?		Superintendent of Police.
In what form is the report submitted when the case is sent for trial?		Charge-sheet (Police Form No. 339).
In what form is the report submitted when the case is not sent for trial?		Final report (Police Form No. 340).
Through whom should the charge-sheet with the final diary be submitted to the Court?		Through the Circle Officer and Public Prosecutor.
Within how many weeks should the charge-sheet reach the Court in summons and warrant cases?		Within 4 weeks of FIR.
Within how many weeks should the charge-sheet reach the Court in Sessions cases?		Within 8 weeks of FIR.
How long should the Circle Officer or Public Prosecutor normally retain the charge-sheet?		Not more than one week.
Can the prescribed time-limit for submission be exceeded?		Only for very special reasons.
Who prepares the quarterly list of delayed charge-sheet cases?		Superintendent of Police.
When must the quarterly list of delayed cases be submitted?		Within one month after the expiry of each quarter.
To whom is the quarterly delayed list first submitted?		District Magistrate.
Who forwards the delayed list to the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police?		District Magistrate.
Who compiles the statement of delayed cases for submission to the Inspector General of Police?		Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Through whom must the final report always be submitted?		Superintendent of Police.
Who must send investigation results to the complainant?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
In which form is the complainant informed about the result of investigation?		Police Form No. 47.
When should the complainant be informed of the investigation result?		At the time of submitting the charge-sheet or final report.

PARA-123
PREVIOUS CONVICTIONS SHOULD BE RECORDED IN CHARGE SHEET
Where should particulars of previous convictions be recorded?		In Column 7 of the charge-sheet.
What should be noted in Column 7 of the charge-sheet?		Details of any previous convictions of the accused.
When should the officer of another police station be contacted?		When the accused resides in another police station of the same district.
Who should be asked to provide details of previous convictions in such cases?		Officer-in-charge of the police station where the accused resides.
To whom should details of previous convictions be sent if time is short?		Public Prosecutor directly, if time is short.

PARA-124
COMPLAINT OF COGNIZABLE OR NON-COGNIZABLE OFFENCE BEFORE THE MAGISTRATE
Under which provision can a Magistrate take cognizance of a complaint?		Under Section 190(a) CrPC. (SEC 210 BNSS, 2023)
Under which section can a Magistrate refer a complaint to police for investigation?		Under Section 202 CrPC. (SEC 225 BNSS, 2023)
Who must verify compliance with Sections 200 and 202 CRPC (SEC 223 and 225 BNSS, 2023) before forwarding the complaint?		Officer-in-charge of the sub-division.
What must the Magistrate do under Section 200 CRPC (SEC 223 BNSS, 2023) before sending a case for investigation?		Record the statement of the complainant on oath.
What must the Magistrate record under Section 202 CRPC (SEC 225 BNSS, 2023) before ordering police investigation?		Reasons showing that police investigation is necessary.
Can a case be legally sent for investigation if the complainant’s statement on oath is not recorded?		No.
What should be done if the Magistrate’s reasons for investigation appear prima facie invalid?		Matter should be brought to the notice of the District Magistrate by the Superintendent of Police.
Who reports such irregular cases to the District Magistrate?		Superintendent of Police.
How should investigations ordered by Magistrates under Section 202 CRPC (SEC 225 BNSS, 2023) be conducted?		As promptly as circumstances allow.

PARA-125
PROCESS OF INVESTIGATION WHEN AN INDIAN IS KILLED BY BRITISH SOLDIERS
In which cases must special investigation be conducted under Para 125?		When an Indian is suspected to have been killed or wounded by British soldiers.
Who must ordinarily investigate such cases?		Superintendent of Police.
When can the Superintendent of Police avoid conducting the investigation personally?		When a magisterial inquiry is conducted by a qualified officer.
What is the minimum qualification of the officer conducting the magisterial inquiry?		At least four years’ standing as a Justice of the Peace.

PARA-126
NO ANALYSIS OF THE WORK OF INVESTIGATION OFFICERS
What kind of analysis of investigating officers’ work is considered objectionable?		Analysis based on statistical tests.
Why is statistical analysis of investigation work discouraged?		Because it encourages dishonesty.
Who should inform subordinate officers about the evaluation method?		Superintendent of Police.
On what basis should the efficiency of investigating officers be judged?		By the manner in which they perform their duties.

PARA-127
PRODUCTION OF RECORDS OF POST OFFICE BEFORE THE POLICE.
When can post office records be produced before the police?		On the written order of a police officer investigating under CrPC/BNSS
Who must issue the order for production of post office records?		A police officer conducting investigation under the Code of Criminal Procedure/BNSS
What type of entries should be disclosed from post office records?		Only entries relating to the accused or relevant to the offence.
Should all entries in post office records be disclosed to police?		No.
What should the Postmaster do in cases not covered by investigation relevance?		Refer the matter to the Postmaster-General.
Who decides whether information should be withheld under Section 124 of the Indian Evidence Act (SEC 130 BSA, 2023)?		Postmaster-General.
Under which section of the Indian Evidence Act may information be withheld?		Section 124 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. (SEC 130 BSA, 2023)

PARA-128
PROCESS WHEN THERE IS AN OUTBREAK OF THEFTS FROM GOODS TRAINS
What action is taken when there is an outbreak of thefts from goods trains?		The matter is coordinated between concerned police authorities.
Who informs about the outbreak of thefts from goods trains?		Superintendent of the Government Railway Police.
To whom is information about the outbreak communicated?		Superintendent of Police of the concerned districts.
What type of measures are taken after such information?		Concerted measures are taken jointly.

CHAPTER-XII
INQUESTS, POST-MORTEM EXAMINATION AND TREATMENT OF WOUNDED PERSONS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XII have in total?		Para 129 to Para 146

PARA-129
ANY SUDDEN OR UNNATURAL DEATH TO BE REPORTED BY VILLAGE GUARD TO THE POLICE STATION
Who must report sudden or unnatural deaths in a village?		The village guard
Under which section of CrPC/BNSS is the village chaukidar required to report such deaths?		Section 40 CrPC, 1973. (SEC 34 BNSS,2023)
Where must the village chaukidar report such incidents?		At the police station.
What type of deaths must be reported by the village chaukidar?		Sudden or unnatural deaths under suspicious circumstances.
Must the discovery of a corpse be reported?		Yes.
Should discovery of part of a corpse also be reported?		Yes.
In what circumstances must a corpse discovery be reported?		When there is reasonable suspicion of unnatural death.
Who must take action upon receiving such a report?		A police officer empowered under Section 174 CrPC. (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)
What must the empowered police officer do after receiving the report?		Immediately take action as per Section 174 CrPC. (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)

PARA 130. [Omitted]

PARA-131
All sub-inspectors and head constables empowered to make inquiries u/s 174 code of criminal procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) or (sec 194 bnss,2023)
Who are generally empowered to make inquiries under Section 174 CrPC (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)?		Sub-Inspectors.
Which other police officers may be empowered to make inquiries under Section 174 CrPC (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)?		Selected Head Constables.
Who selects the Head Constables empowered to conduct such inquiries?		The Superintendent of Police.
By whom are Sub-Inspectors and selected Head Constables authorized for such inquiries?		The Local Government.
Under which section of CrPC/BNSS are these inquiries conducted?		Section 174 CrPC, 1973. (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)

PARA-132
INQUEST REPORT BY POLICE
Under which section is the police inquest investigation conducted?		Section 174 CrPC, 1973 (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)
When should the inquest investigation preferably be conducted?		Before the body is touched or moved.
In which form should the inquest report be prepared?		Form No. 211.
When can Form No. 211 serve both as inquest report and case diary?		When inquiry is completed in one day and death cause is doubtful.
Which section prescribes the case diary that may be combined with the inquest report?		Section 172 CrPC. (SEC 192 BNSS,2023)
In what type of cases may the same form be used for both inquest report and case diary?		Cases involving doubt between accident or suicide.

PARA 133. [Omitted]

PARA 134
KNOWN OR SUSPECTED DEAD BODIES RELATED TO COGNIZABLE OFFENCE TO BE SENT FOR POST-MORTEM EXAMINATION
When should a dead body be sent for post-mortem examination?		When death is known or suspected to be due to a cognizable offence.
Who decides whether the body should be sent for post-mortem in other cases?		The investigating officer.
What condition must be considered before sending the body for post-mortem?		Weather conditions and distance.
Why should weather and distance be considered before sending the body?		To avoid putrefaction that would make examination useless.

PARA-135
RECORDING OF FINGER PRINTS OF UNIDENTIFIED CORPSES
Whose finger impressions must be taken on search slip forms?		All unidentified corpses.
Where should the finger impressions of unidentified corpses be sent?		To the Finger Print Bureau for search.
When should finger impressions of an identified corpse also be taken?		When death is due or suspected to be due to a cognizable offence and prints may help investigation.
Why are finger impressions of identified corpses taken in such cases?		For comparison with prints found at the crime scene.
Who must supervise the taking of fingerprints of a corpse?		An officer not below the rank of Sub-Inspector.
What must the supervising officer certify on the search slip?		That the impressions were correctly taken in his presence.
What additional information must the supervising officer note on the search slip?		The condition of the body (e.g., decomposition stage).
How many fingers’ prints must be taken?		Prints of all fingers.
What should be done if the finger skin is contracted and prints cannot be obtained?		The medical officer should remove the skin from the fingers.
How should removed finger skin be preserved?		Each piece placed in a separate sealed envelope marked with the finger details.
Where should the sealed envelopes containing finger skin be sent?		To the Finger Print Bureau for opinion.
Why are finger impressions taken promptly in such cases?		To avoid wasting time later searching for the culprit using crime scene prints.
Is it usually difficult to take fingerprints from a corpse?		Ordinarily, no; difficulty arises only when the skin is wrinkled or contracted.
What form is used to record fingerprints of corpses?		Search slip forms.

PARA-135A
PROCESS WHEN AN UNCLAIMED OR UNIDENTIFIED BODY IS RECOVERED BY POLICE.
What should police do when an unclaimed or unidentified body is recovered?		Give the discovery the widest possible publicity.
Why is wide publicity given for an unidentified body?		For identification and tracing relatives or acquaintances.
How is publicity given in rural areas for unidentified bodies?		By beat of drum.
What additional means may be used in urban areas for publicity?		Local press, broadcasting stations, and voluntary organizations.
Which voluntary organization is mentioned for assistance in publicity?		Sewa Samiti.
What must the police officer try to ascertain regarding the deceased?		The faith or religion of the deceased.
Why should the faith of the deceased be determined?		To ensure proper disposal according to customary rites.
How can the officer determine the faith of the deceased?		By examining distinguishing features and making enquiries.
Where should the officer record distinguishing features of the corpse?		In the general diary and the inquest report.
What happens if the body remains unclaimed after due publicity?		The Superintendent of Police may hand it over to a recognized Medical College.
For what purpose may the body be handed over to a Medical College?		Anatomical examination and dissection.
Who bears the expense of anatomical examination and dissection?		The Medical College.
What must the officer-in-charge of the Medical College provide after examination?		A certificate confirming disposal according to customary rites.
To whom must the Medical College submit the certificate?		The Superintendent of Police.
Under which section is the enquiry regarding such corpses conducted?		Section 174 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (SEC 194 BNSS,2023)

PARA-136
STEPS TAKEN BY I.O., WHEN MEDICAL OFFICER MAKING EXAMINATION OF DEAD BODIES
The following steps shall be taken by investigation officers to assist medical officers in		making examinations of dead bodies and injured persons

I. – IN CASES OF SUSPECTED POISONING
In suspected poisoning cases, what must the I.O. collect regarding food or drink?		Any food or drink taken by the suspected person.
What should be done with vomited matter found on person or bed?		Carefully swabbed with a rag and preserved.
What materials soaked with vomited matter must be seized?		Clothing, matting, wood, mud, or similar substances.
How should vomited matter in a vessel be preserved?		Carefully placed in a bottle.
What should be collected in case of cremation?		Ashes of the funeral pyre.
What interval must be noted first in suspected poisoning?		Time between last intake and first symptoms.
What second time interval must be recorded?		Time between last intake and death (if occurred).
Should movement of the victim after symptoms be recorded?		Yes, including distance moved.
What initial health details must be recorded?		First symptoms of poisoning.
Must vomiting or purging be noted?		Yes.
Should drowsiness or sleep be recorded?		Yes.
Should tingling of skin or throat be recorded?		Yes.
Where should all elicited information be entered?		In the case diary.
What personal details must be provided for chemical examination?		Name, sex, and age of the patient.
What food-related detail must be mentioned for analysis?		Nature of last food taken.
Should details of unconsciousness be recorded?		Yes, including timing.
Are symptoms like dizziness or convulsions relevant?		Yes.
Must behavior changes (sensible or foolish talk) be noted?		Yes.
Should details of any treatment adopted be recorded?		Yes.
Must suspected poison be mentioned in the report?		Yes.
To whom must this information be forwarded before chemical analysis?		District Magistrate.
What additional report should preferably accompany the case?		Medical officer’s report with opinion on poison.
Should information from friends and neighbours be noted?		Yes.
What is the purpose of sending detailed facts to Chemical Examiner?		To guide chemical analysis.
Under which type of cases are these steps primarily applicable?		Suspected human poisoning cases.

II.- IN CASE OF HANGING OR STRANGULATION
Before removing the body in suspected strangulation, what should first be noted?		The means of strangulation.
What facial condition should be observed before the body is cut down?		Lividity of the face, lips, and eyelids.
What eye condition should be examined in strangulation cases?		Projection of the eyes.
What should be noted about the tongue?		Whether enlarged, protruded, or compressed between the lips.
What fluid-related observation should be recorded?		Escape of fluid from mouth and nostrils and its direction of flow.
After cutting down the body, what neck condition should be checked?		Whether the neck is bruised along the strangulation line.
What should be noted regarding the strangulation mark?		Its direction, whether circular or oblique.
What condition of the hands should be observed?		Whether the thumbs are crossed over the palm.
What should be collected regarding the act of hanging or strangulation?		The materials used for hanging or strangulation.
How should the collected strangulation materials be handled?		Dealt with as prescribed in Paragraph 142.

III.- WHEN A BODY FOUND IN A TANK OR WELL, THE FOLLOWING POINTS SHOULD BE NOTED
When a body is found in a tank or well, what marks around the location should be noted?		Any marks of flood around the mouth or sides of the well or tank.
After removing the body from a tank or well, what should be checked first?		Any external marks of injury.
Which body parts should be carefully examined for injuries?		Especially the head and neck.
What condition of the skin should be noted in such cases?		Whether the skin is smooth or rough.
What examination should be done regarding the hands of the body?		The hands should be examined carefully.
What should be done with objects found in the hands of the body?		They should be carefully removed.

IV.- IN THE CASE OF A BODY FOUND MURDERED
In a murdered body case, what should be noted about injuries?		The number of injuries should be noted.
What aspect of injuries should be recorded besides number?		The character of injuries should be recorded.
What visual aspect of injuries must be described?		The appearance of injuries.
What should be done if a weapon is found near the body?		It should be wrapped in paper and sealed.
What marks on the recovered weapon must be noted?		Any blood marks on the weapon.
What additional evidence on the weapon should be preserved?		Any adherent hairs on the weapon.
Why should the weapon be sealed after recovery?		To preserve evidence.
In the case of an exposed infant body, what should be examined first?		The state of the umbilical cord.
What specific detail about the cord should be noted?		Whether the cord is tied or not.
What should be checked on an exposed infant body besides the cord?		Any marks of violence.

V.- IN THE CASE OF PRESUMED MURDER, AND BURIAL OR CREMATION OF THE REMAINS
In presumed murder cases involving burial or cremation, what should be searched for on remains?		Any marks of violence should be searched for.
Which specific part should be carefully examined for marks of violence?		The skull should be specially examined.
What biological identification detail must be noted from remains?		Any indications of sex should be noted.
Which bones should at least be collected for identification purposes?		A jaw bone should be brought away.
Which pelvic-related remains should be preserved?		Bones of the pelvis should be collected.
What should be done if poisoning is suspected in buried remains?		Earth from the place where the stomach was found should be collected.
Why should soil near the stomach area be collected?		For examination in suspected poisoning cases.
How should collected soil evidence be handled?		It should be dealt with according to prescribed procedure (Para 142).
If a murdered body has been burnt, what should be collected from the ashes?		Any fragments of bones should be collected.
How should bone fragments recovered from ashes be treated?		They should be handled as prescribed in Paragraph 142.

VI. IN CASE IN WHICH AN OPINION ON THE NATURE OF STAINS ON CLOTHES IS REQUIRED, THE STAINS SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO DRY BEFORE THE CLOTHES ARE FOLDED UP
What should be done with stains on clothes when examination is required?		Stains should be allowed to dry before folding the clothes.
Why should stained clothes not be folded immediately?		To prevent damage or smudging of the stains.
How should blood stains on mud floors or hard earth be preserved?		The portion containing the stains should be cut out.
After cutting out stained earth or mud, how should it be packed?		It should be wrapped in cotton wool.
What is the purpose of wrapping stained material in cotton wool?		To protect the stain evidence during handling and transport.
How should preserved stained materials ultimately be handled?		They should be disposed of as prescribed in Paragraph 142.

PARA-137
DEAD BODIES FOR EXAMINATION SHOULD BE SENT TO DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS
Where should dead bodies requiring examination generally be sent?		To the district headquarters.
What type of dead bodies must be sent to district headquarters?		Dead bodies requiring medical examination.
Are there any exceptions to sending dead bodies to district headquarters?		Yes, exceptions are listed in Appendix V of the Regulations.
When should a dead body not be sent to district headquarters?		When the place is enumerated in Appendix V.

PARA-138
PROCESS, WHEN DEAD BODY SENT FOR EXAMINATION BY G.R.P
Who decides whether a post-mortem is necessary when a body is sent by the G.R.P.?		The Superintendent of Police of the district concerned.
When does this provision apply?		When a dead body is sent for examination by the Government Railway Police (G.R.P.).
Which authority sends the body for examination in such cases?		The Government Railway Police.
Who has the final authority to determine the need for post-mortem examination?		The Superintendent of Police of the concerned district.
Does sending a body by G.R.P. automatically require a post-mortem?		No, the necessity is decided by the Superintendent of Police.
At whose discretion is the post-mortem examination conducted in G.R.P. cases?		At the discretion of the Superintendent of Police.

PARA-139
PROCEDURE, WHEN A BODY IS SENT FOR POST-MORTEM EXAMINATION
In what condition should the body be placed when sent for post-mortem?		In the same state in which it was found.
Should any substance be applied to delay decomposition before post-mortem?		No substance should be applied.
Who must accompany the body to the medical officer?		A police constable and a chaukidar.
When the distance exceeds 20 miles, what may be done regarding escort?		Escorts may be relieved at intermediate stations.
Should the number of escort reliefs be high or minimal?		The number of reliefs should be kept as low as possible.
Where are the names of escort personnel entered?		In Police Form No. 13 and 33.
From where is money given to the constable for expenses?		From the permanent advance of the police station.
What document is issued for money realization at headquarters?		A cheque in Form No. 11.
Until when does the escorting constable remain in charge of the body?		Until the medical officer completes the examination.
Who arranges disposal of the remains if relatives are absent?		The escorting constable.
What document must the investigating officer prepare describing the body?		A descriptive roll of the body in duplicate.
How are the two copies of the descriptive roll used?		One accompanies the body and the other is sent to headquarters.
Which additional statement must accompany the body for post-mortem?		A carefully prepared statement in Form No. 13.
Who must identify the body before post-mortem examination?		The constable and chaukidar in the presence of the medical officer.
What should be done with the Civil Surgeon’s report after examination?		Its translation should be prepared and a copy sent to the officer-in-charge of the police station.

PARA 139A
PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOGRAPHS OF POST MORTEM IN CERTAIN CASES
Para 139(A) makes photography and videography mandatory for post-mortems in which scenario?		Deaths in police action or police custody
Under Para 139(A)(i), who is responsible for informing the hospital to arrange for these recordings?		The Magistrate or the Investigating Officer
In the absence of a police or government-nominated photographer, who may be engaged?		An independent or private photographer
Which certificate is mandatory for the admissibility of electronic post-mortem records during trial?		Section 65B Indian Evidence Act (SEC 63 BSA, 2023)
How should the video or photographs be stored according to Para 139(A)(v)?		On a separate memory card

PARA-140
OBJECTS OF EXAMINATION SHOULD CLEARLY EXPLAINED IN INQUEST REPORT
What must a police officer clearly explain when sending a person for medical examination?		The objects of the examination.
Where should the purpose of examination be clearly stated?		In the inquest report.
Is explanation of the examination always required?		Yes, unless special reasons make it undesirable.
Who is responsible for clearly stating the purpose of examination?		The police officer sending the person.
What should be avoided while sending cases to medical officers?		Unnecessary medical examinations.

PARA-141
PUBLIC PROSECUTOR TO DIRECTLY CORRESPOND WITH CIVIL SURGEON WHEN SENDING ANY ARTICLE FOR EXAMINATION
Who should correspond directly with the Civil Surgeon when sending an article for examination?		The Public Prosecutor.
With whom does the Public Prosecutor correspond regarding examination of articles?		The Civil Surgeon.
In what situation does this direct correspondence occur?		When sending an article or substance for examination.

PARA-142
EXHIBITS CONNECTED WITH THE COMMISSION OF AN OFFENCE SHOULD BE SENT TO PUBLIC PROSECUTOR OR TO MAGISTRATE FOR REQUIRED TESTING IN FORENSIC LABORATORY
Who sends exhibits connected with an offence to the Public Prosecutor?		The Investigating Officer.
In what form should exhibits be sent to the Public Prosecutor?		With an invoice.
What must the Public Prosecutor do after receiving the parcel?		Sign the invoice and make an entry in the register.
What should the invoice mention regarding the parcel?		The name of the constable who brought the sealed cover.
With what should labels of exhibits for blood analysis be pasted?		Flour-paste.
What should the Public Prosecutor do if no examination is required?		Keep the article until required in Court.
To whom should the article be sent if examination is necessary?		The Civil Surgeon.
What must accompany articles sent for chemical examination?		A full medico-legal history.
Who notes in the register the agency by which the parcel is sent?		The Public Prosecutor.
Who opens and inspects the parcel upon receipt?		The Civil Surgeon.
What does the Civil Surgeon do if he can examine the contents himself?		Examine them and return them with the report.
What happens if chemical examination appears necessary?		The Civil Surgeon informs the Court and awaits orders.
Who sends the contents to the Chemical Examiner after Court orders?		The Civil Surgeon.
Who is the custodian of offensive substances during analysis?		The Civil Surgeon.
Where should exhibits be kept after analysis and production in Court?		In the police malkhana.

PARA-143
IN CASE OF DANGEROUS INJURIES WOUNDED PERSONS TO BE CONVEYED TO HEADQUARTERS
Where should a wounded person with very severe or dangerous injuries be conveyed?		To the district headquarters.
Can wounded persons be sent to places other than headquarters?		Yes, to places mentioned in Appendix V in certain districts.
When may a wounded person be sent to a mufassil dispensary?		When injuries are severe but a nearer dispensary is available.
What condition must be considered before conveying a wounded person to headquarters?		Whether the injured person can bear the journey.
Which form is prepared when the wounded person is sent to district headquarters?		Form No. 34.
When is Form No. 34-A prepared?		When there is no English Police Officer at the place.
Who prepares Form No. 34-A?		The officer-in-charge of the police station.
Who should prepare the route for taking a corpse to the mortuary in large towns?		The Superintendent of Police.
Where should a copy of the mortuary route orders be kept?		At every police station in the district.
What is the purpose of preparing a fixed route for conveying corpses?		To ensure proper and orderly transport to the mortuary.

PARA-143A
FIRST-AID GIVEN BY THE MEDICAL OFFICER IN MEDICO-LEGAL CASE
Who provides first-aid in a Medico-Legal case at an outlying dispensary?		The Medical Officer of the dispensary.
What should the Medical Officer decide after giving first-aid?		Whether the case should be transferred to Sardar Hospital or treated at the dispensary.
If transfer is needed, who is advised about it?		The police officer-in-charge of the escort.
How should the patient be transported to Sardar Hospital?		By the quickest possible means of transport.
Where will the patient receive necessary treatment if transferred?		At the Sardar Hospital.

PARA-144
INJURY OR POST-MORTEM REPORT MADE BY THE MEDICAL OFFICER
How many copies of an injury or post-mortem report does the Medical Officer prepare?		Three copies (triplicate).
Where is the original copy of the report sent?		To the Superintendent of Police through the normal channel.
Who receives the duplicate copy of the report?		The constable accompanying the injured or dead body, in a sealed cover.
What happens to the third copy of the report?		It is retained by the Medical Officer as the office copy.
Who can be deputed to obtain additional information from the Medical Officer during investigation?		An officer not below the rank of Sub-Inspector of Police with a written request.
What must the Medical Officer do when providing additional information?		Supply the information and keep a record of the replies.

PARA-145
A SHELL FOR CONVEYANCE OF CORPSES PROVIDED TO POLICE STATION
What is provided to each police station for the conveyance of corpses?		A shell for corpses.
What is provided for carrying wounded persons?		A covered stretcher.
Can the shell for dead bodies be used for carrying wounded persons?		No, never.
How should the covered stretcher be prepared?		A country charpai with duli poles and a blanket for shade.

PARA-146
NO PERSON MAY BE SENT FOR MEDICAL EXAMINATION AGAINST HIS WILL
Can a person be sent for medical examination against their will?		No.
What should be done if a woman declines examination by a male Medical Officer?		She should be sent to the Lady Doctor at the local Dufferin Hospital.
Will the Lady Doctor receive a fee for examining the woman?		No, it is part of her regular duties.
What allowance will the Lady Doctor receive for giving evidence in Court?		Travelling and halting allowance as per Paragraph 741 of the Medical Manual.

CHAPTER-XIII
ARREST, BAIL AND CUSTODY
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XIII have in total?		Para 147 to Para 164

PARA-147
POWERS OF ARREST OF A POLICE OFFICER
Which section empowers a police officer to arrest a person directly?		Section 41(2) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (SEC 35 BNSS,2023)
Can a police officer get another officer to make an arrest on his behalf?		Yes, by providing information justifying the arrest.
What type of information can justify arrest by another officer?		Any credible information, including a telegram of involvement in a cognizable offence.
Who may issue a written order under Section 55 CRPC/ BNSS for arrest?		Officer-in-charge of a station or any officer investigating under Chapter XII of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (CHAPTER XIII BNSS,2023).
Can the officer-in-charge issue a Section 55 CRPC/BNSS order for a person under Section 41(1), (2) CRPC (SEC 35 BNSS,2023)?		Yes.
Is a telegram considered sufficient to justify arrest under Section 41(2) CRPC (SEC 35 BNSS,2023)?		Yes, if it furnishes credible information.
Can any subordinate officer act on a Section 55 CRPC/BNSS written order?		Yes, a subordinate officer can arrest based on the order.
What chapter governs arrests by officers making investigations?		Chapter XII of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (CHAPTER XIII BNSS,2023)
Who can use the powers under Section 41(2) CRPC (SEC 35 BNSS,2023) to cause arrests indirectly?		Any police officer empowered under Section 41(2) CRPC (SEC 35 BNSS,2023)

PARA-147A
Who must be informed when a member of Lok Sabha/UP Vidhan Sabha is arrested?		The Speaker of the House concerned.
Which authority intimates the Speaker about the arrest?		Committing Judge, Magistrate, or executive authority.
What details must be intimated to the Speaker?		Reasons for arrest/detention/conviction and place of detention or imprisonment.
Should bail or release after conviction be reported to the Speaker?		Yes, by the authority concerned in the prescribed form.
Who forwards details to the Magistrate, Judge, or executive authority when a member is arrested?		Officer-in-charge of the police station or superior police officer making the arrest.
What is done if a member is arrested for a cognizable offence without a court order?		A special report is sent by the O.C. to the S.P. and D.M., who then informs the Presiding Officer.
How should the S.P. communicate the arrest information to the Presiding Officer?		By telegram immediately and by report through post.
When arrest is made under Section 79 Cr.P.C/SEC 81 BNSS, 2023 who forwards information to the Presiding Officer?		The police officer producing the member before the authority.
Must transfer of an arrested member to another place be reported?		Yes, by the Superintendent of Police to the Presiding Officer and the Magistrate.
How should telegrams or radiograms reporting arrest of a member be drafted?		Succinctly but clearly with all points from the prescribed form.
Can a member be arrested within the precincts of the House without permission?		No, permission of the Speaker/Chairman is required.
What must accompany a warrant for arrest within House precincts?		A concise statement explaining grounds and urgency for the arrest.
Does immunity from civil arrest apply to MPs/MLAs?		Yes, under Articles 105(3) / 194(3) Constitution, 40 days before or after House meetings.
Who forwards communications from an arrested/detained member to the Home Department?		Superintendent of Police, except when in Judicial or Jail custody.
Who deals with communications from members in judicial or jail custody?		Court or jail authorities.

PARA-148
POWERS OF POLICE OFFICER TO ARREST ANY OFFENDER IN WHOLE OF INDIA
Can a police officer arrest an offender outside his jurisdiction?		Yes, a police officer may follow and arrest an offender anywhere in British India.
Where should the procedure for arrest in Indian States be referred to?		Chapter XXIV of the Police Regulations.

PARA-149
PROCESS FOR ARRESTING A RAILWAY PERSONNEL
When should the arrest of a railway servant be deferred?		When their removal from duty would disorganize the working of the railway.
Can a railway servant be arrested immediately if necessary?		Yes, they may be arrested and allowed to carry on duties under guard if immediate restraint is advisable.

PARA-150
POWERS OF ARREST SHOULD NOT BE EXERCISED IN CASE OF A KNOWN PERSON
Should police exercise arrest powers under Section 34 of Act V of 1861 for a known person?		No, the power of arrest should not be exercised if the person’s name and address are known.
What should be done instead of arresting a known person?		The person should be called upon to execute a bond to appear before a Magistrate, if required.

PARA-151
PROCESS WHEN AN ACCUSED IS ARRESTED BY A PRIVATE PERSON
Who can initially arrest an accused outside police custody?		A private person can arrest an accused under certain circumstances.
What happens when a private person brings an accused to a police station?		The accused must be re-arrested by the officer-in-charge.
Can the police release an accused brought in by a private person?		Yes, the officer-in-charge can release the accused under Section 43 of the CrPC (SEC 40 BNSS,2023)
Under which section of CrPC OR BNSS is the procedure for re-arrest or release defined?		Section 43 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (SEC 40 BNSS,2023).
Is the initial arrest by a private person considered complete without police action?		No, it must be confirmed by the officer-in-charge at the police station.

PARA-152
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED ON POLICE FOR ARREST OF A PERSON
Which sections restrict detention of a person arrested without a warrant?		Sections 57 and 167 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (SEC 58 AND 187 BNSS,2023)
How long can a person be detained in police custody without violating the law?		Only for the period strictly allowed under Sections 57 and 167 CrPC. (SEC 58 AND 187 BNSS,2023)
What report must be made after an arrest?		A report under Section 58 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (SEC 59 BNSS,2023)
Within what time frame should the Section 58 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, (SEC 59 BNSS,2023) report be submitted?		Within 24 hours of the arrest.
Can the Section 58 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (SEC 59 BNSS,2023) report be included in the charge-sheet?		Yes, it may be included in the charge-sheet, final report, or submitted separately.

PARA-153
PROCESS WHEN ANY PERSON IS ARRESTED IN THE COURSE OF AN INVESTIGATION
What must the investigating officer ask a person immediately after arrest?		Whether they have any complaint of ill-treatment by the police.
Where should the question and answer be recorded?		In the case diary.
What should the officer do subject to prisoner’s consent?		Examine the prisoner’s body for marks of ill-treatment.
What must be recorded after the body examination?		Whether the prisoner has suffered ill-treatment or has marks on the body.
What if the prisoner refuses examination?		Record the refusal and reasons in the case diary.
What action is taken if ill-treatment is alleged or marks are found?		Suspend the investigation and forward the prisoner, complaint, body record, evidence, and implicated officers to the nearest Magistrate.
Who must be informed immediately when such action is taken?		The Superintendent of Police.
What is done in cases of arrest outside police investigation?		Question and answer are recorded in the general diary by the Officer-in-charge of the station.

PARA-154
THE SEARCH OF AN ARRESTED PERSON
Under which section is an arrested person searched?		Section 51(1) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. Or (SEC 49 BNSS,2023)
Who should be present during the search?		Two witnesses unconnected with the police, if available.
What should be done with property taken by police?		Mark it and enter it in a list.
How should searches be conducted?		With consideration, in privacy, avoiding undue exposure of the person.

PARA-155
ARRESTED PERSON SHOULD NOT BE SUBJECTED TO ANY UNNECESSARY HARDSHIP
Should an arrested person face unnecessary hardship?		No, arrested persons should not be subjected to any unnecessary hardship or indignity.
Which rules guide handcuffing and fettering of arrested persons?		Rules for Guards and Escorts, as far as possible.
Are visits from friends and legal advisers allowed?		Yes, subject to precautions to prevent escape or obstruction of justice.
How should handcuffs be selected?		A pair fitting the prisoner’s wrists, with the key in the officer’s breast pocket.
Can arrested persons travel in a hired conveyance?		Yes, if willing to pay for themselves and the escort.
What class should prisoners use on railways?		Ordinarily third class, unless willing to pay for a higher class including the escort.

PARA-156
CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING BAIL TO ACCUSED PERSON BY THE STATION OFFICER-IN-CHARGE
Who decides whether bail should be allowed to an arrested person?		The investigating officer or officer-in-charge of the police station.
Can bail be refused without reason?		No, bail cannot be refused unless there are reasonable grounds of a non-bailable offence.
Can officer-in-charge grant bail for offences punishable with death or transportation for life?		No, bail cannot be granted for such offences by the station officer.
Can an investigating officer not in charge of a station grant bail?		Only under Section 169 CRPC (SEC 189 BNSS,2023) when there is insufficient evidence to forward the accused to a Magistrate.
What should an officer consider before granting bail under Section 437 CRPC (SEC 480 BNSS,2023)?		Past history of the accused and possibility of absconding.
What should happen in cases covered by Sections 436 & 437 CRPC (SEC 478 and 480 BNSS,2023)?		The accused should be sent to the officer-in-charge with recommendations.

PARA-157
PROPER CASE OF UNDERTRIAL PRISONERS CONFINED IN POLICE LOCK-UPS
Who is responsible for the care of undertrial prisoners in police lock-ups?		Officers-in-charge of police stations.
What items must be supplied to all station lock-ups?		Blankets, lotas, and conservancy utensils.
Who provides supplies for station lock-ups?		The Superintendent of Police from the grant provided.
How should lock-ups be protected from bad weather?		Supplied with tatpurdhas or other contrivances for protection from inclemency.

PARA-158
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PERSONS ACCOMMODATED IN LOCK-UP
Who determines the maximum number of persons in police lock-up?		The Superintendent of Police.
Where should the maximum capacity be indicated?		Marked in a conspicuous place on the exterior of the lock-up.
What is the space allocation per person?		36 square feet of floor and 540 cubic feet of space.
Can prisoners exceed the lock-up capacity?		No, prisoners must not exceed the specified capacity.
What should be done if arrested persons exceed capacity?		Housed in a neighbouring jail, nearby quarters, or sent to the nearest lock-up with room.
Who decides where excess prisoners are housed and guarded?		The Superintendent of Police.

PARA-159
INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING SCALE OF DAILY DIET FOR HEALTHY PRISONERS
Where are instructions regarding the daily diet of healthy prisoners found?		In the Rules for Guards and Escorts.
Does the diet guidance include sick prisoners in transit?		Yes, it includes sickly prisoners in transit.
Does the diet guidance cover undertrial prisoners in camp courts?		Yes, it covers undertrial prisoners in the Court of a Magistrate in camp.

PARA-160
UNDER TRIAL PRISONERS SHOULD NOT BE KEPT AT COURTS SO LATE
Should undertrial prisoners be kept at Courts so late that they need jail admission after lock-up time?		No.
Who ensures subordinate Courts follow this direction?		Magistrates.
What happens if undertrial prisoners cannot arrive before lock-up time?		They should be sent to jail, except under special orders of the Magistrate.
Is it necessary to specify all circumstances for such special orders?		No, it is unnecessary and impracticable.
What must be considered before allowing a prisoner to remain in police custody late?		Whether circumstances make it undesirable in the interests of justice or security.
Who exercises discretion on whether a prisoner may remain in custody?		The concerned Magistrate.
Who supervises the Magistrate’s discretion?		The District Magistrate.
What instructions has the Inspector General of Prisons issued regarding late arrivals?		Jail Superintendents must admit undertrial prisoners after lock-up if a valid warrant is produced.
Who signs remand forms for prisoners arriving after lock-up time for the first time?		A Magistrate designated by the District Magistrate.
What role do Superintendents of Police have regarding public prosecutors?		Ensure they understand these orders and assist in execution.

PARA-161
LUNATICS NEVER, CONFINED IN CELLS WITH OTHER PERSONS
Can lunatics or suspected lunatics be confined in cells with other persons?		No.
Who is responsible for ensuring lunatics are not confined with others?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
Is the officer personally accountable for this?		Yes.

PARA-162
MINOR GIRLS SHOULD NOT BE KEPT IN THE CUSTODY OF POLICE
Should minor girls be kept in police custody?		No, they should generally not be kept in police custody.
Who should take care of minor girls if a hospital or dispensary with female accommodation exists?		They should be handed over to the hospital or dispensary authorities as dieted patients.
What is the maximum period a dispensary may keep such girls without special consent?		15 days.
Can the dispensary retain minor girls beyond 15 days?		Yes, but only with the consent of the district board.

PARA-163
SERIOUSLY SICK PERSON TO BE KEPT IN CUSTODY, WHERE HE IS
What should be done if an arrested person is seriously sick and cannot be moved?		He must be kept in custody at the place where he is.
Who is responsible for making arrangements to keep a seriously sick arrested person in custody?		The officer making the arrest.
Why should a seriously sick person not be moved?		Moving may pose serious risk to himself or to others.

PARA-164
RULES FOR GUIDANCE OF THE POLICE IN DEALING WITH JUVENILE OFFENDERS
Where are the rules for police guidance in dealing with juvenile offenders found?		In Rules for Guards and Escorts.
Should police escort juvenile convicts released from Bareilly Juvenile Jail to their home?		No, the police ordinarily do not escort them after release.
When do police deal with juvenile convicts released from Bareilly Juvenile Jail?		Only if a history-sheet has been prepared as per paragraph 234.
How are juvenile convicts from other jails escorted to their home?		Police escort them as per paragraph 336 of the Jail Manual (Revised 1941).

Chapter-XIV
CUSTODY AND DISPOSAL OF PROPERTY
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XIV have in total?		Para 165 to Para 173

PARA-165
RULES FOR DISPOSAL OF MOVABLE PROPERTY
Where should an abstract list of movable property taken by police be recorded?		In the general diary, with an extract sent to the Magistrate.
How should bulky property, other than livestock, be kept pending Magistrate’s orders?		Leave at the place found in charge of a respectable person responsible for custody.
How is livestock handled pending Court orders?		Ordinarily made over to the pond-keeper or herdsmen; owners may feed them.
Can livestock be delivered to a person other than pond-keeper?		Yes, if safe, upon executing a bond with or without sureties.
Who bears the cost of custody, feed, and transport of livestock?		Realized from sale proceeds, person receiving them, or Superintendent’s contract grant.
Who adjusts expenditure if livestock sale proceeds are less than costs?		Officer-in-charge of station and police Muharrir notify officer conducting sale; deficit from Superintendent’s grant.
How are livestock expenses handled if Court orders payment?		Paid by person receiving animals or by Government from Superintendent’s grant.
How should movable property of intestate persons be recorded?		List in duplicate, with full description, signed by two respectable local witnesses.
Which intestate property can be sold on the spot by police?		Property that decays quickly, is worthless (
How is property sent to headquarters?		Direct to public prosecutor, numbered, labeled, with full triplicate description.
How is unclaimed property entered in malkhana?		In malkhana register of unclaimed or case property.
How are weapons and forfeitable property entered in malkhana?		In malkhana register of impounded property.
How is accused/convict/miscellaneous property entered in malkhana?		In malkhana register of miscellaneous property.
How is intestate property entered in malkhana?		In malkhana register of intestate property (Lawaris).
What does the public prosecutor do on receiving property?		Endorses receipt on triplicate copy, notes malkhana entry number, returns copy to officer.
How are copies of property lists distributed?		Original kept by malkhana officer, second copy to Court, third copy with police officer.
How should valuables (gold, silver, jewellery) be sent?		In a sealed packet after weighing, noting weight in diary and list.
Who acknowledges receipt of property in malkhana?		Malkhana Muharrir with ≥15 years standing.

PARA-166
PROPERTY WORTH MORE THAN RS. 100 SHOULD BE KEPT IN THE CUSTODY OF MALKHANA MOHARRIR
Who keeps property worth more than Rs.100 in custody?		Malkhana Muharrir under the control of the Public Prosecutor.
Are there exceptions to keeping property with the Malkhana Muharrir?		Yes, cash exceeding Rs.100 and important case property are kept by the Public Prosecutor in a separate locked box in the treasury.
Until when does the Malkhana Muharrir keep the property?		Until it has been finally disposed of, unless the Magistrate directs otherwise.

PARA-167
DUTY OF MALKHANA MOHARRIR ATTACHED TO COURTS
What is the duty of the Malkhana Muharrir attached to Courts?		To deliver property to police attached to Courts and receive it back.
What responsibility does the Malkhana Muharrir have regarding the property?		To ensure that the property is received back intact.

PARA-168
RESPONSIBILITY OF PUBLIC PROSECUTOR
Who is responsible for ensuring Court orders regarding disposal of property are carried out?		The Public Prosecutor.
What does the Public Prosecutor do after confirming property disposal?		Gives a certificate in the malkhana register.
What should the Public Prosecutor check if property is returned to a thana?		Examine the station officer’s report attesting recipients’ signature.
What should the Public Prosecutor check if property is made over to a party in Court?		See the Magistrate’s certificate on the list of property.
What should the Public Prosecutor check if property is sent to the treasury for deposit?		See the treasury officer’s receipt before sending the list to the Court.
What should the Public Prosecutor check if property is destroyed in the Magistrate’s presence?		See the Magistrate’s signature certifying the destruction.

PARA-168A
RULES TO DESTROY ILLICIT FIREARMS AND WEAPONS AFTER THE DECISION OF THE COURT
When should illicit firearms and weapons be destroyed?		After the decision of the Court.
Who must be present during the destruction of illicit firearms and weapons?		Members of a committee.
Who is the first member of the committee?		An Executive Magistrate nominated by the District Magistrate.
Who is the second member of the committee?		A Police Officer not below the rank of Dy. Superintendent of Police, nominated by the Superintendent of Police.
Who is the third member of the committee?		A respectable person who is not a Government Servant, nominated by the District Magistrate.

PARA-169
DUTY OF PUBLIC PROSECUTOR TO INFORM THE COURT ABOUT UNCLAIMED PROPERTY LYING IN MALKHANA FOR MORE THAN 6 MONTH
Who must inform the Court about unclaimed property in Malkhana?		The Public Prosecutor.
What property should the Public Prosecutor report?		All unclaimed property lying in the Malkhana for more than six months.
What other situations must the Public Prosecutor report?		Cases where perishable property is deteriorating due to delayed orders.
What else must the Public Prosecutor report?		Cases where apparently avoidable delay is taking place.

PARA-170
Monthly inspection of Malkhana by Public Prosecutor
How often should the Public Prosecutor inspect the Malkhana?		Monthly.
Who should inspect the Malkhana quarterly?		A gazetted officer.
What should the gazetted officer do during inspection?		Check and sign the registers maintained for the Malkhana.

PARA-171
Police Officer attached to the Court of a Magistrate will observe the rules laid down for the guidance of the Public Prosecutor
Which rules should a police officer attached to a Magistrate’s Court follow?		Rules laid down for the guidance of the Public Prosecutor, as far as applicable.
What register must the officer maintain?		The register of arms, ammunition, and military stores prescribed in paragraph 36.
Who checks the register periodically?		Circle inspectors and gazetted officers on tour.
Where can the register be sent for checking?		To headquarters to be checked by the Public Prosecutor.
Where can further orders regarding custody and disposal of property be found?		Manual of Government Orders.

PARA-172
Personal property of persons dying intestate must not be treated as unclaimed property in the Province of Agra
How should personal property of persons dying intestate in the Province of Agra be treated?		It must not be treated as unclaimed property but dealt with under the Manual of Government Orders.
Up to which stage is the procedure same as unclaimed property?		Up to the stage when the Public Prosecutor receives, registers the property, and reports to the District Magistrate.
What must the Public Prosecutor do after reporting to the District Magistrate in Agra?		Forward a copy of his report and the District Magistrate’s order through the District Magistrate to the District Judge for orders.
Who bears the expenses for maintaining intestate property and conveying it to the District Judge’s Court?		All expenses are recoverable from the Court.

PARA-173
Process after deposition of any arms, ammunition in Police Station
What should the officer-in-charge do when arms, ammunition, or military stores are deposited at a police station?		Affix a ticket to each item showing depositor’s name, date, and description.
What should be given to the depositor?		A duplicate of the ticket signed by the officer as a receipt.
What should the depositor be informed about Government responsibility?		Government is responsible only for safe custody, not for preservation from rust or decay.
What happens if the owner does not obtain a licence within 14 days?		The items shall be forwarded to district headquarters for custody.
Where are the items kept at district headquarters?		Either in the District Magistrate’s malkhana or Superintendent’s malkhana at the District Magistrate’s discretion.
Who is responsible for custody in the District Magistrate’s malkhana?		The Nazir.
Who is responsible for custody in the Superintendent’s malkhana?		The Public Prosecutor.
Where are further instructions regarding custody of arms found?		In the Arms Rules, 1962.

Chapter-XV
SPECIAL CRIMES
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XV have in total?		Para 174 to Para 185

PARA-174
The information of Robbery or Dacoity be sent to other neighbouring police stations immediately
When should information of a dacoity or gang robbery be sent to neighbouring police stations?		As soon as possible after the occurrence.
What method should be used to send the information?		By the speediest method available.
Where should police be dispatched after a dacoity or gang robbery?		To watch ferries, canal and railway bridges, railway stations, sarais, and other likely places in the offenders’ direction.
What should be done with suspected persons?		They should be stopped, brought to police stations, and arrested if necessary.
Who sends information to neighbouring districts when a dacoity occurs?		The Superintendent of the district where it occurs.
What should descriptive rolls of offenders be used for?		Sent to neighbouring stations by the investigating officer, and to other stations and district headquarters by the Superintendent.
What action should the Superintendent take on receiving information of a dacoity in another district?		Order local police to be alert and send instructions to stations where special precautions are necessary.
Why is it important to spread news widely during gang dacoities?		Because the gang may be wandering and wide dissemination helps in apprehension.
Where are the rules for similar actions in Indian States mentioned?		In Chapter XXIV.

PARA-175
Guidelines in a case of professional poisoning
How should action be taken in a case of professional poisoning?		On the lines of general robbery/dacoity procedure, but on a smaller scale.
Who decides where information should be sent and places to watch?		The Superintendent and the officer-in-charge of the station.
What must be carefully recorded in such cases?		The descriptive roll and full particulars of the offender’s appearance.
Why is it easier to get details of a poisoner’s appearance?		Because a poisoner usually spends some time with the victim.
How can corroborative evidence be secured before arrest?		By taking the complainant to places he was with the poisoner and confronting him with witnesses like sarai-keepers or grain sellers.
Should the complainant be kept with police awaiting the poisoner?		No, the complainant should not be compelled to remain with police.

PARA-176
Duties of S.O. after a report of disappearance of any boy under 14 years of age or girl under 16 years of age
When should the officer-in-charge of a station act regarding a missing minor?		When a boy under 14 or a girl under 16 is reported missing and circumstances suggest kidnapping.
Who should be informed about the disappearance of the minor?		Neighbouring police stations.
What should the officer-in-charge forward to the Superintendent?		A descriptive roll of the minor, information about probable direction, and descriptive roll of suspected person.
What is the Superintendent’s role?		To take action considered best for recovery of the minor.
What role should village policemen play?		Report disappearance of any minor or arrival of unknown minors.

PARA-177
Duties in case of direct cattle poisoning
What should be monitored in case of direct cattle poisoning?		Mortality among cattle, especially sudden deaths.
Who should report unusually high death-rate of cattle?		Village policemen.
What should be traced when high mortality occurs not due to disease?		Movements of contractors purchasing cattle skins.
What should Zamindars be urged to do?		Destroy skins of all cattle dying under suspicious circumstances.
What samples should be sent for chemical analysis?		Portions of kidney, liver, stomach, and stomach contents steeped in salt and water.
Who gives orders for chemical analysis?		Magistrate at headquarters.
What information should be included for the Chemical Examiner?		Species of animal, owner, last food, onset of symptoms, pain, purging, discharge, convulsions, unconsciousness, suspected route of poisoning, foreign matter, and death.
To whom should this information be furnished before analysis?		District Magistrate.

PARA-178
The poison used to destroy cattle be sent for chemical examination to the F.S.L
What are the common poisons used to destroy cattle?		Arsenic and Aconite.
How is Arsenic commonly administered to cattle?		Mixed in flour dough and wrapped in grass or gram plant stems.
How is snake poison sometimes administered?		Impregnated on a rag inserted in the anus of the animal.
What is the appearance of snake poison on a rag?		Greasy substance of dairy white color, like putty.
How is poisoning done using spikes?		Spike made of dhatura, opium, gunchi seeds, onion paste, dried and hardened in sun, pricked into animal.
What are initial symptoms after spike poisoning?		Swelling at puncture site, abstinence from food, disinclination to sit.
When does the poisoned animal typically collapse?		Three to four days after swelling appears.
How should the swelling be examined?		Carefully, to discover the small puncture, often hard to see.
Can spike poisoning affect humans?		Yes, cases have been recorded of human poisoning by this method.

PARA-179
Report strays of cattle shall be at once recorded as thefts and investigated
How should reported strays of cattle in certain districts be treated?		They shall be recorded as thefts and investigated immediately.
Which districts require strays to be recorded as thefts?		Saharanpur, Meerut, Muzaffarnagar, Bulandshahr, Aligarh, Agra, Farrukhabad, Moradabad, Budaun, Shahjahanpur.
Should strays outside these districts always be investigated as thefts?		No, only if the owner doubts theft or special circumstances suggest theft, recorded by officer-in-charge.

PARA-180
Investigations shall be made in every case of cattle theft
Should investigations be conducted for cattle theft?		Yes, in every case of cattle theft.
Does the value of stolen cattle affect whether an investigation is made?		No, investigations are made regardless of the value.
Is the owner’s wish required to initiate an investigation?		No, investigation proceeds even if the owner does not wish it.

PARA 181
Directions to S.O.’s for thefts of cattle
What reports must station officers send after cattle theft?		Early reports with descriptive rolls of stolen cattle to neighbouring stations.
Who should be informed of reported strays?		Pound keepers within station limits and notices posted on station notice boards.
How should cattle in pounds be checked?		Carefully compared with descriptive rolls of stolen cattle.
What should constables do regarding reported strays?		Maintain lists from their beats and verify recovery with villagers and chaukidars.
What should village guard be informed of at the station?		Reports of cattle theft or strays should be read and explained to them.
How should S.O.’s monitor habitual routes and sympathizers of cattle thieves?		Keep lists of thungdars and villages in the village crime note-books for reference.
How are rewards to be given?		For arrest of thieves, recovery of cattle, and good information on thieves and routes.
Where should cattle theft offences under IPC Sections 411, 412, 414 (or SEC 317 OF BNS,2023) be registered?		In the district and station where the theft occurred, registered as theft.
How should cross-border police coordinate on cattle theft?		S.O.’s and circle inspectors bordering Punjab should meet monthly and report actions to Superintendents.
What information should Superintendents of Police share with Punjab districts?		Information on tribes registered under the Criminal Tribes Act, reciprocally.

PARA-182
Cooperation between police stations for the suppression of cattle theft
Who ensures coordination between police stations to tackle cattle theft?		Circle inspectors ensure coordination between stations.
How do circle inspectors trace connections between cattle thieves?		By comparing notes and inspecting station history-sheets.
What should a history-sheet of a cattle thief indicate?		Connections with cattle thieves of other stations, if traceable.
What is the role of circle inspectors in suppressing cattle theft?		They must promote cooperation between stations to prevent theft.
Who reports all cattle strays to the police?		Village police are responsible for reporting cattle strays.

PARA 183. [Omitted]

PARA-184
One literate police constable should be sent to attend important cattle fairs
How many constables should be sent to important cattle fairs?		One constable from each neighbouring police station.
What type of constable should ideally be sent?		A literate constable, if possible.
What is the primary purpose of sending a constable to cattle fairs?		To scrutinize sales of cattle and detect stolen animals.
What additional role does the constable perform at fairs?		Making inquiries about the character and honesty of cattle dealers and buyers.
What should the constable carry from his station?		A list of all animals stolen in the past six months.
What should the constable compare at the fair?		Compare stolen cattle lists with animals being sold.
Why should the constable compare the lists with animals at the fair?		To detect the sale of stolen animals.

PARA-185
Duty of S.O. to check the registers of owners of private cattle markets
Who is responsible for checking registers of private cattle markets?		The Station Officer (S.O.) of the jurisdiction.
How often should the registers be checked?		Periodically.
Who can check the registers on behalf of the S.O.?		Any subordinate officer not below the rank of Head Constable.
Can other officers check the registers?		Yes, officers not below Head Constable authorized by the Superintendent of Police.
What is the duty of the registering clerk?		To allow free inspection of his registers by authorized police officers.
Which rules govern the appointment of registering clerks?		Rules II (1), (2), (4), and (5) of paragraph 183.
Why may police consult these registers?		For the prevention of crime.

Chapter-XVI
CRIMINAL TRIBES, FOREIGNERS AND VAGRANTS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XVI have in total?		Para 186 to Para 189

PARA-186
Rules regarding the registration and surveillance of resident and wandering criminal tribes
Where are the rules for registration and surveillance of criminal tribes found?		In the Criminal Tribes Manual.
Which types of criminal tribes are covered?		Both resident and wandering criminal tribes.
What is the purpose of these rules?		Registration and surveillance of criminal tribes.
Are the rules for wandering tribes different from resident tribes?		See the Criminal Tribes Manual for details.

PARA-187
Instructions for dealing with suspicious foreigners
Where are instructions for dealing with suspicious foreigners found?		In the Manual of Government Orders.
How should gangs of foreign Asiatic vagrants be handled?		They should not be passed on to other districts or Indian States.
Who must authorize the deportation of suspicious foreigners?		The District Magistrate.
Can police transfer such vagrants freely?		No, orders from the District Magistrate are required.

PARA-188
Orders relating to European vagrants
Where are orders relating to European vagrants found?		In the Manual of Government Orders.
Which other manual contains instructions on European vagrants?		Criminal Investigation Department Manual, Part I, Chapter VI.

PARA-189
Deputation of a police officer for a foreigner who gets order of removal from India
When is a police officer deputed for a foreigner?		When a foreigner is directed under Section 3 of the Foreigners Act, 1964 to remove himself from British India.
How should the police officer travel with the foreigner?		In the same train as the foreigner.
What must the police officer ensure?		That the terms of the removal order are strictly obeyed.
What must the officer carry?		A copy of the removal order.
What action is taken if the foreigner disobeys the order?		Arrest under Section 4 of the Act and take him to the nearest local authority.
Can the foreigner avoid arrest?		Yes, if he satisfies the officer that he will comply immediately and proceed to his destination.
Where is the power of district authorities to arrest foreigners mentioned?		Section 3(a) of the Foreigners Act, 1964.
Is the police officer responsible for enforcement?		Yes, to ensure compliance during transit.

Chapter-XVII
PATROLS AND PICKETS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XVII have in total?		Para 190 to Para 195

PARA-190
Rules for the patrolling of roads
Who is ordinarily employed for road patrolling?		Civil Police.
When may armed or mounted police be used?		In special circumstances.
Can village chaukidars be used for road patrols?		No.
What must the officer-in-charge do for daily patrol identification?		Choose a word daily, record it in the general diary, and give a signed slip to the patrol.
Where is the patrol slip recorded?		Attached to the copy of the general diary sent to headquarters.
When should patrols be sent out?		At varying times or occasions when most useful, e.g., accompanying valuable carts.
What are the duties of road patrols?		Maintain order along the road and ensure the security of travellers.
Do patrols consider police station or district boundaries?		No, patrols cover roads between stations regardless of boundaries.
What weapons may constables on night duty carry?		Spears or muskets.

PARA-191
Duties of Patrols
What should patrols prevent and report on roads?		Cases of injury to roadside trees and encroachments.
What should patrols do if there is a telegraph line along the road?		Look out for and report any damage to poles and wires.
Who should the damage to telegraph lines be reported to?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
Where should the officer-in-charge send information of telegraph damage?		To the nearest telegraph office immediately.

PARA-192
Information of thefts of copper telegraph wire
Who should accompany a linesman repairing stolen copper wire?		A police officer, if possible.
Which police officers should comply with the request to accompany a linesman?		District or railway police officers.
What should a police officer do if the theft occurs outside his jurisdiction?		Take steps to detain the thief and inform the officer-in-charge of the station concerned.
What is the purpose of police accompanying the linesman?		To ensure prompt action against theft of copper telegraph wire.
Which department is involved in coordinating information of wire theft?		The Telegraph Department.

PARA-193
Cooperation of district and railway police for suppression and detention of thefts of copper telegraph wire
Who should cooperate in suppression of copper telegraph wire thefts?		All district and railway police officers and the Telegraph Department.
Should the officer-in-charge wait for linesman’s report before acting?		No, they should go to the spot immediately if informed otherwise.
What special measures should be taken after a wire theft?		Watch the telegraph line for some days to catch the culprits in the act.
How should information about wire theft be shared?		Send it to neighbouring police stations through which the telegraph line runs.

PARA-194
Six-beat system of Patrolling in towns
What system should be used for patrolling in towns?		The six-beat system.
How many nights’ rest should every man get in six days?		Two nights’ rest.
How many men should be on duty in a beat by day?		One man.
How many men should be on duty in a beat at night?		Two men (from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.).
What is the maximum duration of night work at a time for a man?		Four hours.
Can the distribution of beat duty be varied?		Yes, it may be varied to suit local requirements.

PARA-195
Pickets in town and rural areas
Where may pickets be posted?		In town and rural areas.
What is the purpose of pickets?		To watch houses of registered bad characters and intercept criminals.
How many men ordinarily form a picket?		Two men.
When should the number of picket men be increased?		If dangerous criminals are likely to be met.
How should pickets take up positions?		Without attracting attention, well concealed, and silent.
How do picket members rotate duty?		Each member watches in turn while companions sleep.
Should pickets follow a bad character leaving his house at night?		No, they should wait for his return.
When should picketing be used?		To control temporarily active bad characters and in areas of dacoity or burglary.

Chapter-XVIII
SPECIAL GUARDS AND ADDITIONAL POLICE
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XVIII have in total?		Para 196 to Para 214

PARA-196
General instructions concerning guards and escorts
Where are general instructions concerning guards and escorts found?		‘Rules for Guards and Escorts’, 1928.

PARA-197
Patrolling party from reserve lines
How often should a patrolling party from reserve lines visit all police guards at headquarters?		Every night.
Can the Superintendent change the frequency of visits for distant guards?		Yes, with the Deputy Inspector General’s sanction, visits can be frequent or occasional instead of nightly.
What else should the patrolling party inspect on their route?		All public buildings on or near their route to ensure they are secure.

PARA-198
Requests for supply of guards from other departments
Can guards be supplied to other government departments?		Yes, without unduly weakening the reserve.
Who determines the strength of the guard?		The Superintendent, guided by departmental rules or his discretion if no rules exist.
What must the Superintendent ascertain regarding charges?		Whether the guard shall be charged or not, consulting the Inspector General if in doubt.
Are charges made for guards supplied to Local Government departments?		No, except for commercial departments such as the Irrigation Department.
Which expenses does the Government of India accept liability for?		(i) Travelling and incidental expenses for police escorts for treasure remittances in Uttar Pradesh; (ii) Pay, supervision charges, and pension contributions for guards at Kanpur Currency Office, Opium, and Survey Departments.
Are guards supplied to Central Government departments charged?		Yes, unless specific instructions indicate otherwise, e.g., Postal Department guards are charged as per Clause (b)(ii).

PARA-199
Supply of police for private entertainments
Can police be supplied for private entertainments?		Yes, police may be supplied for private entertainments.
Who bears the cost for police at private entertainments?		The private party must pay for police at the rates given in paragraph 158, Office Manual.

PARA-200
Rule for charges for special police protections in fairs or melas
Are district and municipal boards liable to pay for special police protection at fairs or melas?		As a rule, no, if the fairs or melas are established public functions.
How are police supplied for district exhibitions?		Under Section 13 of the Police Act.
How are recoveries for police at exhibitions made?		Recoveries are made from exhibition authorities under Section 13 of the Police Act.
Where can detailed rules about these charges be found?		In Chapter XIV of the Office Manual.

PARA-201
Charge taken for police for private melas or fairs
Who organizes the melas or fairs under para 201?		Private associations or individuals
Who is liable to pay for police supplied at private melas?		The organizers
Police supplied at private fairs are provided on what basis?		Chargeable basis
Are private associations exempted from paying police charges?		No
The cost of police at private melas is recovered from whom?		Private organizers
Rates for police supplied at private fairs are laid down where?		In the Office Manual

PARA-202
Rules regarding the supply of police protection in railways
Rules for police protection to railways are detailed in which manual?		Office Manual
Police protection rules for railways are given in which paragraph of the Office Manual?		Paragraph 157
Recoveries for police protection supplied to railways are mentioned where?		Paragraph 157, Office Manual
Police escorts may be supplied on requisition of an agent of which bank?		State Bank of India
Police escorts for remittances are supplied on whose requisition?		Agent of the bank
Escorts are not treated as private remittance escorts when certified by whom?		Treasury Officer
What must the treasury officer certify to exempt certain remittances?		That the remittance is on Government account
Police escorts supplied for remittances are governed under which section?		Section 13 of Police Act.

PARA-203
No orderly may be employed without the special sanction of the D.I.G
Under para 203, no orderly may be employed without whose sanction?		Deputy Inspector General (D.I.G.)
Who cannot employ or furnish an orderly without special sanction?		Superintendent of Police
Exceptions to the rule regarding employment of orderly are provided in which paragraphs?		Paragraphs 72 and 79
Except for paragraphs 72 and 79, whose sanction is compulsory for employing an orderly?		D.I.G.
Superintendent of Police must obtain approval from whom before furnishing an orderly?		Deputy Inspector General
A separate staff of orderly peons is maintained for whose use?		Gazetted police officers
Orderly peons are also maintained for use of whom besides gazetted officers?		Reserve Inspectors
Orderly peons are maintained for service in whose offices?		Offices of Superintendents of Police
The staff of orderly peons is meant for which category of officers?		Gazetted police officers
The sanctioned scale of orderly peons must be what?		Not exceeded

PARA-204
Guard provided for the Commissioner of a division
A guard is provided for whom when on tour?		Commissioner of a division
A touring guard is also provided for which senior police officer?		Inspector General of Police
Which other senior police officer receives a touring guard?		Deputy Inspector-General of Police
The guard provided to touring officers consists of how many head constables?		One
The guard provided includes how many constables?		Three
A similar guard may be provided to whom during inspection tours?		Hon’ble Judge of the High Court
Members of which body may also receive such guards during tours?		Board of Revenue
Judicial Members of the Board of Revenue are included or excluded from this provision?		Excluded
A similar guard is provided at places other than which two cities?		Allahabad and Lucknow
The guard provided under para 204 is primarily for what purpose?		Security during tours
The strength of the guard provided under para 204 is fixed at what scale?		One head constable and three constables
Which police authority may sanction relief from range reserve for guard duty?		Deputy Inspector-General of Police

PARA-205
Armed police guard for Magistrates
Every Joint Magistrate on tour is provided with how many civil police constables?		One
The civil police constable deputed to a Magistrate’s camp is drawn from where?		Reserve lines
The purpose of deputing a constable to a Magistrate’s camp is to preserve what?		Order
Assistant Magistrates on tour are entitled to what facility?		One civil police constable
Deputy Magistrates in charge of sub-divisions receive what during tours?		One civil police constable
District Magistrates and Superintendents of Police are allowed what type of guard for their houses?		Armed police guard
The armed police guard allowed for houses consists of how many head constables?		One
The armed police guard allowed for houses consists of how many constables?		Three
Joint Magistrates in charge of which subdivision of Banda are allowed armed guards?		Karwi
Joint Magistrates in charge of which subdivision of Jhansi are allowed armed guards?		Lalitpur

PARA-206
For additional police, S.P. should consult the D.M
Before supplying additional police under Section 13, whom should the S.P. consult if time permits?		District Magistrate
Additional police are supplied under which section of law?		Section 13 of Police Act, V of 1861
The Superintendent should consult which authority before providing additional police?		District Magistrate
Consultation with the District Magistrate is required when what condition exists?		If there is time for reference
Consultation with D.M. is not required in which case?		Small guard for very short period
A small guard for a very short period may be supplied without consulting whom?		District Magistrate
The guard supplied must be sufficient to perform duties in what manner?		Efficiently
Guard strength should avoid causing what to the men?		Undue hardship
A guard for day and night duty should never consist of less than how many men?		Four men
Minimum strength of a guard for day and night work is how many?		Four
Who must sanction issuance of firearms to guards supplied to private persons?		Deputy Inspector General of the range
Firearms may be issued to private guards only with whose sanction?		Deputy Inspector General

PARA-207
Proposal for additional police force by the D.M
Who proposes imposition of additional police under Section 15 of Police Act?		District Magistrate
Additional police may be imposed when an area is found in what condition?		Disturbed or dangerous state
The District Magistrate must incorporate whose written views in the proposal?		Superintendent of Police
Proposals for additional police are submitted to whom?		Government
The proposal is forwarded through which two authorities simultaneously?		Commissioner of the Division and Inspector General of Police
Demi-official correspondence may be used at which stage?		Initial stages
Proposal should not be postponed for want of what information?		Detailed information of inhabitants
Preliminary proposal must specify what first?		Reasons for imposition
Preliminary proposal must mention the proposed what of police?		Strength and class
The proposal must specify the period for which what is imposed?		Additional police
Preliminary proposals must include what estimate?		Approximate cost
The proposal must indicate which inhabitants will meet what?		Cost of additional police
Preliminary proposal must specify which geographical factor?		Area of imposition
Who should consider whether the levy will press too hard on inhabitants?		Commissioner of the Division
Cost of additional police cannot be recovered for which period?		Period prior to proclamation
Before proclamation, the cost of additional police is borne by whom?		Government
Demi-official proposals should be submitted when necessity becomes what?		Apparent
Area proposed should include all regions from which what may be recovered?		Cost
Government issues a proclamation under which section if satisfied?		Section 15(1)
Formal proposals must be submitted through whom?		Commissioner and Inspector General of Police
Formal proposals should contain full report on what?		All specified matters
Formal proposal must also recommend which inhabitants may be what?		Exempted
A proforma statement of cost should be submitted in how many copies?		Quadruplicate
If cost statement delays submission, what should be done?		Proposal submitted first
Extension of additional police period requires whose report?		District Magistrate
Report for extension must reach Government at least how long before expiry?		One month
Additional police cannot be retained beyond sanctioned term without whose approval?		Government

PARA-208
Command certificates given to the forces sent on duty to other districts
Section 208 deals with forces sent on duty to where?		Other districts
Forces sent to other districts must be given what?		Command certificates
Who should be given command certificates when sent outside district?		All forces
When no specific place is mentioned in requisition, forces should report where?		Police lines
If requisition does not specify a reporting place, the force must report to what location?		Police lines
Forces sent to other districts must carry which document?		Command certificate
Good men should be selected when force is sent for what type of duty?		Special duty
Selection of personnel for special duty outside district should be what type?		Good men
When a force is despatched on special duty, what must be ensured?		Selection of efficient men
Last pay certificates must be prepared in which cases?		All cases of transfer
Charge certificates are prepared along with what document?		Last pay certificate
Last pay and charge certificates are forwarded in which form?		Form No. 232

PARA-209
Charges for undertrial prisoners sent to other districts under police escort
Charges mentioned in para 209 relate to prisoners sent where?		Other districts
Undertrial prisoners sent to other districts are escorted by whom?		Police escort
Which two main expenses are covered under this rule?		Railway fare and diet
Charges for railway fare and diet of escorted prisoners should be paid from what?		Permanent advance
Expenses paid from permanent advance are later recovered from which grant?		Transport of dead bodies, wounded and accused persons

PARA-210
Rules regarding the cost and charges of escort over convicted persons
Section 210 deals with cost and charges of escort over which category of prisoners?		Convicted prisoners
Escort of convicted prisoners is required when their presence is needed by whom?		Courts
Rules regarding escort cost of convicted prisoners are given in which document?		Manual of Government Orders
Escort expenses are incurred when convicted prisoners are required for what purpose?		Court appearance
Any amount paid by a Court for conveying a prisoner should be credited to whom?		Government
Court payments for conveying prisoners are credited under which head?		Receipts under Prisoners Testimony Act

PARA-211
Assistance by local and railway police, to police guards escorting prisoners under deportation from Indian States
Section 211 relates to assistance provided to whom?		Police guards escorting prisoners
The prisoners mentioned in Section 211 are under what process?		Deportation
Prisoners under deportation belong to which areas?		Indian States
Police guards escorting deported prisoners should be assisted by whom?		Local Police
Which other police force should assist escorting guards?		Railway Police

PARA-212
Conditions to travel in a goods train or travel in the break-van
On which railway are special concessions allowed to stop a goods train for prisoner escort travel?		On the East Indian Railway.
How many police officers are authorized to travel in the brake-van with a prisoner?		Not more than two police officers.
With how many prisoners can this concession be used?		With one prisoner.
When can a goods train be stopped out of course for escort travel?		When authorized conditions exist requiring urgent transport.
Can the concession be used if there is danger of an attempt to release the prisoner?		Yes.
Can the concession be used if the prisoner needs immediate medical attention not available on the spot?		Yes.
Can the concession be used if the prisoner cannot be confined in a lock-up before dark while waiting for a passenger train?		Yes.
Where do the escorting party travel when using this concession?		In the brake-van of the goods train.
Who must ensure that these concessions are not misused?		The Superintendent of Police must ensure this.
What instruction must SPs give to officers regarding these concessions?		They must impress that the concessions must not be abused.

PARA-213
Concessions obtainable when escorting treasure by rail
Escorts carrying treasure by rail should make use of what?		Available concessions
Concessions for treasure escort are mentioned in which document?		Coaching tariffs of railways
The concessions for treasure escort are provided by whom?		Railways
The concession generally takes the form of what benefit?		Free travel
Free travel concessions are provided for whom?		Escort personnel
The number of escort personnel allowed free travel depends on what?		Weight of treasure consignment
Concessions for escorting treasure apply during transport by which mode?		Rail
The coaching tariff specifies concessions related to what activity?		Escorting treasure
Escort concessions must be utilized whenever what is transported?		Treasure by rail
Free travel concessions may apply to how many escort men?		One or more men

PARA-214
Responsibilities of Jail authorities for guarding prisoners
Who is primarily responsible for guarding prisoners sent to hospitals outside jails?		Jail authorities.
Are jail authorities responsible for guarding convicts sent to hospitals outside jails?		Yes.
When can a police guard be deputed for guarding prisoners at hospitals?		Only in emergency situations.
What emergency condition justifies deputing a police guard?		When prisoners sent to a civil hospital reduce jail staff strength by more than 25%.
Can police guards be deputed routinely for hospital guarding duties?		No, only in emergencies.
What must be done when police guards are deputed due to such emergencies?		The circumstances must be reported immediately.
To whom must the emergency circumstances be reported?		To the Range Deputy Inspector General.

Chapter-XIX
ABSCONDED OFFENDERS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XIX have in total?		Para 215 to Para 222

Para-215
Action against proclaimed offender
Who can initiate action against a proclaimed offender?		Officer-in-charge of a police station or investigating officer under Chapter XII CrPC. (CHAPTER XIII BNSS,2023)
When can action be initiated under this rule?		When a person empowered to be arrested has absconded or is concealing himself.
Under which section can the police arrest such a person?		Section 41(1) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (SEC 35 BNSS, 2023)
What is the first step to be taken against an absconding accused?		Apply for a warrant of arrest.
What is the second step after a warrant of arrest?		Apply for proclamation under Section 82 CrPC. (SEC 84 BNSS, 2023)
What is the third step after proclamation?		Apply for attachment under Section 83/84 CrPC. (SEC 85/87 BNSS, 2023)
Should these applications wait for completion of investigation?		No, they need not be delayed.
Can warrant, proclamation, and attachment be issued on the same day?		Yes, in proper order.
To which Court should the officer apply for these orders?		Court having jurisdiction.
What must the officer produce when applying for proclamation?		Legal evidence of absconding.
Can the Court rely on mere reports without personal knowledge?		No.
What must the officer ensure after an attachment order is issued?		That it is efficiently executed.

PARA-216
Absconded offer
Who is considered an absconded offender under this rule?		A person against whom a proclamation under Section 82 CrPC has been issued.
Absconded offender status arises after issuance of what?		Court proclamation.
Under which section is proclamation issued for absconding persons?		Section 82 CrPC. (SEC 84 BNSS,2023)

PARA-217
Types of absconded offenders
Into how many classes are absconded offenders divided?		Two classes – A and B.
What are the two classes of absconded offenders?		Class A and Class B.
Which class includes absconders whose identity is fully verified?		Class A.
What details must be verified for Class A offenders?		Name, caste, residence, and antecedents.
What is the certainty level required for Class A classification?		Verified beyond all possibility of doubt.
Which class includes offenders whose identity details are not fully known?		Class B.
What information is not ascertained for Class B offenders?		Real name, residence, and antecedents.

PARA-218
Register at every police station for absconded offenders
What must be maintained at every police station for absconders?		A register in Form No. 214.
Whose names are entered in the absconders’ register?		All absconded offenders in cognizable and non-cognizable cases.
Are both Class A and Class B absconders entered in the register?		Yes, separately shown.
Where must a Class A absconder be registered besides the offence station?		At stations where his close relatives live.
Which relatives’ residence requires registration of a Class A absconder?		Wife, parents, children, brother or sister.
Where must a Class A absconder be registered regarding his own residence?		At the station where he was living.
Where must a Class A absconder be registered regarding the offence?		At the station where the offence was committed.
Who must inform other districts about registration of a Class A absconder?		Superintendent of the district where offence was committed.
What is the duty of receiving Superintendents upon such information?		To register the absconder in their districts.
Where are Class B absconders required to be registered?		Only at the station where the offence was committed.
Which column of the register must be kept up-to-date?		Column 17.
Who must inform the Superintendent about change of address of absconder’s relative?		The Station Officer.
What must the Superintendent do after receiving address change information?		Inform all concerned districts or stations.
If the offence was committed in his district, who informs other districts?		The Superintendent of that district.
If the offence was not committed in his district, whom must he inform?		The Superintendent of the district where offence was committed.

PARA-219
Public Prosecutor shall maintain a register of whole district for absconded offenders
Who maintains the district register of absconded offenders?		The Public Prosecutor.
Where is the Public Prosecutor’s absconder register maintained?		At district headquarters.
In which language is the district absconder register maintained?		English.
The district register is maintained in the same form as which register?		The station register.
Are separate parts allotted in the register for different classes?		Yes, for Class A and Class B.
Which absconded offenders are entered in the Public Prosecutor’s register?		Those triable in the district.
Are all absconders included in the Public Prosecutor’s register?		No, only those triable in the district.
Who maintains the register of absconders wanted by Government Railway Police?		Railway Police Public Prosecutor.
Are railway absconders included in the district Public Prosecutor’s register?		No.
What must be shown in the remarks column of the district annual return?		Number of non-resident absconders in the district.
Non-resident absconders shown in annual return must figure on whose register?		Public Prosecutor’s register.

PARA-220
Power of Superintendent to expunge the names of absconded offenders
Who can order the expunging of an absconded offender’s name?		The Superintendent of Police.
Can a name be expunged after the offender is arrested?		Yes.
Can a name be expunged if the offender’s death is ascertained?		Yes.
Can insufficient evidence lead to expunging a name?		Yes.
What can cause evidence to become insufficient?		Death or disappearance of all important witnesses.
Absence of proceedings under which section may justify expunging due to insufficient evidence?		Section 299 CrPC. (SEC 335 BNSS,2023)
Can other reasons also justify expunging when prosecution is not feasible?		Yes.
After how many years can a Class A absconder’s name be expunged if last heard alive?		30 years.
After how many years can a Class B absconder’s name be expunged if last heard alive?		5 years.

PARA-221
Power of DM to expunge the names of absconded offenders
Who can expunge names of absconded offenders besides the Superintendent?		The District Magistrate.
Can the DM expunge a name even if Superintendent’s conditions are not fulfilled?		Yes.
On what basis can the DM expunge a name without meeting previous conditions?		If the offence is insignificant and continuing the search is unnecessary.
Can DM expunge the name of an offender triable exclusively by the Court of Sessions?		No.
How often must the DM review absconded offenders’ names for expunging?		Once a year.
In connection with what may the DM review absconders’ names?		Inspection of police stations or examination of absconders’ list.
After expunging, can the offender be prosecuted for the same offence?		Only on complaint, with DM’s sanction.
Does expunging by DM apply to offenders triable in his district?		Yes.
Who ensures that an expunged offender is not prosecuted without sanction?		District Magistrate.

PARA-222
Recording of evidence by the Court against the accused person who has absconded
In absconding cases, under which section should evidence be recorded?		Section 299 CrPC. (SEC 335 BNSS,2023)
Are trivial or petty cases required to have evidence recorded under Section 299 CrPC. (SEC 335 BNSS,2023)?		No, except special circumstances.
Who should be asked to record evidence against an absconded accused?		The Court.
Must police register absconders even if Section 299 proceedings are not taken?		Yes.
Should absconders be registered without waiting for Section 83/84 CrPC. (SEC 85, 87 BNSS,2023) proceedings?		Yes.
What must be submitted to the Deputy Inspector General during inspection?		Cases where evidence was not recorded under Section 299 CrPC. (SEC 335 BNSS,2023) for special reasons.
What condition is necessary for Section 299 CrPC. (SEC 335 BNSS,2023) evidence to be admissible in future trial?		Proof that offender has absconded and cannot be immediately arrested.
Is Section 299 CrPC. (SEC 335 BNSS,2023) applicable in all absconding cases?		No, exceptions for trivial/petty or special circumstances.
Who studies Section 299 CrPC. (SEC 335 BNSS,2023) carefully to ensure compliance?		Police officers concerned.
When should cases with unrecorded evidence be reported?		During inspection by Deputy Inspector General.

Chapter-XX
REGISTRATION AND SURVEILLANCE OF BAD CHARACTERS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XX have in total?		Para 223 to Para 276

PARA-223
The village Crime Note Book
What is the village crime note-book?		A confidential record at every police station containing crime and criminal information of each village.
Who is responsible for the custody of the village crime note-book?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
Are separate note-books required in large cities or towns?		Yes, for each muhalla or division.
Who can make entries in Part I, II, and III of the note-book?		Subordinates under supervision of officer-in-charge.
Who makes entries in Part IV?		Officer-in-charge.
How are entries in Part V made?		In accordance with instructions in paragraph 228.
Is the village crime note-book confidential?		Yes.
What information does the note-book contain?		Crime and criminal information of each village in the circle.
Who supervises entries made by subordinates?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
Can a subordinate make entries independently in Part IV?		No, only officer-in-charge can.
Is a single note-book sufficient for a large town?		No, separate note-books are needed for divisions.
Does the village crime note-book cover cities as well?		Yes, with division-wise note-books.
Are there different parts in the note-book?		Yes, Parts I, II, III, IV, and V.
What is the officer-in-charge responsible for besides custody?		Ensuring accuracy and supervision of entries.
Part V entries are based on instructions from which paragraph?		Paragraph 228.

PARA-224
Entries in Part-I of the village Crime Note Book
What is recorded in Part I of the village crime note-book?		Particulars of population, hamlets, revenue market days, principal castes and tribes, headman, chief landowners, other leading men, and watchmen.
Are revenue market days recorded in Part I?		Yes.
Which community details are recorded in Part I?		Principal castes and tribes.
Who are the village leadership is listed in Part I?		Headman, chief landowners, and other leading men.
Who are considered “other leading men”?		Only residents of the village.

PARA-225
Entries in Part-II of the village Crime Note Book
What is recorded in Part II of the village crime note-book?		Particulars of all offences committed within the village limits.
Which offences are included in Part II?		Cognizable offences reported to the police.
Which Public Gambling Act sections are included?		Sections 3 and 4, Act III of 1967.
Which Excise Act sections are included?		Sections 60, 62, 63, and 65, Act IV of 1910.
Which Opium Act section is included?		Section 9, Act I of 1878.
Which Arms Act sections are included?		Sections 25 and 26, Act 54 of 1959.
Which Criminal Tribes Act sections are included?		Sections 21, 22, 24, and 25, Act VI of 1924.
Are offences of criminal tribes recorded even if members are falsely reported?		Yes.
Are all crimes entered even if truly or falsely reported?		Yes.
What is noted if a case is expunged?		The fact is recorded in the last column; other columns remain.
Does Part II cover only cognizable offences?		No, also specific offences under IPC/BNS and other laws.
Are crimes under gambling law recorded?		Yes.
Are crimes under Excise law recorded?		Yes.
Are crimes under Arms Act recorded?		Yes.
Rule 225 mainly deals with what content?		All village offences in Part II of the crime note-book.

PARA-226
Entries in Part-III of the village Crime Note Book
In Part III will be entered particulars of all residents of the village convicted of any of the following offences.
A
Which IPC section applies for Section 75 purposes?		Section 75, IPC. (SEC 13 BNS,2023)
Which chapter of IPC covers offences except 241, 254, 262 (SEC 179, 184 BNS,2023)?		Chapter XII, IPC. (Chapter X BNS,2023)
Which IPC chapter covers theft, extortion, robbery, and dacoity?		Chapter XVII, IPC. (CH- XVII BNS,2023)
Which sections cover theft of all kinds?		Sections 379 and 382 IPC (SEC 303 AND 307 BNS,2023)
Which sections cover extortion?		Sections 384 and 382 except 385 IPC (SEC 308(2) AND 307 EXCEPT 308(3) BNS,2023)

B
For the purpose of Sections 3 and 4 of the Whipping Act IV of 1909, which IPC/BNS section is relevant for rape?		Section 376, IPC. (SEC 64 BNS,2023)
Which IPC section deals with unnatural offences under the Whipping Act context?		Section 377, IPC.

C
For which Act are Sections 2 and 23 referenced?		Criminal Tribes Act.
Which section declares a tribe as criminal?		Section 3, Criminal Tribes Act.
Conviction of members of a criminal tribe applies to which sections?		Sections 21, 22, 24, and 25 of the Act.

D
Which Act sections cover gambling in common gambling houses?		Sections 3 and 4, Act III of 1867.
Which Act sections cover offences under the Arms Act?		Sections 25 & 26, Act 54 of 1959; Sections 60, 62, 63, 65, Act IV of 1910.
Which Act section covers offences under the Opium Act?		Section 9, Act I of 1878.
How is the nature of offence recorded in Part III?		In the remarks column, e.g., cattle theft, dropped jewellery trick.
Should gang membership of ex-convicts be noted?		Yes.
How is the modus operandi of burglars recorded?		Described in Part III.
What happens if an ex-convict changes residence permanently?		New residence noted; name entered in Part II of new village register.
When are names of one-time ex-convicts expunged?		20 years after sentence expiry.
When are names of other convicts expunged?		Only on death.
How is Part III indexed alphabetically?		By heads like dacoity, cattle theft, pickpocketing, railway theft, miscellaneous offences, poisoning, cheating, kidnapping, offences against State, etc.
Can a person convicted under multiple heads be entered under each?		Yes.
Who can sub-classify the last miscellaneous offences?		Deputy Inspector General or Superintendent of Police.
Are offences like cocaine and opium smuggling included in Part III?		Yes.
Does Part III cover serious crimes like murder and culpable homicide?		Yes, Sections 300, 304, 307, IPC. (SEC 101, 105, 109 BNS,2023)
Is an alphabetical index maintained at every police station?		Yes, for Part III of village crime note-books.

PARA-227
Entries in Part-IV of the village Crime Note Book
What type of entries are made in Part IV of the village crime note-book?		Religious festivals, disputes, property disputes, faction offences, crimes affecting railways, canals, telegraphs, criminal tribes, organized crime, gang presence, and other important police matters.
Are narratives of important crime outbreaks included in Part IV?		Yes, in some detail.
What should be made in the margin of each entry in Part IV?		A brief note showing the subject of each entry.
Who approves entries in Part IV before they are made?		Superintendent of Police.
Does Part IV record the presence of criminal tribes?		Yes.
Are organized crimes like cattle-theft recorded in Part IV?		Yes.
Are gang members’ residence or operation in the village recorded?		Yes.
Is Part IV concerned with police-important events?		Yes.
Does Part IV cover religious disputes?		Yes.
Does Part IV include property disputes?		Yes.
Are faction offences included in Part IV?		Yes.
Are offences affecting railways, canals, or telegraphs recorded?		Yes.
Is approval needed before submitting Part IV entries?		Yes, by Superintendent.
Are all entries in Part IV brief or detailed?		Detailed for specially important crime outbreaks; brief for other matters.
Does Part IV include only criminal offences?		No, also disputes and events of police importance.
Are entries in Part IV made directly by subordinates?		Only after submission and approval by Superintendent.

PARA-228
History sheets, Part V of the village Crime Note Book-
What does Part V of the village crime note-book consist of?		History sheets – personal records of criminals under surveillance.
Who should have history sheets opened?		Persons who are or likely to become habitual criminals or abettors.
How many classes of history sheets are there?		Two – Class A and Class B.
Who is recorded in Class A history sheets?		Dacoits, burglars, cattle-thieves, railway goods wagon thieves, and abettors.
Who is recorded in Class B history sheets?		Confirmed/professional criminals committing other crimes like cheating, poisoning, pick-pocketing, forgery, smuggling, hired ruffians, telegraph wire-cutting, illicit distilling, etc.
How are Class B history sheets distinguished?		By a red bar marked at the top of the first page.
Can a Class B history sheet be converted to Class A?		No.
What happens if a Class B subject also commits dacoity, burglary, cattle-theft, or railway goods theft?		Class A or B surveillance may be applied under paragraph 238.
Can a Class A criminal become Class B?		Yes, if addicted to miscellaneous crimes, with SP sanction.

PARA-229
Classification of history sheets
On what principle are history sheets classified as A and B?		Based on the type of crime and reform potential of the criminal.
Which criminals are in Class A?		Dacoits, burglars, cattle thieves, and railway goods wagon thieves.
Which criminals are in Class B?		Expert miscellaneous crime criminals generally incapable of reform.
What does the classification regulate?		Length of surveillance and kind of surveillance required.
Does classification determine the degree of surveillance?		No, the degree depends on the suspect’s current activity.
Why is Class A considered reformable?		Because dacoits, burglars, and cattle thieves may mend their ways.
Why is Class B considered generally irreformable?		Because expert miscellaneous criminals are usually incapable of reform.
Does a suspect stay under surveillance without complaints?		Yes, the duration is guided by their classification.
Is the classification based on the suspect’s behavior at a particular time?		No, it is based on the type of crime.
What determines the kind of surveillance needed?		The criminal activities believed to be ongoing at a particular time.

PARA-230
History sheets of A-Class
What is an A-Class history sheet?		A record of dacoits, burglars, cattle thieves, or railway goods wagon thieves.
What does it mean if an A-Class history sheet suspect is ‘starred’?		He requires more protracted surveillance than usual.
Does starring indicate more intense surveillance?		Not necessarily; it indicates longer duration of surveillance.
On whom is the most intense surveillance concentrated?		On the criminal believed to be temporarily active, starred or unstarred.
Who can order a history-sheet man to be starred?		Superintendent of Police.
Can district SPs star railway police suspects independently?		No, only with concurrence of Superintendent of Government Railway Police.
Does starring affect the type of surveillance applied?		No, it only affects the period, not intensity.
Is A-Class history sheet surveillance temporary or continuous?		Continuous, duration may vary.
Can an unstarred A-Class criminal receive intense surveillance?		Yes, if temporarily active.
What is the main purpose of starring in A-Class history sheets?		To prolong surveillance for particularly dangerous or incorrigible criminals.

PARA-231
Subjects of history sheets of A-Class
How long do unstarred A-Class history sheet subjects remain under surveillance?		At least 2 consecutive years without jail time.
When can surveillance of an unstarred A-Class subject be discontinued?		After 2 years if no conviction, suspicion, or suspicious absence, unless Superintendent records special reasons to continue.
How long does a starred A-Class subject remain starred?		At least 2 consecutive years without jail, cognizable offence, or suspicious absence.
What happens to a starred A-Class subject after 2 years if reformed?		Ceases to be starred but remains under surveillance until no complaints are recorded.
Who decides if surveillance continues for special reasons?		Superintendent of Police.
Is extra care needed when closing history sheets of ex-convicts?		Yes, especially for ex-convict dacoits.

PARA-232
Continuity of B-Class history sheets
How long do B-Class history sheets remain open?		Continuously, until death.
Can B-Class subjects be ‘starred’?		No, starring is unnecessary.
Are B-Class subjects ever removed from surveillance?		Only for special reasons.
Does the continuity apply to all B-Class criminals?		Yes, generally until death.

PARA-233
Discontinuance of surveillance
Does discontinuance of surveillance close a history-sheet?		No, the sheet remains open as a record of information.
What should be noted in the history-sheet when surveillance is discontinued?		A note that surveillance has been discontinued.
Are periodical entries required after surveillance is discontinued?		No, unless new information arises.
Where should discontinued surveillance sheets be kept?		In the village crime note-book or a separate attached volume if too bulky.
When can a discontinued surveillance sheet be destroyed?		On the death of the subject or if the Superintendent decides it has no further value.

PARA-234
Discontinuation of History sheet of Class-A
Who can sanction discontinuation of a Class-A history sheet?		Superintendent of Police.
Who sanctions discontinuation of a Class-B history sheet if denied by SP?		Deputy Inspector-General or Superintendent, Railway Police.
Through whom should station officers submit proposals for discontinuance or starring/unstarring?		Through the Circle-Inspector, unless dealt with by a gazetted officer during inspection.
Can a Class-A history sheet be discontinued without SP approval?		No.
Are proposals for starring or unstarring history-sheet subjects required to go through any channel?		Yes, through Circle-Inspector unless handled by a gazetted officer.
Does Deputy Inspector-General sanction apply to Class-A sheets?		No, only to Class-B when SP denies discontinuance.
Can a gazetted officer bypass the Circle-Inspector for proposals?		Yes, during the course of an inspection.

PARA-235
Knowledge of History sheeters to local police
What is the purpose of local police surveillance of history-sheeters?		To keep in touch with suspects and monitor their conduct.
What does secret picketing involve?		Picketing the house or approaches of suspects.
Who conducts periodical inquiries into a suspect’s habits?		Officers not below the rank of Sub-Inspector.
What aspects are checked during periodical inquiries?		Repute, habits, associations, income, expenses, occupation.
Who reports movements and absences from home?		Constables and chaukidars.
How are movements and absences verified?		By means of inquiry slips.
What is collected and recorded on a history-sheet?		All information bearing on the suspect’s conduct.
Can Superintendents implement other legal measures besides surveillance?		Yes, without prejudice to surveillance measures.
Is surveillance limited to one method?		No, it may consist of one or more of the listed measures.
Is shadowing of suspects allowed in cities?		Yes, under special local circumstances.

PARA-236
Methods of surveillance of history sheeters
What is the main purpose of surveillance of history-sheeters?		To keep in touch with suspects and monitor their conduct.
What does secret picketing involve?		Monitoring the house or approaches to the house of suspects.
Who conducts periodical inquiries about suspects?		Officers not below the rank of Sub-Inspector.
What details are checked in periodical inquiries?		Repute, habits, associations, income, expenses, occupation.
Who reports the movements and absences of suspects?		Constables and chaukidars.
How are movements and absences verified?		By means of inquiry slips.
What is recorded on a history-sheet?		All information bearing on the suspect’s conduct.
Can SPs apply other legal measures besides these surveillance methods?		Yes, without prejudice to the listed methods.
Can surveillance use more than one method simultaneously?		Yes, one or more measures may be employed.
Is this type of surveillance applicable in cities?		Yes, especially under special local circumstances.

PARA-237
Starred and unstarred history sheeters
Are both starred and unstarred Class-A history sheeters subject to surveillance?		Yes, all measures apply to both.
Who regulates the intensity of surveillance?		Station officer, under Superintendent and Circle Inspector control.
How is intensity of surveillance decided?		According to the suspected temporary activity of the individual.
Must all movements and absences of Class-A men be reported?		Yes, to the police station.
Are all movements verified by inquiry slips?		Only if they appear suspicious.
How often is a general local inquiry done for quiescent men?		Once a year.
Who can conduct inquiries under the station officer’s direction?		A subordinate Sub-Inspector.
How often are inquiries done for temporarily active men?		Half-yearly or more frequently.

PARA-238
Surveillance of B-class history sheeters
Which surveillance measures apply to B-Class history sheeters by default?		Measures (c) reporting movements, (d) verification by inquiry slip, and (e) recording on history-sheet.
Are measures (a) secret picketing and (b) periodical inquiries applied to B-Class?		Only if the crime requires it.
Give an example when picketing might be applied to B-Class.		For a telegraph wire-cutter or night-time surveillance.
Is picketing or inquiry useful for a professional cheat?		No, it would be futile.
Must absences from home of B-Class men be reported?		Yes, to the police station.
Is verification of movements always required for B-Class men?		No, only when it serves a useful purpose.
Give an example where verification is essential.		For a prisoner or pick-pocket.
Give an example where verification is rarely needed.		For a local bulky.
Who exercises discretion over B-Class surveillance?		Station officers.
What factors determine the intensity of surveillance for B-Class?		Circumstances of absence and nature of the crime.

PARA-239
Maintenance of history sheet of both classes and desired entries in the history sheet
How should history-sheets of both classes be maintained?		As directed in this paragraph and updated to conform with new directions.
What entries are made on the first page?		Relations, associates, dependents, property, occupation, income, convictions.
Who checks and approves the first entries in a history-sheet?		Superintendent of Police.
How are subsequent paragraphs filled?		At the police station without reference to Superintendent.
What must subsequent paragraphs contain?		Suspicious absences, police reports/cases, periodical inquiry results, suspected cases.
Are all absences recorded?		Only suspicious absences.
Are picketing and domiciliary visits always entered?		Only if productive of relevant information.
How should habits and general repute be recorded?		Based on inquiries from respectable villagers, avoiding vague generalities.
Who is responsible for entries in the history-sheet?		Station officer or a subordinate Sub-Inspector under his direction.
How are convictions of 6 months or more noted?		Red line drawn below last paragraph with date, sentence, probable release.
How is discontinuance of surveillance noted?		Black line drawn with date and Superintendent’s order number.
How is transfer of a history-sheet to another station noted?		Black line drawn with brief note of transfer by dispatching officer.
How should paragraphs be referenced?		Quote number and date of daily diary or document, complete in itself.
What should marginal notes indicate?		Nature of information, e.g., ‘suspicious absence’, ‘local inquiry’.
What additional details should be included about suspects?		Earnings, expenses, work regularity, associates, and whether committing crime or honest livelihood.

PARA-240
History sheets of both classes when to be opened?
When may history-sheets of both classes be opened?		On suspicion or on conviction/acquittal, with orders of Superintendent of Police.
What happens on suspicion during investigation?		Officer-in-charge reports suspect’s name and whether history-sheet is needed to the Superintendent.
Who defines the class of history-sheet and ‘starred’ status?		The Superintendent of Police.
Can a gazetted officer or circle inspector request a history-sheet?		Yes, by submitting a report to the Superintendent.
What happens when a person is sent for trial on relevant offences?		Officer-in-charge states in diary if history-sheet exists or is recommended.
What is the role of Public Prosecutor on acquittal?		Inform Superintendent if a history-sheet is required.
How is a history-sheet marked on daily conviction reports?		‘On H.S.’ in red ink if already open, ‘H.S.’ if recommended.
What form is attached to the daily report of convictions?		P.R. slip (Form No. 313) for history-sheet action.
Who communicates Superintendent’s orders for opening a history-sheet?		Public Prosecutor to police station and Superintendent of Jail.
What if the accused is from another district or State?		Same procedure, but Superintendent of local police may not order opening; decision sent to Superintendent of Jail.
How is the history-sheet recommendation noted in Form 148?		Column 10 – red ink, Column 15 – recommendation for opening.
Who decides opening of history-sheet for convicts in other districts?		Superintendent of Police of convict’s district, may cancel P.R. slip if unnecessary.
Can the Superintendent of Railway Police request a history-sheet?		Yes, Superintendent of Police must open it subject to Deputy Inspector-General’s final decision.
Who specifies the type of surveillance for railway cases?		Superintendent, Railway Police.
How are history-sheet requirements forwarded from Railway Police?		Public Prosecutor sends Form 143/148 to Superintendent of district through Superintendent, Railway Police.

Para-241
Importance of P.R. slips
To what are P.R. slips attached when sent to the Jail?		Warrants of the convicts concerned.
When is a P.R. slip sent to the Superintendent of Police?		One month before the convict’s release.
What is the purpose of sending the P.R. slip before release?		To warn the Superintendent of Police that the convict is due to be released.
What must the Superintendent of Police do on receiving a P.R. slip?		Instruct the police station to check the prisoner’s arrival and arrange future surveillance, or take action if he becomes untraced.
What must the police station do after receiving instructions on a P.R. slip?		Return the slip to the Superintendent with a report on entry in Part III of the village crime note-book.
What if no history-sheet has been opened on conviction?		Find who was responsible and open a history-sheet immediately unless special reasons exist.
How are P.R. slips filed at police stations?		Filed in separate bundles in the record room.
How long are P.R. slips retained before destruction?		One year.
What does the Jail Superintendent provide to a released P.R. convict?		A railway ticket to the station nearest the convict’s home.
Do P.R. slip procedures apply to criminal tribe convicts or certain conditionally released prisoners?		No, they are exempt under Section 356 CRPC (SEC 394 BNSS,2023) or Section 432, CrPC (SEC 473 BNSS,2023)
What must the Jail Superintendent do in case of death or escape of a P.R. convict?		Inform the Superintendent of Police concerned immediately.

PARA-242
Principles which could guide S.P. in deciding whether a history sheet should be opened and in what category should be placed
When should a Class A history-sheet be opened and starred immediately?		When a suspect is an active and prominent member of a gang of dacoits.
When should Class A history-sheets be opened for burglars, cattle thieves, or railway goods train thieves?		When they first come to notice on suspicion or conviction.
When should such Class A suspects be starred?		Only after continued suspicion or a series of convictions show they are dangerous and unlikely to reform.
For which members of a gang should history-sheets be opened?		Only for the more prominent members; minor members tracked via the gang register.
Is being bound under Section 109, Cr.P.C. (SEC 128 BNSS,2023) sufficient to open a history-sheet?		No, previous history and arrest circumstances must be considered.
When must a history-sheet be prepared for a person bound under Section 110, Cr.P.C. (SEC 129 BNSS,2023)?		Immediately, even if not already on a history-sheet.
What should Superintendents of Police review regarding Section 110 prosecutions?		How bad characters not on history-sheets previously evaded police notice.
Should history-sheets be opened for persons with no fixed abode?		No, they should not.
Where to check restrictions for opening history-sheets for criminal tribe members?		Consult the Criminal Tribes Manual.
Is it important to open history-sheets on suspicion or conviction?		Yes, both on conviction and on suspicion; imprisonment alone is not a reason to avoid opening a sheet.

PARA-243
Preparation of history sheet in case of juveniles
Do the general rules for history-sheets apply to juveniles?		Yes, but cases of juveniles require special consideration before opening a history-sheet.
What happens if a juvenile is sent to the Juvenile Jail at Bareilly?		His P.R. slip is returned one month before release with a remark exempting him from police surveillance.
What does the Superintendent of Police do on receiving an endorsed P.R. slip for a juvenile?		Files the history-sheet and issues orders that no surveillance is to be applied.
Are all juvenile P.R. offenders exempt from surveillance on release?		No, juveniles whose conduct shows they did not benefit from reformatory training are not exempt.
What procedure is followed for these non-exempt juveniles?		Usual P.R. and surveillance rules are applied; a report on behaviour is sent before release.
Are members of criminal tribes admitted to the Juvenile Jail at Bareilly?		No, they are subject to rules in the Criminal Tribes Manual.
Are juveniles with more than one conviction admitted to the Juvenile Jail?		No, they are not admitted.

PARA-244
Procedure of action under section 110 Cr. P.C (SEC 129 BNSS,2023)
Which section governs the procedure described?		Section 110 Cr.P.C. (SEC 129 BNSS,2023)
Who must submit application before taking action under Section 110 Cr.P.C.?		Sub-Inspector
In which form is the application submitted?		Police Form No. 5
Through whom is the application routed to the Superintendent?		Circle Inspector
What must the Circle Inspector attach while forwarding the application?		Report after local inquiry
On what basis is the Circle Inspector’s report prepared?		His own knowledge of the suspect
To whom is the application forwarded after approval?		Sub-Divisional Magistrate or District Magistrate
In what capacity is the report sent to the Magistrate?		As “information” under Section 110 Cr.P.C. (SEC 129 BNSS,2023)
Who decides whether to require a person to show cause?		Magistrate
Under which section is the show cause order issued?		Section 111 Cr.P.C. (SEC 130 BNSS,2023)
In what form must the Magistrate issue the order under Section 111 CRPC?		In writing
What must the order under Section 111 CRPC contain?		Details required by that section
What happens to Form No. 5 after the Magistrate’s order?		Returned to Sub-Inspector
What immediate action must the Sub-Inspector take thereafter?		Arrest the person
Where must the arrested person be produced?		Before the Magistrate
What must accompany the arrested person?		Necessary evidence
To whom is Form No. 5 sent as a brief?		Prosecuting Officer
Can Form No. 5 be attached to the case file?		Yes, if Magistrate permits
Are history sheets sent to courts routinely?		No
When are history sheets sent to courts?		Only when courts demand
Should police record statements during inquiry under Sections 109/110 Cr.P.C.?		No
Why should statements not be recorded during such inquiry?		Accused may claim copies
Under which section can copies of statements be obtained?		Section 162 Cr.P.C. (SEC 181 BNSS,2023)

PARA-245
Names of history sheeter will be entered in beat book of constables and crime record book of village GUARD
Whose names are entered in the notice-books of beat constables?		History-sheet men
In which village record are names of history-sheeters entered?		Crime record book of village guard
Who maintains the crime record book in villages?		Village chaukidar
Where are names of history-sheet men recorded at beat level?		Beat constable’s notice-book
Where are visits to villages with bad characters recorded?		Fly-sheet of village crime note-book
What does the fly-sheet entry indicate regarding Class A history-sheeters?		That all have been visited
Who makes visits to villages where bad characters reside?		Officers and men
Where is a full note of visit results recorded?		General diary
What must be mentioned in the fly-sheet regarding the diary entry?		Reference number of general diary report
When is a brief note entered in the history-sheet?		When something important is ascertained
What type of note is made in the general diary regarding visits?		Full note
What type of note is made in the history-sheet regarding visits?		Brief note
What is attached to each history-sheet in cities?		Separate fly-sheet
What is recorded on the separate fly-sheet in cities?		Visits of the suspect
Does the fly-sheet form part of the village crime note-book?		Yes
Are visits to bad characters mandatorily documented?		Yes
What class of history-sheet men is specifically mentioned?		Class A
Where is the reference to general diary number mentioned?		Fly-sheet
Is every visit result recorded in the history-sheet?		Only important findings
What ensures cross-reference between fly-sheet and diary?		General diary report number
In villages, visits are shown in which document?		Village crime note-book fly-sheet
In cities, visits are recorded separately in which document?		Separate fly-sheet attached to history-sheet

PARA-246
Entry of an accomplice belonging to another police station shall inform the police of that police station
Who is responsible for recording entries in a history-sheet?		Officer-in-charge of the police station
What type of entry is discussed in Para 246?		Entry affecting an accomplice
When must intimation be sent to another police station?		When accomplice belongs to another circle
Who must be informed if the accomplice resides in another circle?		Police of that circle

PARA-247
When the history sheeter changes his address, the history sheet should or should not be sent to the police to which he has gone
Who is the subject of transfer under Para 247?		History-sheeter
Who decides transfer of history-sheet within the same district?		Concerned Circle Inspectors
When does Circle Inspector decide about sending history-sheet?		On change of residence within district
Is transfer within district automatic?		No
Who forwards the history-sheet when suspect shifts to another district?		Superintendent of Police
In what form is the history-sheet sent to another district?		In original
To whom is it sent when shifting to another district?		Superintendent of that district
What happens if suspect shifts to another district in British India?		Original history-sheet forwarded
What if suspect shifts to an Indian State?		State police informed
Through which channel is State police informed?		English office
Is original history-sheet sent to Indian State?		No
What is sent to Indian State if requested?		Copy of history-sheet
Who reports transfer within same district to Superintendent?		Both station officers concerned
Why must Superintendent be informed of transfer?		To correct headquarters list
Which paragraph mentions correction of headquarters list?		Paragraph 249

PARA-248
The district police will keep up history-sheets of persons addicted to crime on railways
Who generally maintains history-sheets of persons addicted to crime on railways?		District Police
In special cases, who may maintain surveillance instead of district police?		Railway Police
Whose opinion determines special cases of surveillance?		Both Superintendents
What is the basis for transferring surveillance to railway police?		Greater efficiency
Who decides in case of difference of opinion between Superintendents?		Deputy Inspector General of Range
What type of copies are maintained by railway police?		Duplicate copies
For maintaining duplicates, railway police get access to whose records?		District police records
How often may railway police access district records?		As often as necessary
Who must intimate facts for entry in history-sheet?		Sub-Inspector of Railway Police
To whom must railway SI intimate such facts?		Sub-Inspector of District Police
When must railway police intimate important facts?		Immediately
What must railway police forward quarterly?		Quarterly memorandum
Where is the quarterly memorandum attached?		To the history-sheet
Who maintains the original history-sheet in normal cases?		District Police
Must district police share information with railway police?		Yes
What type of information should district police communicate?		Worth bringing to notice

PARA-249
Class A and Class B list will be maintained separately in each and every police station
How many lists are maintained at each police station under Para 249?		Two lists
What are the two lists maintained?		Class A and Class B lists
Who are included in these lists?		Persons on history-sheets
Are Class A and Class B lists maintained jointly?		No, separately
What details are recorded in the lists?		Dates of starring and unstarring
For which class are starring and unstarring dates recorded?		Class A only
What other date is recorded in the list?		Date of discontinuance of surveillance
Is there a remarks column in the list?		Yes
How is a starred Class A suspect indicated?		Star in red ink
Where is the red star placed?		Against his name on Class A list
How are names arranged in each list?		Serially numbered
From which number does serial numbering begin?		From 1
Can serial numbers be changed?		No
What happens when a new history-sheet is opened?		New serial number assigned
Is serial number reused after discontinuance of surveillance?		No
When can a discontinued serial number be reused?		When surveillance is resumed
Are similar lists maintained at district headquarters?		Yes
In which language are headquarters lists maintained?		English
Who maintains headquarters lists?		Superintendent’s reader
Should serial numbers at headquarters and police station correspond?		Yes
What is the purpose of headquarters list?		Check during inspections
Should headquarters list be kept updated?		Yes
Headquarters list assists in dealing with what?		Crime matters
What is entered in the associates column of history-sheet?		Serial numbers and class letters
How are associates identified in records?		By serial number and class letter
Give example of associate entry format.		A-7, B-9

PARA-250
List of bad characters and history-sheet
What is the nature of the list of bad characters?		Confidential record
What is the nature of history-sheets?		Confidential record
Where are history-sheets kept?		Village crime note-book
Who is responsible for safeguarding history-sheets?		Station Officer
Can unauthorized persons access history-sheets?		No
What must the Station Officer ensure regarding access?		Prevent unauthorized access

PARA-251
Responsibility of Circle Inspectors in the matters of surveillance
Whose responsibility in surveillance is strictly enforced?		Circle Inspector
What must Circle Inspector check during police station visit?		History-sheets
How many history-sheets are checked during visit?		One or two
What does he verify in history-sheets?		Whether they are up-to-date
Where does Circle Inspector record this checking?		Weekly diary
What type of inquiries are made during annual inspection?		Local inquiries
About whom are local inquiries made?		Bad characters
Which suspects require special attention?		Temporarily active suspects
Which areas require special attention?		Crime-prone areas
Where are inquiry results recorded?		History-sheets
Does Circle Inspector maintain a list of history-sheeters?		Yes
In what form is the Circle Inspector’s list maintained?		Same as police station and headquarters
Who recommends starring of Class A suspects?		Circle Inspector
Who recommends unstarring of Class A suspects?		Circle Inspector
Who is responsible for prosecuting Section 110 Cr.P.C. cases in circle?		Circle Inspector
Under which section are preventive cases prosecuted?		Section 109 /110 Cr.P.C. (sec 128 BNSS, 2023)
To whom does Circle Inspector report excessive history-sheets?		Superintendent
What must be reported if surveillance is improper?		To Superintendent
Can Circle Inspector suggest improvements in surveillance?		Yes

PARA-252
Surveillance of persons whose criminal personal files are maintained by C.I.D
To whom does Para 252 relate?		Persons whose criminal personal files are maintained by C.I.D.
Which department maintains criminal personal files referred in this rule?		Criminal Investigation Department (C.I.D.)
For detailed surveillance instructions, reference is made to which manual?		Criminal Investigation Department Manual

PARA-253
Entries in the gang register
When should entries be made in the gang register?		When an organized gang comes to light
Which types of gangs are entered in the gang register?		Dacoits, cattle thieves, railway wagon thieves
In which form is the gang register maintained?		Form No. 45
Where is the gang register maintained?		At every concerned police station and district headquarters
For which gangs is gang sheet used instead of gang register?		Burglar gangs
Under which circular is gang sheet prescribed?		Circular No. I/VI-23-25 dated 14 Sept 1929
Must all gang members have history-sheets?		No
Where are particulars of members without history-sheets entered?		Column 6 of the register
What if column 6 space is insufficient?		Necessity for history-sheet indicated
What is recorded in column 7 of the register?		Reasons, history, modus operandi
What else is entered in column 7?		Subsequent facts about the gang
Who orders entry of gangs in the register?		Superintendent
Is the gang register a temporary record?		No, permanent record
Can gangs be expunged from the register?		No
What happens when a gang is broken up?		Entries may be discontinued
Who orders discontinuance of entries?		Superintendent
How is discontinuance recorded?		Entry in column 6
What marking is made after discontinuance?		Red ink line across page

PARA-254
Examination of headquarters gang register by Public Prosecutor on the conclusion of every dacoity case
Who examines the headquarters gang register?		Public Prosecutor
To whom does the Public Prosecutor report?		Superintendent of Police
What does the Public Prosecutor recommend regarding the register?		Necessary entries
What else does the Public Prosecutor consider?		Further clues to be followed up
Who is responsible if a gang has ramifications in more than one district?		Superintendent of first district
What must the first district Superintendent propose?		Registration to other districts
Who must be informed about important matters of a registered gang?		All concerned Superintendents
Who decides addition of names in gang register?		Superintendents concerned
Who decides discontinuance of entries?		Superintendents concerned
How should such decisions ideally be taken?		By personal discussion
How often should Superintendents discuss such matters?		Once a year
Who resolves difference of opinion among Superintendents?		Deputy Inspector-General

PARA-255
Maintenance of the headquarters gang register
Who maintains the headquarters gang register?		Criminal Tribes Sub-Inspector
In which language is the headquarters gang register maintained?		English
How often must the Criminal Tribes Sub-Inspector visit concerned police stations?		Twice a year
What is the interval between such visits?		Six months
Which police stations are visited?		Where any gang is registered
What does the Sub-Inspector check during visit?		Headquarters register with police station register
Does he compare both registers?		Yes
What entries does he copy into headquarters register?		Entries of importance
From where are such important entries copied?		Police station register
Can he collect information from other sources?		Yes
What must he communicate to station officers?		Facts ascertained from other sources

PARA-256
Procedure for the registration of gang under the Criminal Tribes Act Manual
Which gangs are considered under Para 256?		Gangs fit for proclamation and registration
Under which Act is proclamation and registration considered?		Criminal Tribes Act
Where must such gang be brought for registration?		On prescribed gang statement form
Which manual prescribes the gang statement form?		Criminal Tribes Act Manual
What condition triggers action under this rule?		Signs of fitness for proclamation
What is required when gang is brought under Criminal Tribes Act procedure?		Entry on gang statement form
Is a note required in the gang register?		Yes

PARA-257
Movement of history sheeter should be informed by beat constable or village GUARD to S.O.
Who must report movement of a history-sheeter in villages?		Village guard
Who must report movement of a history-sheeter in towns?		Beat Constable
What type of persons are covered under this rule?		Bad characters on history-sheet
When must departure be reported?		Immediately
To whom must the departure be reported?		Officer-in-Charge (S.O.)
What information must be reported upon departure?		Departure and destination

PARA-258
Inquiry Slip-A for verification
On receiving departure report of whom is Inquiry Slip-A considered?		A history-sheet man (starred or unstarred).
Which classes of history-sheet men are covered under Para 258?		Starred and unstarred.
Who receives the report of departure?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
Who decides whether to send Inquiry Slip-A?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
The decision to send Inquiry Slip-A is based on which paragraphs?		Paragraphs 237 and 238.
What must the officer-in-charge determine after receiving the report?		Whether sending Inquiry Slip-A is necessary.
Why should names of bad characters be kept on record in office?		Because the station officer may not always be present.
Where should names of such bad characters be maintained?		In the office record of the police station.
When should Inquiry Slip-A be prepared?		Immediately, when deemed necessary.
In which form is Inquiry Slip-A prepared?		Form No. 204.
By what means should Inquiry Slip-A be forwarded?		By the quickest means.
What are the modes of forwarding Inquiry Slip-A?		By hand or by post.
To whom is Inquiry Slip-A forwarded?		Officer-in-charge of the concerned circle.
Inquiry Slip-A is sent to which circle?		The circle where the bad character is believed to have gone.
What triggers the sending of Inquiry Slip-A?		Report of departure of a history-sheet man.
Can Inquiry Slip-A be delayed after decision?		No, it must be made out at once.
What is the purpose of maintaining names in advance?		To ensure prompt dispatch of Inquiry Slip-A.
Who reports the departure of the history-sheet man?		The chaukidar.
Can the chaukidar carry the Inquiry Slip-A?		No.
Is the chaukidar allowed to carry the slip to destination police station?		Never.

PARA-259
If destination of history sheeter is not clear, Inquiry slip-A is sent to all police stations of possible destinations
When is Inquiry Slip-A sent to multiple police stations?		When the destination of the history-sheeter is unknown.
What should be done if the bad character’s destination is not clear?		Send copy of Inquiry Slip-A to all possible police stations.
To whom should copies of Inquiry Slip-A be sent when destination is unknown?		Every police station where he may reasonably have gone.
What type of copy can be sent in such cases?		Carbon or other copy of Inquiry Slip-A.
On what basis are possible destinations determined?		Reasonable belief of his movement.
Which document helps indicate possible destination?		Column of relations and associates in the history-sheet.
Which column in history-sheet is important for tracing movement?		Relations and associates column.
What does the relations column help identify?		Possible destination of the bad character.
Is original Inquiry Slip-A sent to all stations?		No, copies are sent.
What is the purpose of sending copies to multiple stations?		To ensure effective verification.
Who is considered a bad character under this paragraph?		A history-sheeter.
When must the Government Railway Police be informed?		When a railway thief absents suspiciously.
Who must be informed about suspicious absence of railway thief?		Government Railway Police Officer concerned.
What type of railway offender is specifically mentioned?		Railway thief with history-sheet.
What circumstance requires GRP intimation?		Absence under suspicious circumstances.

PARA-260
Visit of history sheeter within circle, be verified by inquiry through beat constable
What type of destination is mentioned in this paragraph?		Unusual or suspicious destination.
The movement must be within which area?		Within the resident’s circle.
Who reports the departure of the bad character?		Constable or chaukidar.
Where is the report of departure recorded?		In the general diary.
Is diary entry mandatory for such departure?		Yes.
Who verifies the visit of the history-sheeter?		A constable.
Verification is done through whom?		Beat constable or village chaukidar.
From whom can inquiry be made at destination village?		The village chaukidar.
What must be verified?		The visit of the bad character.
When should verification be conducted?		As soon as possible.
Is verification required even within the same circle?		Yes.
What triggers verification?		Unusual or suspicious movement.

PARA-261
Reports made by chaukidars of departure of bad characters
Who makes reports of departure of bad characters under Para 261?		Chaukidars.
Which departures must be reported by chaukidars?		Departure of bad characters.
When departure is outside the circle, where is it recorded?		In the general diary.
When departure is to an unusual destination within circle, where is it recorded?		In the general diary.
When destination is unknown, where is report recorded?		In the general diary.
When departure occurs at night, where is it recorded?		In the general diary.
How many specific categories of departure are mentioned?		Four.
Name the four categories of departure mentioned.		Outside circle, unusual within circle, unknown destination, at night.
Is diary entry mandatory for these four categories?		Yes.
What record is maintained after diary entry?		Entry in chaukidar’s crime record book.
Where is reference of report entered in crime record book?		In the column provided for the purpose.
What details are entered in the crime record book?		Number and date of the report.
After whose name is the entry made in crime record book?		After each suspect’s name.

PARA-262
Procedure after receiving an inquiry slip-A
Who acts after receiving Inquiry Slip-A?		The receiving police officer.
What is the first duty after receiving Inquiry Slip-A?		Ascertain whether the bad character has arrived.
How soon should steps be taken to verify arrival?		Immediately.
After verification, what must be done with the slip?		Fill it in at once.
Where is the filled Inquiry Slip-A sent?		Back to the originating police station.
Can the receiving officer delay filling the slip?		No.
What if the bad character remains in the circle?		He must be watched.
How should he be watched?		As if he were a bad character of that circle.
Is surveillance mandatory during his stay?		Yes.
What if important information arises during his stay?		Inform the originating police station immediately.

PARA-263
Difference of date or time in inquiry slip-A to be informed to the officer, who sent it
When does Para 263 apply?		When the bad character leaves on a different date or time.
If departure date differs from slip, what must be done?		Inform the sending officer.

PARA-264
Procedure if the bad character does not arrive within a reasonable time
Who acts if the bad character fails to arrive?		Officer-in-charge of the circle.
What must be returned if suspect does not arrive?		Inquiry Slip-A.
What must accompany the returned Inquiry Slip-A?		A report stating non-arrival.
To whom is the slip returned?		The police station from which it was received.
What direction is given after non-arrival?		Chaukidar or constable must watch for arrival.
Who is instructed to keep watch?		Chaukidar or constable concerned.

PARA-265
When bad character person returns to any destination other than his home, the S.O. of the police station will issue an inquiry slip-A
When does Para 265 apply?		When a bad character leaves for a destination other than his home.
Who issues Inquiry Slip-A in such case?		Officer-in-charge (S.O.) of the concerned police station.
To whom is Inquiry Slip-A sent?		Officer-in-charge of the police station where he has gone.
How is the slip issued?		As if he were a resident of that circle.
Is a copy of the slip sent elsewhere?		Yes.
To whom is the copy sent?		Officer-in-charge of the bad character’s residence police station.
What if the bad character moves again?		Further action continues accordingly.
Who sends reply to the Inquiry Slip-A?		Officer-in-charge of the police station where he has gone.
To whom is the reply sent?		Police station of the bad character’s residence.

PARA-266
If H.S. absence is found to be suspicious, a brief note should be entered in history sheet
When does Para 266 apply?		When a history-sheeter’s absence is suspicious.
What must be done if absence is suspicious?		Enter a brief note in the history-sheet.
Where is the note entered?		In the history-sheet.
What type of note is required?		A brief note of facts.
Who is referred to in this paragraph?		Bad character/history-sheeter.
Is recording of suspicious absence mandatory?		Yes.
What triggers entry in history-sheet?		Suspicious absence.
Does the paragraph require detailed report?		No, only a brief note.
Which paragraph guides the manner of entry?		Paragraph 239.

PARA-267
Duty of village GUARD when he hears of the arrival of a suspicious stranger in his village
When does Para 267 apply?		When a suspicious stranger arrives in a village.
Who has duty under Para 267?		Village guard.
What must the guard do on hearing arrival of suspicious stranger?		Question him.
What should the stranger be questioned about?		His antecedents.
What else should the stranger be questioned about?		His residence.
Is questioning mandatory?		Yes.
What must be done with information obtained?		Send or take it to the police station.
How soon must information be sent?		As quickly as possible.

PARA-268
Issuing of inquiry slip-B
When is Inquiry Slip-B issued?		On receipt of information about a suspicious stranger.
Who issues Inquiry Slip-B?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
What form is used for Inquiry Slip-B?		Form No. 205.
To which police station is Inquiry Slip-B sent?		The station from which the stranger allegedly came.
How soon should Inquiry Slip-B be sent?		As quickly as possible.
What triggers issuance of Inquiry Slip-B?		Information received from any source.
Is the source of information restricted?		No, it may be from any source.
What must be noted on the counterfoil?		Reasons for issuing Inquiry Slip-B.

PARA-269
Procedure on receiving an inquiry slip-B
Who acts on receiving Inquiry Slip-B?		Officer-in-charge of the police station.
Should the Inquiry Slip-B be returned immediately?		No.
What must not be done at once after receiving the slip?		Returning it immediately with information.
When should the slip be returned?		If the stranger is not a resident of that circle.
What note must accompany return of slip?		Note stating stranger is not resident of the circle.
What helps the officer decide further action?		Reply to the Inquiry Slip-B.
Under which section can action be taken?		Section 109 Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (SEC 128 BNSS,2023)

PARA-270
Arresting of a suspicious stranger
When can a suspicious stranger be arrested?		When his movements or behaviour justify arrest.
Under which provision can arrest be made?		Section 41(2) Cr.P.C., 1973. (SEC 35 BNSS,2023)
What is the timing of arrest action?		At once.

PARA-271
Returning of inquiry slip-B
When is Inquiry Slip-B returned?		On departure of the stranger from the station limits.
To which station is Inquiry Slip-B returned?		Police station of his residence.
Under what condition is slip returned to residence station?		If something suspicious is recorded.
What is the second condition for returning slip?		If he is on a history-sheet.
What happens in cases other than these two conditions?		Slip remains at issuing police station.
Is return of slip automatic in every case?		No.
What must be mentioned on returned slip?		Hour and date of departure.
What additional detail is required in case of suspicious behaviour?		Details of suspicious behaviour.

PARA-272
Issuing of inquiry slip-A for that suspect whose inquiry slip-B is issued
When does Para 272 apply?		When a suspect with Inquiry Slip-B is on a history-sheet and moves to another circle.
What additional slip is issued in such case?		Inquiry Slip-A.
To whom is Inquiry Slip-A sent?		Officer-in-charge of the police circle where he has gone.
Is a copy of Inquiry Slip-A forwarded?		Yes.
To whom is the copy forwarded?		Police station of his residence.
When is Inquiry Slip-A required despite Inquiry Slip-B?		When suspect is on a history-sheet.
Where is the reply to Inquiry Slip-A sent?		Direct to police station of residence.
Who sends the reply to Inquiry Slip-A?		Officer-in-charge of the destination circle.
How should the destination officer treat the suspect?		As if he came directly from his home.

PARA-273
Where a telephone is available inquiry slips will not ordinarily be despatched
Where are chaukidar duties performed in cities and towns?		By the police.
When is telephone used instead of inquiry slips?		When a telephone is available.
Are inquiry slips ordinarily despatched if telephone is available?		No.
What is used in place of inquiry slips in such cases?		Telephone.
When should telephone be used?		Whenever reports of arrival or departure are received.
Where are telephone reports recorded?		In the general diary.
Are inquiry slips still prepared when telephone is used?		Yes, for record purposes.
Where are telephone replies recorded?		In the general diary and on the inquiry slip.
Who ensures inquiry slip files are up-to-date in cities?		City inspectors and officer-in-charge of city police stations.
Who is responsible for prompt replies to telephone inquiries?		City inspectors and officer-in-charge of city police stations.
What must be done if reply by telephone is delayed beyond 24 hours?		Report to the city inspector.
What is the maximum permissible delay without reporting?		24 hours.
To whom is delay beyond 24 hours reported?		City inspector.

PARA-274
Responsibility of S.O. for correct and regular use of inquiry slips
Who is responsible for supervision of inquiry slips?		Officer-in-charge (S.O.) of police station.
What must the S.O. supervise?		Issue of inquiry slips.
Who is held responsible for correct use of inquiry slips?		Officer-in-charge.
Is the S.O. responsible for regular use of inquiry slips?		Yes.
What must the S.O. examine?		Inquiry slips issued and received.
Where must suspicious movements be recorded?		In the history-sheet concerned.
What type of movements must be entered in history-sheet?		Suspicious or unverified movements.
Is recording of unverified movement mandatory?		Yes.
What record must be maintained at every police station?		Index of all inquiry slips issued and received.
In what form is the index maintained?		Tabular form.
What details are shown in the index?		Names of persons.
What destination details are recorded in the index?		Destinations.
What identification detail is recorded?		History-sheet number.
What time details are recorded?		Times of arrival and departure.
Does the index include both issued and received slips?		Yes.
Is maintenance of index compulsory?		Yes.
Who ensures proper entry in history-sheets?		Officer-in-charge.
What ensures accountability in inquiry slip system?		Supervision by S.O.
When slips are sent to other provinces, what is required?		English counterparts must be filled in.

PARA-275
Rules for convicts against whom an order is passed under 356 Cr. P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023)
Under which section can a convict be ordered to notify residence?		Section 356 Cr.P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023)
When is the order under Section 356 Cr.P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023) passed?		At the time of sentencing.
What must the convict notify under Section 356 Cr.P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023)?		His residence and any change or absence.
What is the maximum period for notification requirement?		Five years from expiration of sentence.
From which date does the five-year period begin?		From the date of expiration of sentence.
Who makes rules under Section 356 Cr.P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023)?		Local Government.
Under which Jail Manual paragraph is release notice given?		Paragraph 124 of Jail Manual.
Who gives release notice of convict?		Superintendent of Jail.
To whom is release notice given?		Superintendent of Police.
What is the minimum notice period before release?		Not less than two days.
Who deputes guard for released convict?		Superintendent of Police.
Under which rule is guard deputed?		Rule 165 of Rules for Guards and Escorts.
Where is the convict taken after release?		To Superintendent of Police or officer-in-charge at headquarters.
What must the convict intimate at headquarters?		Village or mohalla of intended residence.
Who informs convict about conditions to be fulfilled?		Officer concerned at headquarters.
What is entered on the copy of Section 356 Cr.P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023) order?		District and local area notified.
Who forwards copy of Section 356 Cr.P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023) order?		Jail authorities.
In which language is copy of rules given?		Hindi or Urdu.
Who gives copy of rules to convict?		Superintendent of Police.
Who finally releases the convict?		Superintendent of Police.
After release, which rules must convict follow?		Rules under Section 20 of Criminal Tribes Act, 1924.
Up to what period must convict comply with rules?		Until expiration of term under Section 356 order.
Which category under Criminal Tribes Act is referred?		Registered members liable under Section 10(b).
To whom must residence be notified?		Police of old residence and new residence.
Must intended change of residence be notified?		Yes.
Must absence from residence be notified?		Yes.
What happens if convict refuses to comply?		Punishable under Section 176 IPC (sec 211 BNS,2023)
Under which IPC section is punishment provided?		Section 176 IPC. (sec 211 BNS,2023)
Can such convict be arrested without warrant?		Yes.
Under which provision is arrest without warrant allowed?		Section 41(1) Cr.P.C. (sec 35 BNSS,2023)
Is police officer empowered to arrest?		Yes, any police officer.
Is warrant required for arrest under non-compliance?		No.
What is the objective of Section 356 order?		Surveillance and monitoring of convict.
Who records district and local area of residence?		Officer concerned / Superintendent of Police.
Is compliance mandatory during prescribed term?		Yes.
Does notification include change and intended change?		Yes.
Does notification requirement extend to absence?		Yes.
Is notification system linked to post-release surveillance?		Yes.
Who ensures procedural compliance at release stage?		Superintendent of Police.
What is the core purpose of Para 275?		Regulation and monitoring of released convicts under Section 356 Cr.P.C. Cr.P.C. (sec 394 BNSS,2023)

PARA-276
Conditions under which convicts may be released before the expiry of their sentence
Under which section can a convict be released before expiry of sentence?		Section 432 Cr.P.C. (SEC 473 BNSS,2023)
Which Jail Manual (year) governs such release?		U.P. Jail Manual, 1941.
Which paragraphs of Jail Manual apply?		Paras 189, 201–205.
Is acceptance of conditions mandatory before release?		Yes.
In which forms are conditions prescribed?		Form A and Form B.
What is Form A related to?		Conditional remission within India.
What is Form B related to?		Removal to specified State.
Under Form A, can convict commit offence?		No.
Does Form A apply to offences in Indian States also?		Yes.
Can convict associate with bad characters under Form A?		No.
Can convict lead dissolute or evil life?		No.
Must convict reside in specified district?		Yes.
Who directs place of residence?		Magistrate of the district.
Can convict leave residence without permission?		No.
Whose written permission is required to leave limits?		Magistrate or Superintendent of Police.
Must convict report periodically?		Yes.
Who prescribes reporting time and place?		District Magistrate or S.P.
Can reporting requirement be exempted?		Yes, by District Magistrate.
Must convict comply with surveillance rules?		Yes.
What kind of surveillance applies?		Police surveillance for conditionally released convicts.
Who gives release notice to S.P.?		Superintendent of Jail.
What is minimum notice period?		Two days.
Should release be on Court holiday?		No.
Who deputes guard on release?		Superintendent of Police.
Under which rule is guard deputed?		Rule 165 (Guards & Escorts Rules).
Where is convict taken after release?		To S.P. or officer-in-charge at headquarters.
Who informs convict of residence area?		Superintendent of Police.
Till when do surveillance rules apply?		Till expiry of sentence or for life (if directed).
Which Act’s rules apply for surveillance?		Criminal Tribes Act, 1924.
Which section of that Act is referred?		Section 10(1)(b).
Which restriction section is mentioned?		Section 11 of Criminal Tribes Act.
Before final release, convict is produced before whom?		Magistrate.
Why is convict produced before Magistrate?		For execution of final certificate (Form A).
What does Form B require?		Convict to proceed to specified State.
Under Form B, can convict re-enter British India?		Only with written permission.
Who grants permission under Form B?		Specified officer.
Can breach of conditions lead to arrest?		Yes.
Is warrant required for such arrest?		No.
Who can arrest for breach?		Any police officer.
To whom is arrest reported?		District Magistrate.
Can District Magistrate detain convict?		Yes.
Pending whose order is detention made?		Government.
What may Government cancel?		Convict’s remission.
After cancellation, what happens?		Convict undergoes unexpired sentence.
Under which section is remand made?		Section 401 (new 432) Cr.P.C. OR SEC 473 BNSS, 2023
Is surveillance same as Criminal Tribes members?		Yes.
Do such convicts maintain register sheets?		No.
Are separate registers maintained?		Yes.
Where are registers maintained?		Police stations & HQ by Criminal Tribes Sub-Inspector.
When are particulars entered for Section 356 Cr.P.C (SEC 394 BNSS, 2023) convicts?		At time of conviction.
Are Form A and Section 356 Cr.P.C (SEC 394 BNSS, 2023) surveillance similar?		Yes.
Is S.P.’s attention specially drawn to Section 356 Cr.P.C (SEC 394 BNSS, 2023)?		Yes.
Why is Section 356 Cr.P.C (SEC 394 BNSS, 2023) important?		For effective surveillance.
Who should approach Court for Section 356 Cr.P.C (SEC 394 BNSS, 2023) order?		Public Prosecutor.
In which cases should Section 356 Cr.P.C (SEC 394 BNSS, 2023) be applied?		Wherever applicable.
What is the core purpose of Para 276?		Conditional release, surveillance & control of convicts.

CHAPTER XXI
EXECUTION OF PROCESSES
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXI have in total?	Para 277 to Para 282

PARA 277
RECOVERY OF FINE
Under which section is recovery treated as fine?	Section 431 Cr.P.C., 1973/SEC 471 BNSS
What does Section 431 CRPC/471 BNSS deal with?	Recovery of money payable under Cr.P.C./BNSS
Does Section 431 CRPC/471 BNSS apply only to fine?	No.
What kind of amount is covered under Section 431 CRPC/471 BNSS?	Amount (other than fine) payable under Cr.P.C/BNSS
When does Section 431 CRPC/471 BNSS apply?	When recovery method is not otherwise provided.
If no recovery method is provided, how is amount recovered?	As if it were a fine.

PARA 278
EXECUTION OF WARRANTS OF RECOVERY
What is the mode of recovery mentioned in Para 278?	Attachment and sale of movable property.
Through whom are recovery warrants ordinarily directed?	Public Prosecutor.
To whom is the warrant directed?	Police officer-in-charge of the circle.
Within which jurisdiction is warrant executed?	Where property of offender is situated.
Can station officer endorse the warrant?	Yes.
To whom can station officer endorse the warrant?	Subordinate police officer.
What is the first step in execution of warrant?	Demand payment of fine.
From whom is payment demanded?	Person liable to pay fine.
What if payment is made on demand?	Money deposited in nearest treasury/sub-treasury.
What happens after deposit of fine?	Warrant returned to Court.
What must be written on returned warrant?	Endorsement of execution.
What if payment is not made immediately?	Movable property is attached.
Who attaches the movable property?	Police officer bearing warrant.
Up to what extent is property attached?	Sufficient to liquidate the fine.
After attachment, where is warrant returned?	To the Magistrate.
What must officer note on warrant after attachment?	Note of action taken.
Who orders sale of attached property?	Magistrate.
Does police conduct the sale?	No.
Who conducts the sale?	Nazir or Kurk Amin.
Under whose authority is sale conducted?	Magistrate’s orders.

PARA 279
PROCESS AFTER PAYMENT OF MONEY INTO A TREASURY
What is sent with money deposited in treasury?	Pass-book (High Court Form No. 3).
Is extract of pass-book required?	Yes.
How many extracts are prepared?	In duplicate.
Is separate extract required for each item?	Yes.
Who receives money at treasury?	Officer-in-charge of treasury/sub-treasury.
What does treasury officer do on receipt?	Signs pass-book and one extract.
What happens to signed extract?	Returned to police officer.
Who forwards returned extract to Court?	Officer-in-charge of police station.
To which Court is extract sent?	Court which ordered payment.
If Court is Sessions Court, to whom is extract sent?	District Magistrate.
What does Magistrate issue on receiving extract?	Check receipt.
Which form is used for check receipt?	High Court Printed Form Part XVI, No. 3.
Can check receipt be in vernacular?	Yes.
Can check receipt be in English?	Yes.
Can receipt be bilingual?	Yes.
Who writes amount in words and figures on receipt?	Presiding Officer of the Court.
Must presiding officer write amount personally?	Yes, with his own hand.
Is signature of presiding officer mandatory?	Yes.

PARA 280
SERVICE OF SUMMONS OUTSIDE THE LOCAL LIMITS OF THE JURISDICTION OF THE ISSUING COURT-
When does Para 280 apply?	When summons is served outside issuing Court’s jurisdiction.
Who serves the summons outside jurisdiction?	Police officer.
What must police officer make after service?	Affidavit.
In which form is affidavit made?	Form No. 42.
Before whom is affidavit made?	Nearest Magistrate.
What documents are returned to issuing Court?	Affidavit and duplicate summons.

PARA 281
TIME FOR KEEPING WARRANT OF ARREST IN A NON-COGNIZABLE CASE
To which type of case does Para 281 apply?	Non-cognizable case.
What document is referred to in Para 281?	Warrant of arrest.
Can police keep warrant indefinitely?	No.
What is the maximum period for keeping such warrant?	Six weeks.
Can warrant be kept beyond six weeks for any reason?	No.
What must happen if warrant is not executed?	It must be returned to Court.
Is reason for non-execution required?	Yes.
What type of reason must be reported?	Full reason.
To whom is reason for non-execution reported?	The Court.

PARA 282
POLICE WILL REFUSE TO ACCEPT IRREGULAR PROCESSES
What is the main Para in Para 282?	Police will refuse irregular processes.
Are recovery warrants of local bodies normally police duty?	No.
Which local bodies are mentioned?	Municipal, District Board, Cantonment Board, Notified/ Town Area.
Who must execute recovery warrants of local bodies?	Staff of the concerned local body.
Is execution of such warrants generally police duty?	No.
What is the exception to this Para?	Warrant issued by Magistrate against defaulter residing outside jurisdiction.
When can police execute such warrant?	When defaulter resides beyond local body jurisdiction.
Who issues warrant in exception case?	Magistrate.
Does exception apply to all warrants?	No, only specific case mentioned.
Can police accept irregular processes?	No.
What must police do with irregular processes?	Refuse to accept them.
Does this Para apply to service of processes?	Yes.

Chapter XXII
RECORDS AND CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXII have in total?	Para 283 to Para 300

PARA 283
LIST OF REGISTERS TO BE KEPT IN POLICE STATIONS
What does Para 283 deal with?	List of registers in police stations.
Where is the list of registers found?	Appendix I.
Where is the list of returns found?	Appendix II.
Are registers required to be kept at police stations?	Yes.
Are police stations required to submit returns?	Yes.
Does Para 283 itself list the registers?	No.
Where should officers refer for detailed list?	Appendices I and II.

PARA 284
THE POLICE GAZETTE AND THE CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE GAZETTE
Which gazettes are mentioned in Para 284?	Police Gazette and Criminal Intelligence Gazette.
To whom are these gazettes supplied?	Police stations.
Are police stations required to maintain these gazettes?	Yes.
How many years’ volumes must be preserved?	Five complete years.
Should incomplete or older volumes beyond five years be kept?	No.
What should be done with volumes other than five complete years?	Destroyed.

PARA 285
ANNUAL PREPARATION OF CERTAIN LISTS
Where are annual lists prepared?	Superintendent’s office.
From whom is information obtained for lists?	District Magistrate.
How often are these lists prepared?	Annually.
To whom are the lists sent?	Every police station.
How long are lists kept at police station?	Till close of the year.
Where are lists kept in police station?	On a file in station office.
What does List (a) include?	Persons exempted under Arms Act.
What additional names are included in List (a)?	Licensed persons under Arms Act.
Does List (a) include licensed business holders?	Yes.
What area is covered in List (a)?	Limits of police station.
Are border police stations given extra list?	Yes.
What extra list is given to border stations?	Exempted persons in adjoining district stations.
What does List (b) include?	Persons holding Excise or Opium licenses.
What must such persons be doing?	Carrying on licensed business.
Within what limits is List (b) applicable?	Limits of the circle.
What does List (c) contain?	Public ferries within circle.
What additional detail is included in List (c)?	Names of licensees.

PARA 286
LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON FILE IN EVERY POLICE STATION
Where are the listed documents kept?	Station house office.
Is maintenance of these lists mandatory?	Yes.
What list of property is maintained?	List of all Government property.
Are Acts and reference books listed?	Yes.
Is list of rural beats maintained?	Yes.
Are registers maintained at station listed?	Yes.
Is list of reporting days for rural police kept?	Yes.
Are details of officers and men recorded?	Yes, with dates of posting.
Is inspection record maintained?	Yes.
From which date are inspection records noted?	Since December 31.
What must be shown about inspection?	Whether annual or casual.
When should inspection entry be made?	Immediately after inspection.
For how long is inspection list kept?	For one additional year.
Are Acts applied to circle listed?	Yes.
Is pay and reward distribution recorded?	Yes.
Are History-sheeters Class A listed?	Yes.
Are History-sheeters Class B listed?	Yes.
Are leave applications filed?	Yes.
Are reward applications filed?	Yes.
Are good conduct allowances of chaukidars recorded?	Yes.
Are convicted residents of circle recorded?	Yes, inside or outside circle.
Are gazetted officer supervised cases listed?	Yes.
Are snake-bite cases recorded?	Yes.
Are wild animal death cases recorded?	Yes.
Are cases under Stage Carriages Act listed?	Yes.
Are cases under Motor Vehicles Act listed?	Yes.
Is list of village guard maintained?	Yes.

PARA 287
SET UP OF NOTICE BOARD AT EVERY POLICE STATION
What must be set up at every police station?	Notice board.
Where should the notice board be placed?	In a conspicuous place.
What is displayed on the notice board?	Proclamations and public notices.
Who is responsible for notice board maintenance?	Officer-in-charge.
Can notices be removed when necessary?	Yes.
Can notices be renewed when required?	Yes.
When should notices be renewed?	As occasion requires.
Which Act is specifically mentioned?	Gambling Act.
Are all sections of Gambling Act included?	No.
Which sections of Gambling Act are excluded?	Sections 13 and 17.
When is special notice required under Gambling Act?	When sections are extended to any place.
What must be stated in such notice?	Boundaries of the place.
Where must this Gambling Act notice be displayed?	On the notice board.
When should Gambling Act notice be renewed?	When it becomes illegible.

PARA 288
MAP OF POLICE STATION
What must be displayed in every police station?	Map of station circle.
Where should the map be hung?	On the wall of station office.
What should the map show?	Position and boundaries of all villages.
Does the map cover entire station circle?	Yes.
Is village boundary depiction mandatory?	Yes.
What if station circle includes a town?	Additional town map required.
What if station circle includes a city?	Map of city or its part required.
What details must town/city map show?	Mohallas and beats.

PARA 289
A LIST OF FORMS SHOULD BE KEPT AT POLICE STATIONS
What must be kept at police stations as per Para 289?	List of forms.
Is the list of forms included in this paragraph?	No.
Where is the list of forms published?	Published separately.
Are forms automatically supplied to police stations?	No.
When should forms be supplied to police station?	When stock in hand is low.
Should forms be supplied routinely on Government Press supply?	No.

PARA 290
PREPARATION OF INSPECTION BOOK AT EVERY POLICE STATION
What must be prepared at every police station under Para 290?	An Inspection Book must be prepared at every police station.
Which additional book is prescribed besides the blank book under paragraph 9?	An Inspection Book in authorized printed form must be kept.
For whom is the blank book under paragraph 9 prescribed?	It is prescribed for inspection by Magistrates.
Who uses the Inspection Book mentioned in Para 290?	It is used by departmental officers only.
In which forms is the Inspection Book maintained?	In authorized printed Forms No. 25 and 35-A.
What type of inspections are recorded in the Inspection Book?	Both detailed and casual inspections are recorded.
Who makes entries of inspections in the Inspection Book?	Departmental police officers conducting inspections make entries.
Whose inspection notes must be forwarded to the District Magistrate?	Notes of inspections made by gazetted police officers.
Who forwards the inspection notes to the District Magistrate?	The Superintendent of Police forwards them.
To whom are the inspection notes of gazetted officers sent?	To the District Magistrate.

PARA 291
MAINTENANCE OF G.D. AND C.D
How must blank volumes of general and case diaries be marked on receipt?	Each page must be stamped with the Superintendent’s office stamp.
Where must the received blank volumes be stocked?	In the Superintendent’s record-room.
Where should the number of volumes received be noted?	In the stock-book of registers and forms (Form No. 33-R).
What must be checked before stocking blank diary volumes?	Ensure no pages have been abstracted.
How should blank volumes of diaries be kept?	In safe custody.
What should the issue register show?	Serial number and year of print of the volume issued.
What details are stamped on each page when a volume is issued?	Name of district, police station/outpost, and date of issue.
Where should rubber stamps be kept?	Under lock and key.
Who is responsible for the custody of rubber stamps?	Gazetted officer-in-charge of the office.
How often should blank volumes be physically checked?	Once a month.
Who checks the stock of blank volumes?	Officer of Police Department not below gazetted rank.
Can a volume be issued without explicit orders?	No.
Who must countersign the requisition for diaries?	A gazetted officer.
How many spare volumes can a police station retain?	Only one spare volume of each diary.
Is a spare copy issued to outposts?	No.
How should case diaries be issued to investigating officers?	One separate volume per officer.
What happens to a case diary on officer’s transfer?	Handed over to successor; pages recorded in charge certificate.
What should circle officers check during casual inspections?	Only one spare volume kept and not misused.
Who ensures pages are received in serial number order?	Peshi clerks, verified by circle officers.
How many lines per Parad line are permitted in diaries?	Only one line; no overwriting.
What must be done to unused Parad lines?	Draw a horizontal line across them.
How should blank pages of returned volumes be treated?	Cancelled under gazetted officer’s signature.
Can volumes with blank pages be retained at stations/outposts?	Only if required for cases under trial.
Who cancels unused pages of diaries in such cases?	Circle officer.
Purpose of cancelling blank pages?	To prevent unauthorized use.

PARA 292
NUMBERING ON G.D. AND C.D. AND A NOTE ON LAST PAGE SHOWING THE NUMBER OF PAGES
Which forms of diaries require page numbering check before distribution?	General Diary (Form No. 217) and Case Diary (Form No. 342).
What must be done before blank volumes leave the Superintendent’s office?	Pages must be carefully counted for numbering errors.
Where should the note about the number of pages and errors be made?	At the beginning and end of each volume.
Who must sign the note on numbering and page count?	Superintendent of Police or other gazetted officer.

PARA 293
INDEX OF CASE DIARY
When should Form No. 280 be prefixed to a case diary?	When a new volume of the case diary is brought into use.

PARA 294
METHOD FOR WRITING GENERAL DIARY
In which form is the General Diary maintained?	Police Form No. 217.
How many copies of the General Diary are written?	In duplicate.
Who supervises the writing of the General Diary?	Officer-in-charge of the station.
Who is responsible for the entries in the General Diary?	Officer-in-charge, including the officer in temporary charge under Section 2, Cr. P.C/BNSS
What must the officer-in-charge do daily regarding the General Diary?	Sign it.
Where does the duplicate copy of the General Diary remain?	At the police station.
Where is the original copy of the General Diary sent?	To the Superintendent, Assistant, or Deputy Superintendent-in-charge of the sub-division.
What should the General Diary record?	Complete but brief record of police proceedings and reported or obtained information.
Should details in an FIR or case diary be repeated in the General Diary?	No, except as specified in the following paragraph.

PARA 295
RECORDING OF MATTERS IN GENERAL DIARY
What must be recorded about morning parade in the GD?	Report of morning parade and cause of absence of any officer or man.
What verification is done by the officer-in-charge for GD entry?	Verification of cash balance and inspection of malkhana.
Which routine assignments are recorded in the GD?	Distribution of daily duties and grant of casual leave.
What movements of police personnel are recorded?	Departure and return on duty, transfer, or leave.
What type of duty reports are recorded?	Beat duty, process-serving, inspection, and investigation.
What administrative change is recorded in the GD?	Transfer of charge of the police station or head moharrir’s duties.
Which postings of sentries are recorded?	Postings and relief of sentries under sub-inspector or head constable supervision.
How is cash handled in GD?	Receipt and disbursement of cash.
How is property taken by police recorded?	Brief details of property and action taken to dispose it.
What arrests are recorded in the GD?	All arrests made at the police station.
How are prisoner movements recorded?	Arrival/departure of prisoners, with reasons for handcuffing or not.
Which prisoner admissions are noted?	Admission of prisoners to bail at the station.
What offence details are recorded?	Reports of offences with check receipt number, village distance/direction, and number of cognizable offences reported during the year.
What other occurrences are recorded?	All occurrences required by law or needing police, magistracy, or district authorities’ attention.
What action is recorded in GD?	Action taken on reports.
How are papers documented in GD?	Details of papers received and dispatched.
Which inspections are recorded?	Inspections by gazetted officers and inspectors.
Which lists are recorded on 1st and 16th of every month?	List of outstanding references and orders.
What property statements are recorded on 1st and 16th of every month?	Statement of all property in malkhana pending disposal.

PARA 296
ENTRIES IN GENERAL DIARY
When should reports be entered in the GD during the day?	Immediately on the occurrence of events.
Which events must be entered immediately at night?	All offences and events requiring immediate action by officer-in-charge.
What movements of prisoners, money, and property are recorded at night?	Arrival or dispatch of prisoners, money, and property.
Which postings are recorded at night?	Posting and relief of sentries under paragraph 59 by an officer.

PARA 297
CLOSING OF GENERAL DIARY
When should the General Diary be closed each day by default?	At sunset.
Who can prescribe a different closing time for the General Diary?	The Superintendent of Police.
What happens to entries made during the night after the GD is closed?	They form part of the next day’s General Diary.
Can the time of GD closure be adjusted to suit postal or dispatch requirements?	Yes, as prescribed by the Superintendent.
Are night entries ignored if made after sunset?	No, they are recorded in the following day’s diary.

PARA 298
ANY ENTRY IN THE G.D. COMING TO THE NOTICE OF D.M., S.P. MAY SEND THE DIARY IN ORIGINAL TO D.M
Who may send an entry of the General Diary to the District or Sub-Divisional Magistrate?	The Superintendent of Police.
In what form can the GD entry be sent to the Magistrate?	Either the original diary or a copy of the entry.
When should a GD entry be sent to the Magistrate?	Whenever it needs to be brought to the notice of the Magistrate.
Can the Superintendent choose between sending the original GD or a copy?	Yes, at their discretion.
Is it mandatory to always send the original GD to the Magistrate?	No, a copy may be sent instead.

PARA 299
PROCEDURE FOR PRODUCTION OF G.D. BEFORE COURT
Who can be served a summons to produce a police diary?	Superintendent of Police or a subordinate officer.
Can evidence from the G.D. be used in Court?	Yes, unless the Superintendent withholds it for valid reasons.
What should be done for documents from higher authorities before producing in Court?	Obtain consent from Government of India or State Government through official channel.
When is higher authority consent not required for documents?	If papers are for publication or are purely formal/routine in nature.
Can the Superintendent produce correspondence involving confidential or disputed matters?	No, if disclosure is detrimental to public interest or under dispute.
What should the Superintendent do if in doubt about producing a document?	Refer to Inspector-General of Police for orders.
How can the Superintendent claim privilege in Court?	Appear personally or issue an order explaining he cannot produce documents or give evidence.
Must the summoned documents still be taken to Court when privilege is claimed?	Yes, the papers must accompany the witness.
Should the Superintendent correspond with the Court regarding grounds for privilege?	No, he must abstain and follow prescribed procedure.
Can another officer attend Court with documents instead of the Superintendent?	Yes, with proper authorization and certificate.
What must a Government servant do when attending Court with withheld documents?	Produce the order issued by Superintendent and explain inability to give evidence.
Who decides if the disclosure of G.D. documents is detrimental to public interest?	The Superintendent of Police.
Is production of G.D. mandatory in all cases?	No, only when not detrimental or authorized by law.
Does the Superintendent have discretion in producing G.D. entries?	Yes, based on public interest and valid reasons.
What types of papers require higher government consent?	Papers from Governor, Secretary of State, Government of India, Provincial Government, or foreign/dominion governments.
How should confidential papers be treated when summoned by Court?	They should not be produced if detrimental to public interest or under dispute.
Is privilege claim applicable only to G.D. entries?	No, also to related correspondence and documents.
Who ensures proper procedure when documents are withheld in Court?	Superintendent of Police or authorized officer with certificate.

PARA 300
IDENTITY OF SOURCES AND AGENTS WILL BE CONFIDENTIAL
Who should know the identity of sources and agents supplying secret information?	Only the officers who employ them and officers authorized by the head of Police Force.
Can police members disclose sources of secret information?	No, except under special or general orders of the Inspector-General of Police.
Can confidential records or documents be transmitted to outsiders?	No, except under special or general orders of the Inspector-General of Police.
What precautions must be taken when transmitting secret information outside the Force?	Greatest care to avoid exposure of source or channel; reports must be summarized or paraphrased.
Can original reports or copies be sent outside the Force?	No, original reports or copies shall on no account be transmitted.
Is it permissible to disclose sources within the Police Force without authorization?	No, only authorized officers may know.
What principle does this section emphasize in police procedure?	Confidentiality of sources and protection of secret information.
Who can give orders to disclose confidential sources or documents?	Inspector-General of Police.
What should be done to reports before transmitting outside the Force?	Summarize or paraphrase them to protect source identity.
What is universally recognized regarding police secrecy?	That the identity of sources and agents must be strictly protected.

Chapter XXIII
ACCOUNTS KEPT AT POLICE STATION
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXIII have in total?	Para 301 to Para 308

PARA 301
ENTRY OF RECEIVED AND DISBURSED AMOUNT IN CASH BOOK OF POLICE STATION
What is the subject matter of Para 301?	Entry of received and disbursed amounts in the police station cash book.
Where must all amounts received be entered?	In the cash book of the police station.
Where must all amounts disbursed be recorded?	In the cash book, Form No. 224.
Which form is prescribed for maintaining the cash book?	Form No. 224.
When should the received amount be entered in the cash book?	Immediately upon receipt.
When should the disbursed amount be entered?	Immediately upon disbursement.
At what level is the cash book maintained?	At the police station level.
Is delay in entry of cash transactions permissible under Para 301?	No, entries must be made immediately.
What must be shown at the end of each month?	Details of the balance in hand.
What does “balance in hand” refer to?	The cash remaining at the end of the month.

PARA 302
THE DESCRIPTION OF CASH RECEIVED IN POLICE STATION SHOULD BE ENTERED IN G.D. BY HEAD CONSTABLE STATION WRITER
What must be entered in the General Diary (G.D.) on receipt of cash?	The description of cash received at the police station.
Who is responsible for entering cash details in the G.D.?	The Head Constable, Station Writer.
What must be recorded regarding the receipt of cash?	The hour of its arrival.
What must be recorded regarding disbursement on the date of receipt?	The amounts disbursed on that date.
What financial position must be noted in the G.D.?	The balance in hand.
What must be recorded if the entire sum is not disbursed?	The reasons for not paying away the whole sum.
When must subsequent disbursements be entered in the diary?	At the time they are paid.
Is delayed entry of disbursement permissible under Para 302?	No, it must be entered at the time of payment.
Does Para 302 mandate recording both receipt and expenditure?	Yes.
Which records must contain entries relating to cash transactions?	The Cash Book and the General Diary.
Who must check entries made in the cash-book and G.D.?	The Station Officer.
When must the Station Officer check the entries?	As soon as they are made.
What if entries are made during the Station Officer’s absence?	He must check them upon his return.
What must the Station Officer do after scrutiny of the cash-book?	Sign the cash-book.
What must the Station Officer verify during scrutiny?	All transactions that occurred during his absence.

PARA 303
KEEPING OF UNDISBURSED BALANCE
What does Para 303 deal with?	Keeping of undisbursed balance at the police station.
Where must the undisbursed balance be kept?	In a strong-box under lock and key.
How must the strong-box be secured?	Under lock and key.
Who must verify the undisbursed balance daily?	The Officer-in-Charge of the station.
How frequently must the balance be verified?	Daily.
Where should the strong-box be placed?	Where the sentry can see it.
Why must the strong-box be visible to the sentry?	To ensure security and supervision.
How must the strong-box be physically secured?	It should be attached to a post or the ground by a chain.
What is the purpose of chaining the strong-box?	To prevent removal or theft.
Who keeps the key of the strong-box?	The senior officer present at the station.

PARA 304
THE RECEIPT AND EXPENDITURE OF POSTAGE SERVICE SHOULD BE SHOWN IN THE CASH BOOK
What is the subject matter of Para 304?	Receipt and expenditure of postage service at the police station.
Where must the receipt of postage service be recorded?	In the cash book.
Where must the expenditure of postage service be recorded?	In the cash book.
Which items are specifically mentioned under Para 304?	Postage service, labels, and postcards.
How should postage labels be treated for accounting purposes?	As if they were money.
How should postcards be treated in the cash book?	As if they were money.

PARA 305
PERMANENT ADVANCE FOR VARIOUS WORKS
What is the subject matter of Para 305?	Permanent advance for various works.
Who receives the permanent advance under Para 305?	Officers-in-Charge of police stations and Reserve Inspectors.
From whom is the permanent advance received?	The Superintendent of Police.
For what purpose is the permanent advance granted?	To meet specified official expenses.

PARA 306
THE BOOK OF CHEQUES
What does Para 306 deal with?	The book of cheques at police stations.
In which form is the cheque book maintained?	Form No. 11.
Where must the cheque book be kept?	Under lock and key at each police station.
Whose seal must be impressed on each page of the cheque book?	The Superintendent’s office seal.
On which pages is the seal impressed?	Both original and duplicate pages.
When is the seal impressed on the cheque book?	Before issuance to the police station.
For what purpose are cheques issued?	To recoup the permanent advance.
How many cheques must be issued for recoupment?	A separate cheque for each class of charges.
Who sends the cheque to headquarters?	A police officer.
To whom is the cheque first presented at headquarters?	The Public Prosecutor.
What must the Public Prosecutor verify?	The cheque with the case papers.
What endorsement must the Public Prosecutor make?	Date of arrival, amount payable, payee’s name, and signature.
What record must the Public Prosecutor maintain?	A register of cheques.
What details must be entered in the cheque register?	Number, date, presentation date, purpose, payee, amount, and bearer’s signature/seal.
Before payment, to whom is the cheque laid (except intestate property cases)?	The Superintendent of Police.
Who finally makes payment on the cheque?	The Accountant.
From which fund is payment made?	The district’s permanent advance.
Where does the Accountant record payment?	In the contingent register.
Whose receipt must be obtained by the Accountant?	The payee’s receipt.
To whom may the Accountant make payment?	Only to the officer named on the cheque.
Who carries the money back to the police station?	The police officer who presented the cheque.
What procedure applies for prisoners or corpses sent elsewhere?	The receiving officer records details on the back of the cheque.
What must be recorded on the back of such cheque?	Date of receipt, amount due, officer’s name, and signature.
After such endorsement, to whom is the cheque sent?	The Public Prosecutor.
What does the Public Prosecutor do after receiving such cheque?	Enters it in his register and forwards it for recoupment.
Where is the cheque forwarded after entry in the register?	The Superintendent’s office.
What is the purpose of forwarding to Superintendent’s office?	Recoupment and remittance to dispatching station.
What is the special Para for intestate property charges?	Cheques are presented at the Court of the District Judge.

PARA 307
SUBMISSION OF CHEQUES ISSUED BY S.O
What does Para 307 deal with?	Submission of memorandum of cheques issued by the Station Officer.
When must the memorandum of issued cheques be submitted?	On the 1st of each month.
Who must submit the memorandum?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
To whom is the memorandum submitted?	The Superintendent of Police.
In which form is the memorandum prepared?	Form No. 198.
What period does the memorandum cover?	Cheques issued in the previous month.
Who checks the memorandum after submission?	The Superintendent or an officer not below the rank of Inspector.
With which record is the memorandum checked?	The Public Prosecutor’s register.
What is the purpose of checking with the prosecutor’s register?	To verify authenticity and correctness of cheques issued.
Does Para 307 ensure supervisory control over cheque issuance?	Yes.
Is submission of monthly memorandum mandatory?	Yes.
Does Para 307 apply to Government Railway Police?	Yes, insofar as expenditure is incurred under relevant heads.
Under which circumstances do Paras 305 and 306 apply to Railway Police?	When expenditure is incurred under heads mentioned in Para 305.
From whom is the permanent advance recouped for Railway Police?	From or through the Superintendent of Police of the concerned district.
Which district’s Superintendent handles recoupment for Railway Police?	The district in which the railway police station is situated.
Are there exceptions for certain railway police stations?	Yes, where special orders are issued.
In special railway cases, to whom is the memorandum forwarded?	The Superintendent of Police from or through whom recoupment is effected.

PARA 308
MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS IN RESERVE LINES
What does Para 308 deal with?	Maintenance of accounts in Reserve Lines.
How are accounts in Reserve Lines maintained?	In the same manner as prescribed for police stations.
Who performs the duties of Officer-in-Charge in Reserve Lines?	The Reserve Inspector.
Who performs the duties of Head Constable Station Writer in Reserve Lines?	The Lines Moharrir.
Does the Reserve Inspector hold a permanent advance?	Yes.
For what purpose is the permanent advance held in Reserve Lines?	To meet expenses enumerated in Para 305.
Which duties of Station Officer are discharged by the Reserve Inspector?	Duties under Paras 306 and 307.
Who keeps the book of cheques in Reserve Lines?	The Reserve Inspector.
Under what condition must the cheque book be kept?	Under lock and key.
Which Police Forms are used for the book of cheques?	Police Form Nos. 304 and 320.
How is the permanent advance recouped in Reserve Lines?	By means of cheques.
To whom are such cheques sent for check and endorsement?	The Public Prosecutor.
How is payment made after endorsement?	As laid down in Para 306.
Is the payment procedure in Reserve Lines different from police stations?	No, it is the same as Para 306.
Who must submit the monthly memorandum in Form 198?	The Reserve Inspector.
To whom is the monthly memorandum submitted?	The Superintendent of Police.
Which Para prescribes submission of Form 198?	Para 307.

CHAPTER XXIV
INDIAN STATES
This chapter consist para 309 to para 321, which was deleted from the Police Regulation.

Chapter XXV
REPORTING AND REGISTRATION OF BIRTHS AND DEATHS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXV have in total?	Para 322 to Para 327

PARA 322
REGISTRATION OF BIRTHS AND DEATHS
What does Para 322 deal with?	Registration and reporting of births and deaths.
In which areas does Para 322 apply?	Areas outside municipality, notified area, town area, or cantonment.
Who is responsible for reporting births and deaths under Para 322?	The Village Chaukidar.
To whom must births be reported?	The President of the Gaon Sabha.
If the President is absent, to whom is the report made?	The Vice-President or Secretary of the Gaon Sabha.
When must births or deaths be reported?	At the earliest opportunity.
Does Para 322 apply within municipal limits?	No.
What is the reporting authority in rural areas?	The Gaon Sabha authorities.
What additional duty arises if the deceased was a Government pensioner?	Immediate report to the Station Officer.
What if the deceased was a non-commissioned officer of the Indian Army?	The Chaukidar must report to the Station Officer.
What if the deceased was a private of the Indian Army on leave?	Immediate report to the Station Officer.
What if the deceased was a foreigner?	Immediate report to the Station Officer.
Is reporting to the Station Officer mandatory in special cases?	Yes.
What is the primary function of the Village Chaukidar under Para 322?	Reporting births and deaths.

PARA 323. [Omitted]
PARA 324. [Omitted]

PARA 325
REPORTS OF DEATH OR DISAPPEARANCE OF A PENSIONER SHOULD BE ENTERED IN THE GENERAL DIARY
What does Para 325 deal with?	Reporting of death or disappearance of a pensioner.
Who must act upon receiving report of death or disappearance of a pensioner?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
Does Para 325 apply within municipal limits?	Yes.
Does Para 325 apply outside municipal limits?	Yes.
Where must the report be entered?	In the General Diary.
Is entry in the General Diary mandatory?	Yes.
What events concerning a pensioner must be recorded?	Death or disappearance.
After entry in the General Diary, to whom must the fact be reported?	The Tahsildar.
How soon must the report be sent to the Tahsildar?	Without delay.
What is the duty of the Tahsildar upon receiving such report?	To take steps to verify it.

PARA 326
ON RECEIVING INFORMATION REGARDING THE DEATH OF ANY INDIAN NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICER, S.O. SHALL IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO S.P
What does Para 326 deal with?	Reporting death of Indian Army NCO or private on leave.
Who must act upon receiving such information?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
From whom may the information be received?	A Chaukidar or Constable.
Whose death is specifically covered under Para 326?	An Indian non-commissioned officer or private of the Indian Army on leave.
To whom must the Officer-in-Charge report the death?	The Superintendent of Police (S.P.) of the district.
How soon must the report be made to the S.P.?	Immediately.
Through whom does the S.P. communicate the information further?	Through the District Magistrate.
To whom is the information ultimately conveyed?	The Officer Commanding the deceased’s regiment.
What is the channel of communication prescribed?	S.O. → S.P. → District Magistrate → Regimental Officer.
Is delay in reporting permissible?	No.
What additional materials must be forwarded?	Official papers given by the relatives of the deceased.
When must official papers be forwarded?	At the same time as the report.

PARA 327
ON RECEIVING INFORMATION REGARDING THE DEATH OF A FOREIGNER, THE S.O. SHALL IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO S.P
What does Para 327 deal with?	Reporting the death of a foreigner.
Who must act upon receiving information of a foreigner’s death?	The Station Officer (S.O.).
To whom must the S.O. report the death?	The Superintendent of Police (S.P.).
How soon must the report be submitted?	Immediately.
What must the S.O. ascertain regarding the deceased?	Full particulars of the deceased.
What must be ascertained about the cause of death?	The exact cause of death.
What nationality-related detail must be verified?	The nationality of the deceased.
Who forwards the information to the Criminal Investigation Department?	The Superintendent of Police.
What additional responsibility lies with the S.P.?	To try to recover identity documents and registration papers.
What property-related information must be obtained?	Full particulars of the deceased’s property.
What family-related information must be obtained?	Details of the next-of-kin.
To whom are identity documents and related information forwarded?	The Criminal Investigation Department (C.I.D.).

Chapter XXVI
DIRECTION FOR THE GUIDANCE OF POLICE OFFICERS IN TIME OF FAMINE
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXVI have in total?	Para 328 to Para 337

PARA 328
DIRECTION FOR GUIDANCE OF POLICE OFFICERS IN THE TIME OF FAMINE
What does Para 328 deal with?	Duties of police officers during famine.
Who opens test works and poor-houses during famine?	The Collector.
What financial assistance is provided for famine relief?	Famine imprest.
To whom does the Collector send famine imprest?	The Superintendent of Police.
For what purpose is famine imprest distributed?	Relief of wanderers in distress.
Who distributes famine imprest to police stations?	The Superintendent of Police.
Who recoups the advance at station level?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
From where does the S.P. recoup his imprest?	From the Collector.
What instructions must the S.O. give to chaukidars?	To direct starving wanderers to the nearest relief place.
What are examples of relief places?	Poor-houses, relief works, or police stations.
What system must be organized during famine?	Patrols by beat constables.
Where should patrols search for starving wanderers?	Roads, rest-houses, sarais, lanes, and villages.
Can constables compel wanderers to go to relief centers?	No.
What if a wanderer refuses to go to relief?	He must be left alone.
What if a wanderer is too weak to walk?	He should be assisted or carried.
From which fund can conveyance cost be paid?	Famine imprest.
Can food expenses during transit be paid from famine imprest?	Yes.
Can constables incur urgent expenses without prior approval?	Yes.

PARA 329
DUTY OF POLICE OFFICER WHEN A WANDERER IN DISTRESS COMES OR IS BROUGHT TO A POLICE STATION.
What does Para 329 deal with?	Duty of police when a wanderer in distress comes to a police station.
What must be done if a wanderer is in need of food?	He should be fed.
After feeding, where should the wanderer be directed?	To the nearest poor-house or relief work.
What if the wanderer refuses to go to relief though able to walk?	He should not be fed.
Why should such a wanderer not be fed repeatedly?	To prevent misuse and avoid discouraging relief-house attendance.
Should police encourage wanderers to obtain food repeatedly from stations?	No.
If the person is fit for work, where should he go?	To a relief work.
If the person is too weak to work, where should he go?	To a poor-house.
From which fund can conveyance cost be paid?	The famine imprest.
When can conveyance cost be paid from imprest?	When the wanderer is too feeble to walk.
Who decides the type of food to be given?	The Officer-in-Charge.
What kind of food should be given to weak persons?	Easily digestible food.
Can money be given instead of food?	Yes, if appropriate.
On what basis is food or money given?	As deemed suitable by the Officer-in-Charge.
What is the maximum limit of food cost or cash payment?	Not exceeding the dependent’s allowance prescribed in Famine Code.
Which Code prescribes the dependent’s allowance limit?	The Revised Famine Code, U.P., 1912.

PARA 330
EVERY S.O. OF A POLICE STATION SHOULD SEND WEEKLY REPORT TO S.P. IN FORM E- VI
What does Para 330 deal with?	Weekly report by Station Officer to Superintendent of Police.
Who must send the weekly report?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
To whom is the weekly abstract sent?	The Superintendent of Police.
In which form is the weekly abstract prepared?	Form No. E-VI.
On what paper is Form E-VI printed?	Orange paper.
From where are copies of Form E-VI obtained?	Government Central Press or Superintendent of Police.
Who distributes the forms to police stations?	The Superintendent of Police.
How should conveyance expenditure be shown?	Separately.
When must the abstract reach headquarters?	On Sunday.
What does the S.P. do after receiving the abstract?	Submits an account to the Collector.
When must the S.P.’s account reach the Collector?	By Monday morning.
What financial action does the S.P. take after submission?	Makes remittance to recoup the imprest.
What if the imprest is exhausted before remittance arrives?	The S.O. must immediately report the fact.
Can the S.O. spend money from other funds in anticipation?	Yes.
What additional list must accompany Form E-VI?	Names and residences of persons relieved and sums spent.
Who must be listed in the accompanying statement?	All men, women, and children relieved.
What if no one has been relieved during the week?	A report stating the abstract is blank must be sent.

PARA 331
POLICE MAY BE EMPLOYED IN GUARDING TREASURE CHEST ON RELIEF
What does Para 331 deal with?	Employment of police at relief works.
Who has the authority to employ police at relief works?	The Collector.
For what primary purpose may police be employed at relief works?	Guarding the treasure chest.
Can police be employed to maintain order at relief works?	Yes, if the Collector sees fit.
Is employment of police for maintaining order the general Para?	No.
What is the general Para regarding police use for maintaining order at relief works?	They will not, as a Para, be so employed.
Can police be used as patrols to enforce conservancy agreements?	No.

PARA 332
MONEY RECEIVED FROM COLLECTOR SHOULD BE DISBURSED PROMPTLY
What does Para 332 deal with?	Prompt disbursement of money received from the Collector.
From whom may money be received for distribution?	The Collector or under his order.
For what purpose is such money received?	Distribution to persons entrusted with village relief.
How should the money be kept after receipt?	Kept for the intended recipients.
When should the money be disbursed?	As soon as the recipients arrive.
Is delay in disbursement permitted under Para 332?	No.
Who are the intended recipients of the money?	Persons entrusted with village relief.
What is the primary obligation of the officer receiving the money?	Prompt disbursement.
Are instructions issued regarding receipts?	Yes.
Are instructions issued regarding accounts?	Yes.
Who issues instructions regarding receipts and accounts?	Competent authority under the Collector.

PARA 333
UNCLAIMED BODIES SHOULD BE BURNT OR BURIED BY THE POLICE ACCORDING TO THE RELIGION OF THE DECEASED
What does Para 333 deal with?	Disposal of unclaimed bodies.
Who is responsible for disposal of unclaimed bodies?	The police.
How should unclaimed bodies be disposed of?	By burning or burying.
On what basis should the mode of disposal be decided?	According to the religion of the deceased.
Is religious custom to be respected in disposal?	Yes.
Can police choose the mode of disposal arbitrarily?	No.
From which fund is the expenditure met?	Permanent advance of the police station.
For what purpose is the permanent advance generally granted?	Transport of wounded and accused persons, etc.
Can the famine imprest be used for this expenditure?	No.

PARA 334
IF FAMINE RELIEF SERIOUSLY INCREASES THE DUTIES OF THE POLICE S.O. MAY APPLY TO S.P. FOR EXTRA FORCE
What does Para 334 deal with?	Increase of police staff during famine relief.
When does Para 334 apply?	When famine relief seriously increases police duties.
Who may apply for extra force under Para 334?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
To whom is the application for extra staff made?	The Superintendent of Police.

PARA 335
BALANCE MONEY OF RELIEF OPERATIONS SHOULD BE DEPOSITED IN TREASURY
What does Para 335 deal with?	Deposit of balance money after relief operations.
When does Para 335 become applicable?	After closure of relief operations.
Who must refund the balance amount?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
What balance is required to be refunded?	Balance of the famine imprest.
Where should the balance amount be deposited?	In the sub-treasury.
Can the balance be paid to any other authority?	Yes, to the Superintendent of Police.

PARA 336
PERIODICAL REPORTS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED FROM POLICE STATION TO S.P.
What does Para 336 deal with?	Submission of periodical reports to the S.P.
Who must submit periodical reports under Para 336?	Police stations.
To whom are these reports submitted?	The Superintendent of Police.
On whose direction are the dates of submission fixed?	The Superintendent of Police.
What economic factor affecting crime must be reported?	Increase in crime due to rise in prices or scarcity of food.
Must wandering of needy persons be reported?	Yes.
What type of wandering must be reported?	Wandering of needy or starving persons.
Is emigration from the police circle reportable?	Yes.
Is immigration into the police circle reportable?	Yes.
What demographic change must be reported?	Unusual increase in mortality.
Are cases of starvation required to be reported?	Yes.
Must severe want be reported?	Yes.
Is decline in symptoms of scarcity also reportable?	Yes.

PARA 337
S.O. SHOULD ASSIST THE OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF FAMINE RELIEF
What does Para 337 deal with?	Assistance by Station Officer in famine relief administration.
Who is required to assist in famine relief?	The Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
What must the S.O. report under Para 337?	Important facts connected with famine administration.
Should the S.O. report growth of distress?	Yes.
Should the S.O. report decline of distress?	Yes.
To whom are important famine facts reported?	District authorities.
When must the S.O. report such facts?	When he thinks authorities ought to know and do not know.
Does Para 337 impose a proactive reporting duty?	Yes.
Whom should the S.O. assist in famine work?	The officer-in-charge of famine relief.
How should the S.O. assist in spreading information?	By informing people about relief works and poor-houses.
What locations must be publicized?	Sites of relief works and poor-houses.
Should the S.O. encourage the people?	Yes.
What must the S.O. prevent during famine?	Scares and panic.

CHAPTER XXVII
DUTIES UNDER SPECIAL ACTS AND RULES
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXVII have in total?	Para 338 to Para 369

PARA 338
A LIST OF ACTS OR PORTION OF ACTS SHOULD BE KEPT IN POLICE OFFICE AND S.P. OFFICE
What does Para 338 deal with?	Maintenance of list of certain Acts in police offices.
Where must the list of Acts be kept?	In the office of the Superintendent of Police and each police station.
What type of Acts must be listed?	Acts or portions of Acts concerning the police.
Do the listed Acts extend throughout the province?	No.
To what area do such Acts extend?	Whole or part of the district or station.
Must the list include partial Acts?	Yes.
Is it mandatory to maintain this list?	Yes.
What is the purpose of maintaining such a list?	Administrative and legal clarity.
Should the boundaries of applicability be mentioned?	Yes.
When must boundaries be specified in the list?	When the Act does not apply to the whole district or station.

PARA 339
IF EUROPEAN DESERTER IS ARRESTED, HE MUST BE TAKEN BEFORE A JUSTICE OF THE PEACE
What does Para 339 deal with?	Procedure upon arrest of military deserters.
Who must a European deserter be produced before?	A Justice of the Peace.
From which forces may the deserter belong?	Army, Navy, Air Force or Indian Marine Service.
What document must the Justice of the Peace prepare?	Descriptive return.
Under which Schedule is the descriptive return prescribed?	Fourth Schedule of the Army Act.
Under which Section is the requirement mandated?	Section 163(i) of the Army Act.
Who must sign the descriptive return?	The Justice of the Peace.
To whom is the descriptive return sent?	Officer Commanding the Military district or station.
Where should the Court be situated?	In the same district or station.
Who must an Indian deserter be produced before?	A First-Class Magistrate.

PARA 340
WHEN A PERSON SUBJECT TO MILITARY LAW DESERTS THE OFFICER COMMANDING WILL IMMEDIATELY INFORM TO LOCAL AND RAILWAY POLICE
What does Para 340 deal with?	Reporting of desertion by persons subject to military law.
Who must report a military deserter?	Officer Commanding the corps.
To whom is the deserter reported?	Local and railway police.
When must the report be made?	Immediately upon desertion.
What type of person does Para 340 apply to?	Persons subject to military law.
What action is taken by the police on receipt of report?	Superintendent takes expedient action.

PARA 341
REWARD FOR APPREHENSION OF DESERTER
What does Para 341 deal with?	Reward for apprehending military deserters.
What is the amount of reward for apprehension?	Rs. 5.
Who qualifies for this reward?	Combatants including reservists, non-combatant enrolled personnel, and men of the Indian Hospital Corps.
Does the reward apply to a deserter who surrenders voluntarily?	No.
Which edition of regulations is referenced?	Pay and Allowance Regulations for the Army in India, 1938, Part II, paragraph 233.
What happens if a third party provides information leading to apprehension?	One-half of the reward is paid to the informant.

PARA 342
PROCEDURE, WHEN A DESERTER IS APPREHENDED BY THE POLICE
What does Para 342 deal with?	Procedure for handling deserters apprehended by police.
Who must be notified when a deserter is apprehended?	The Commanding Officer of the deserter’s unit.
Who notifies the Commanding Officer?	Superintendent of Police.
What information is sent along with the notification?	Name and address of persons entitled to the reward.
When is the reward remitted?	As soon as the deserter reaches his unit.
How is the reward sent?	By money order.
Who receives the money order acknowledgment?	Audit authorities.
What does the money order acknowledgment serve as?	Sufficient voucher for reward and money order fee.
Who should inform the Superintendent of Police upon receiving reward?	The police officer or man entitled to the reward.
Why must the police inform the Superintendent?	To refer any delay in payment to the Officer Commanding.
Who ensures no delay in remitting rewards?	Officer Commanding Units.
From where is the reward paid if unit has an imprest?	From their imprest.
What happens if ready money is not available?	Police authority may pay from police funds.
Under which Indian Army Order can police funds be used?	Indian Army Order No. 2095/44, Notification No. VI/56-43.
Where is this notification published?	Police Gazette, December 13, 1944, pages 253–254.
How are police payments from funds later accounted for?	Debited to the Controller of Military Accounts concerned.
What ensures compliance with Army reward regulations?	Superintendent of Police and Officer Commanding Units.
What is the essence of Para 342?	Coordinated, timely payment of rewards for apprehended deserters with audit accountability.

PARA 343
WHEN DESERTER IS MADE OVER TO MILITARY AUTHORITIES BY POLICE A FORM OF CERTIFICATE U/S 91-A IS SENT TO THE POLICE FOR COMPLETION
What does Para 343 deal with?	Completion of certificate under Section 91-A for deserters.
When is the certificate under Section 91-A sent to police?	After a deserter is arrested and handed over to military authorities.
Who must complete and sign the certificate?	Officer not below the rank of Officer-in-Charge of a police station.
Can a lower-ranking officer sign the certificate?	No.
What is the consequence of signing by a lower-ranking officer?	Certificate is wholly invalid in court-martial.
Under which Act is Section 91-A?	Indian Army Act, 1911.
For what type of court is the certificate used?	Court-martial trying the deserter.

PARA 344
DESERTERS FROM THE FORCES SHOULD NOT BE SURRENDERED TO THE DURBAR
What does Para 344 deal with?	Handling deserters from Indian State Forces.
Should deserters from State Forces be surrendered to the Durbar?	No, not unless specified as extraditable.
Under what condition can deserters be surrendered?	If notified in the Gazette of India as extraditable under First Schedule of Indian Extradition Act, 1903.
Which Act governs extradition in this context?	Indian Extradition Act, XV of 1903.
What schedule specifies extraditable offences?	First Schedule.
What should happen to un-extraditable deserters enlisted in police?	They should be dismissed.
Can un-extraditable deserters be retained in police?	Only if sanctioned by Deputy Inspector-General of Police.
Does Para 344 apply to all units of Indian State Forces?	Yes.
Is voluntary surrender considered under this Para?	No, Para concerns deserters.
Who sanctions retention of un-extraditable deserters in police?	Deputy Inspector-General of Police.

PARA 345
Rules regarding emigration
What does Para 345 deal with?	Paras regarding emigration beyond British India.
Where are the emigration Paras contained?	In the Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 346
Under Indian Factories Act, notice of an accident resulting in death must be sent by the factory authorities to S.O.
What does Para 346 deal with?	Notice of accidents resulting in death under the Indian Factories Act, 1948.
Where are the Paras for factory accidents found?	Manual of Government Orders.
Who must send notice of a fatal accident?	Factory authorities.
To whom must the notice be sent?	Officer-in-Charge of the police station in the area of the factory.
By what means can the notice be sent?	Telegraph, telephone, or special messenger.
Within what time must the notice be sent?	Within one hour of the death occurring or being known.
Is a written confirmation required?	Yes, if notice is sent by telegraph or telephone.
In what form must written confirmation be sent?	Prescribed Form E.
What must the S.O. do on receiving notice?	Act as laid down in Chapter XII of the Regulations.
Are notices of accidents not resulting in death required to be sent to police?	No.
Can police act on non-fatal accident notices?	Only with a Magistrate’s order or if cognizable offence suspected.
How should reports of suspected cognizable offences be forwarded?	Through Superintendent of Police to the Magistrate.

PARA 347
Commissioner of the division empowered to make rules under the Ferries Act.
What does Para 347 deal with?	Police duties under the Ferries Act, XVII of 1878.
Who is empowered to make Paras under the Ferries Act?	Commissioner of the division.
Who should study the Paras made under the Ferries Act?	Superintendent of Police.
Whom should the Superintendent inform about police-related provisions?	Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
When should sufficient police be stationed at ferries?	During periods of large crowds, e.g., fairs.
What is the purpose of posting police at ferries?	To prevent overcrowding of boats.

PARA 348
Rules made under the Fisheries Act
What does Para 348 deal with?	Paras made under the Fisheries Act, IV of 1897.
Where are the Paras contained?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 349
S.P. should bring to the notice of S.O. about local forest Rules
What does Para 349 deal with?	Local forest Paras requiring police attention.
Who should bring local forest Paras to notice of S.O.?	Superintendent of Police.
To whom are the Paras communicated?	Officers-in-Charge of police stations.

PARA 350
Execution of warrants u/s 5 of the Public Gambling Act
What does Para 350 deal with?	Execution of warrants under Section 5 of the Public Gambling Act.
Which Act governs these warrants?	Public Gambling Act, III of 1867.
Who is authorized to execute warrants under Section 5?	Inspectors and Officer-in-Charge of police station.
What is the minimum rank for executing warrants?	Sub-Inspector.

PARA 351
Permission to play games in public
What does Para 351 deal with?	Permission to play games in public.
Should permission to play games in public be granted?	No, it should never be granted.
Where are the detailed Paras regarding public games found?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 352
Application of Glanders and Farcy Act
What does Para 352 deal with?	Application of the Glanders and Farcy Act.
Which Act is covered by Para 352?	Glanders and Farcy Act, XIII of 1899.
To which area has the Act been applied?	The whole of Uttar Pradesh.
Who is empowered under Section 4 of the Act?	Superintendent of Police.
What powers does the S.P. exercise under the Act?	Powers and duties of Inspectors appointed under the Act.
Where are detailed Paras found?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 353
Police are required to give information to Municipal boards of offence against the Act
What does Para 353 deal with?	Police duties to furnish information to municipal boards.
Which Act governs this Para?	U.P. Municipalities Act, 1916.
Under which section are police required to inform municipal boards?	Section 317.
What offences must police report?	Offences against the Act, Acts in Section 144(1)(b), or Paras under those Acts.
Who must police assist under this Para?	Members, officers, and servants of municipal boards.
Who ensures police stations receive copies of Acts and Paras?	Superintendent of Police.
What is the purpose of furnishing information to municipal boards?	To enable realization of fines under Section 114.

PARA 354
The register of persons resorting to sarai
What does Para 354 deal with?	Register of persons resorting to a sarai.
Under which Act is the register prescribed?	Sarais Act, XXII of 1867.
Is the register mandatory in all sarais?	No, only if directed by District Magistrate.
Who provides blank forms for the register?	Superintendent of Police.
What form number is used for the sarai register?	Form No. 265.
Who maintains the register if ordered?	Sarai-keeper.
What is the essence of Para 354?	Register of persons in sarais is maintained only if ordered by DM; forms provided by Superintendent.

PARA 355
Rules regarding stage carriages
What does Para 355 deal with?	Paras regarding stage carriages.
Where are the Paras regarding stage carriages contained?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 356
Rules regarding treasure trove
What does Para 356 deal with?	Paras regarding treasure trove.
Where are the Paras regarding treasure trove contained?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 357
S.P. required to give immediate information to D.M. of any case of a serious nature in which soldiers are believed to have been concerned
What does Para 357 deal with?	Immediate reporting of serious cases involving soldiers.
Who must report such cases?	Superintendent of Police.
To whom must the S.P. give immediate information?	District Magistrate.
Which cases require special reporting?	Cases of serious nature involving soldiers.
Under which paragraphs must these cases be reported?	Paragraph 101 of these Regulations and paragraph 67 of Office Manual.
Where are Paras for prosecution, trial, and investigation found?	Manual of Government Orders and paragraph 125 of these Regulations.
Which cases should follow Manual procedures as far as possible?	Conflicts between Europeans and Indians, or cases where Indians are shot/wounded by Europeans.

PARA 358
Rules prescribing the duties of police at fairs
What does Para 358 deal with?	Duties of police at fairs.
Where are the Paras regarding police duties at fairs contained?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 359
Police have no authority to make formal inspections of cattle pounds
What does Para 359 deal with?	Police authority regarding cattle pounds.
Can police make formal inspections of cattle pounds?	No.
Can police visit cattle pounds for other purposes?	Yes, for purely police purposes.

PARA 360
Record of all the great trigonometrical survey stations in districts shall be kept in the office of S.P.
What does Para 360 deal with?	Records and protection of Great Trigonometrical Survey stations.
Where must the record of G.T. Survey stations be kept?	Office of the Superintendent of Police.
Who must prevent wilful injury to survey stations?	Village policemen.
To whom must any damage to survey stations be reported?	Officer-in-Charge of the police station.
Who should periodically visit the survey stations?	Police officers.
What should officers do when visiting stations?	Examine condition and report urgent need of repairs.
Where are additional instructions for protection found?	Manual of Government Orders.
What is the essence of Para 360?	S.P. keeps records, police protect stations, inspect periodically, and report repairs.

PARA 361
Duty of village police to protect ancient structures and preventing unauthorized excavations
What does Para 361 deal with?	Duties of village police to protect ancient structures and prevent unauthorized excavations.
Where are detailed instructions found?	Manual of Government Orders.
What must village police report?	Any attempt at spoilation or acts endangering antiquarian remains.
What else must police report regarding ruined cities/buildings?	Any attempt to make unauthorized excavations.
How should valuable archaeological remains be dealt with?	Under the Treasure Trove Act, VI of 1878, whenever applicable.
Who is responsible for protection of antiquarian remains?	Village police.
Does the Para involve preventive or reactive duties?	Both—preventing damage and reporting incidents.
What is the essence of Para 361?	Village police must protect ancient structures, prevent unauthorized excavations, and report acts threatening archaeological remains.

PARA 362
Rules regarding the escape of prisoners from district or central Jails
What does Para 362 deal with?	Action on escape of prisoners from district or central jails.
Where are the Paras for escaped prisoners contained?	U.P. Jail Manual.
Who must be immediately notified when a prisoner escapes?	District Magistrate.
What must the jail superintendent send along with the notice?	Descriptive roll of prisoner, residence, and reward offered.
To which authorities must the descriptive roll be sent?	S.P. of district of escape, S.P. of prisoner’s home district, adjoining district police, Railway Police, and DIG, CID Lucknow.
What additional publication is done with the information?	Criminal Intelligence Gazette.
What must police immediately do regarding prisoner’s home?	Watch it to intercept the prisoner.
Who conducts investigation into the escape?	District Magistrate.
Can police investigate inside the jail?	Only under orders of District Magistrate.
What is the role of Superintendent regarding magisterial inquiry papers?	Examine them or have them examined to assist in re-arrest.
What is the essence of Para 362?	Immediate notification, descriptive roll circulation, home surveillance, and cooperation with D.M. for re-arrest of escaped prisoners.

PARA 363
The duties of police in respect of excise offences
What does Para 363 deal with?	Duties of police in respect of excise offences.
Under which Act are police duties for excise offences defined?	U.P. Excise Act, IV of 1910.
Which sections of the U.P. Excise Act are relevant?	Sections 49, 50, 53, and 54.
Where are detailed Paras for police duties found?	Excise Manual (page 2 for Superintendent).

PARA 364
The powers and duties of police regarding opium and morphia offences
What does Para 364 deal with?	Police powers and duties regarding opium and morphia offences.
Under which Acts are these powers and duties defined?	Opium Act XIII of 1857 and Opium Act I of 1878.
Which sections of Opium Act XIII of 1857 are relevant?	Sections 23 and 24.
Which sections of Opium Act I of 1878 are relevant?	Sections 14 to 22.
Where are the Paras and procedures detailed?	Excise Opium Manual, Chapter II.
Who must follow these Paras?	Police and relevant authorities.
Are these duties preventive, enforcement, or both?	Both, as per Opium Acts and Manual.
What is the essence of Para 364?	Police powers and duties for opium and morphia offences are defined in Opium Acts (1857 & 1878) and detailed in Excise Opium Manual, Chapter II.

PARA 365
Excise Inspector and Police Officers both responsible for excise offence
What does Para 365 deal with?	Joint responsibility of Excise Inspectors and police for excise offences.
Does appointment of Excise Inspectors relieve police of duties?	No.
Who is responsible for detection and prosecution of excise offences?	Both Excise Inspectors and police officers.
What are Excise Inspectors required to do?	Make inquiries, detect cases, and assist police in cases detected by them.
What are police required to do?	Assist Excise Inspectors in important, difficult cases and searches.
Is cooperation between Excise Inspectors and police mandatory?	Yes.
What is the essence of Para 365?	Police and Excise Inspectors share responsibility for excise offences; they must assist and cooperate in detection, prosecution, and searches.

PARA 366
The offence of illicit distillation of spirit cannot be carried on for any length of time
What does Para 366 deal with?	Offence of illicit distillation of spirit.
Can illicit distillation continue unnoticed for long?	No, it usually comes to the notice of village headmen, land-holders, and chaukidars.
Who must inquire if the chaukidar is not the informer?	Superintendent of Police.
What action is taken if chaukidar is guilty of connivance?	Recommend dismissal to District Magistrate.
What if chaukidar is found negligent?	He should be severely punished.
Who supervises inquiries into illicit distillation cases?	Superintendent of Police.
What is the essence of Para 366?	Illicit distillation cannot remain hidden; chaukidars are accountable, and negligence or connivance is punished.

PARA 367
The Village headman should promptly report to D.M. about the illicit manufacture of any excisable article
What does Para 367 deal with?	Duty of village headman to report illicit manufacture of excisable articles.
Who must report illicit manufacture or cultivation?	Village headman.
To whom must the report be sent?	District Magistrate.
When must the report be made?	Immediately after the illicit manufacture or cultivation comes to his notice.
What happens if the village headman fails to report?	He should be promptly reported for prosecution under Section 68 of Excise Act.
Which Section of the Excise Act applies?	Section 68.
What is the essence of Para 367?	Village headmen must immediately report any illicit manufacture or cultivation of excisable articles to the D.M.; failure leads to prosecution.

PARA 368
Appointment of special police officers
What does Para 368 deal with?	Appointment and duties of special police officers (SPOs).
Under which Act are SPOs appointments regulated?	Sections 17 to 19 of the Police Act, V of 1861.
Should appointments be voluntary or compulsory?	As far as possible, voluntary.
When is it justifiable to appoint SPOs?	During unlawful assembly, serious riot, or breach of peace when regular police are insufficient.
Who decides the need for SPOs?	Senior police officer present, not below the rank of inspector.
What type of persons should be selected as SPOs?	Influential persons of good standing; avoid unruly or bad character.
Can ring-leaders of contentious factions be enrolled?	Yes, occasionally, to bring them under restraint.
What duties should SPOs be assigned?	Staff, supervisory, and duties suited to their personal influence; avoid menial/unreasonable tasks.
How strict should discipline be for SPOs?	Light; avoid conditions offensive or irksome to local residents.
Are SPOs required to take part in parades or salute petty officers?	Not ordinarily.
What is required for SPO uniform?	Distinctive badge (e.g., colored armlet) and baton or spear for authority and protection.
When should SPO appointments be cancelled?	As soon as the emergency ceases to exist.
What is the essence of Para 368?	SPOs are appointed voluntarily for grave emergencies, given supervisory duties, light discipline, distinctive badge, and relieved when emergency ends.

PARA 369
Appointment of traffic police
What does Para 369 deal with?	Appointment and duties of traffic police.
Where have traffic police been appointed?	In certain districts.
What special squads have been formed in some areas?	Police mobile squads to deal with Motor Vehicle Act offences.
Who heads each mobile squad?	An Inspector.
Under whose control do mobile squads operate?	Range Deputy Inspector-General of Police.
Are police officers part of Transport Authorities?	Yes, some are ex officio members under Motor Vehicles Act, 1939.
Where are detailed duties of traffic police found?	Separate pamphlet on Motor Vehicles Act.
What is the essence of Para 369?	Traffic police and mobile squads are appointed to enforce Motor Vehicles Act under structured supervision, with some officers serving as ex officio members of Transport Authorities.

CHAPTER XXVIII
MISCELLANEOUS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXV have in total?	Para 370 to Para 395

PARA 370
No private sweepers may be employed by the police Department for police lines
What does Para 370 deal with?	Employment of private sweepers in police lines.
Can private sweepers be employed where municipality provides scavenging?	No.
Under which Act is municipal scavenging provided?	Section 196(a) of U.P. Municipalities Act, 1916.
When may private sweepers be employed?	Where conservancy is under control of Superintendent of Police.
How should private sweepers be paid if employed?	Conservancy allowance as per paragraph 136 of Office Manual.

PARA 371
Restriction imposed on government servants in their private affairs
What does Para 371 deal with?	Restrictions on government servants in their private affairs.
Where are these restrictions detailed?	Government Servant’s Conduct Paras and Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 372
Police officers may have no private money transactions with police accountants
What does Para 372 deal with?	Restrictions on police officers regarding private money transactions and relatives’ employment.
Can police officers have private money transactions with police accountants?	No.
Can subordinate police or clerical staff maintain private accounts of gazetted officers?	No.
Are small advances to readers or petty sums to clerks allowed?	Yes, for casual expenses like wood-cutting, tent-pitching, or parcels.
Where are conditions for banking with Government treasurer found?	Manual of Government Orders.
Which relatives’ private trade must be reported?	Father, mother, father’s/mother’s sister, brother’s wife, sister, sister’s husband, son, son’s wife, daughter, daughter’s husband.
To whom must such information be reported?	Superintendent of Police.
What may Superintendent consider on receiving such information?	Whether circumstances justify transfer of the officer concerned.
Should police officers serve in jurisdictions where close relatives trade privately?	Generally, no.
Do these rules override Para 15 of Government Servant’s Conduct Paras?	No.
What is the essence of Para 372?	Police officers must avoid private money dealings with staff and conflicts of interest due to relatives’ private trade; limited allowances are permitted for minor expenses.

PARA 373
Police officers are strictly prohibited from aiding in the supply of labour
What does Para 373 deal with?	Prohibition on police aiding in supply of labour.
Can police aid in supplying labour or carriage provisions?	No, strictly prohibited.
Can police interfere with persons or property of any population class?	No, except as required by law.

PARA 373A
Members of the police force are strictly forbidden to consume intoxicants during the course of their duty
What does Para 373A deal with?	Prohibition on police consuming intoxicants during duty.
When are police forbidden to consume intoxicants?	During duty or when they may reasonably be called for official duty.
What is the consequence of violating Para 373A?	Disciplinary action, including possible removal from service.

PARA 374
Procedure followed to the defalcation or loss of public money
What does Para 374 deal with?	Procedure for defalcation or loss of public money in police charge.
Where is the procedure detailed?	Manual of Government Orders, modified by paragraph 82 of Account Paras, Part I, Financial Handbook, Volume V.

PARA 375
When police officers are going outside the district as detectives, S.P. shall provide them with written credentials
What does Para 375 deal with?	Credentials for police officers sent as detectives outside their district.
Who must provide written credentials?	Superintendent of Police.
When should credentials be provided?	Invariably, when officers are sent outside the district as detectives.
Who may not be given parwanas?	Informers or amateur detectives not enrolled in the police force.
What is the essence of Para 375?	Detectives must carry written credentials; un-enrolled persons cannot be formally authorized.

PARA 376
Powers of police to make inquiries regarding the character verification
What does Para 376 deal with?	Police inquiries for character verification of candidates.
For which posts should police conduct character inquiries?	Subordinate posts in Railway, Postal, or other Government departments.
Who can request the police to conduct these inquiries?	The authorities concerned (Railway, Postal, or other Government departments).
What should police complete after inquiries?	Verification rolls sent for the purpose.
What is the essence of Para 376?	Police verify character and antecedents of candidates when requested and complete verification rolls.

PARA 377
Chests of post office may be fixed at police stations
What does Para 377 deal with?	Fixing Post Office treasure chests at police stations.
Who keeps charge of the post office chest at police stations?	A sentry.
How is the cash box secured?	Placed in a safe with double locks, locks wrapped in leather/cloth, tied with twine, and sealed with Post Office date seal.
Where should deposit and withdrawal of the cash box be recorded?	In the General Diary of the police station.
Who gives acquittance for the condition of the safe and seals?	The Postal Official.
What is the essence of Para 377?	Post Office chests can be kept at police stations under strict security, with entries in the General Diary and official acquittance.

PARA 378
Maintenance of motor lorries and light vans at district police headquarters
What does Para 378 deal with?	Maintenance and use of motor lorries and light vans at district police headquarters.
What is the primary purpose of police motor vehicles?	Transporting police for riots, dacoit raids, prisoner escort, and rapid transport situations.
Can police vehicles be used for ordinary transport?	No, only when cheaper means like rail are unavailable.
Can police vehicles be used for sports or tournaments?	Yes, only if economical compared to rail or other travel.
What is the essence of Para 378?	Police motor vehicles are primarily for operational duties; use for other purposes is allowed only if economical.

PARA 379
At least one horse should be provided to all gazetted officers
What does Para 379 deal with?	Provision of horses to gazetted officers and police officers.
What is the minimum height of horse for gazetted officers?	14.2 hands high.
What is the minimum height of horse for circle inspectors and sub-inspectors with horse allowance?	14 hands high.
Can an officer be exempted from maintaining a horse?	Yes, if the Inspector-General deems it non-essential.
What can an exempted officer maintain instead of a horse?	A motor vehicle.
Is the officer required to refund horse allowance if using a motor vehicle?	No, if the previous grant was properly utilized for horse/saddlery.
What happens to the seven-year period of horse allowance when using a motor vehicle?	The period during which a motor vehicle is maintained is excluded from the seven years.

PARA 380
The hospital establishment is under control of the medical department
Who controls the hospital establishment?	The Medical Department.
Does the Superintendent of Police have powers over hospital staff appointments or discipline?	No, only may make representations to Civil Surgeon or IG of Civil Hospitals.
How is the pay of hospital staff disbursed?	Through the police accountant, except for the medical officer-in-charge.
Who allocates the budget for European medicines?	Inspector-General of Civil Hospitals.
Who purchases bazar medicines required by the Civil Surgeon?	Superintendent of Police.
Can a police officer leave hospital without permission?	No, only with express permission of Civil Surgeon or officer in medical charge.
How should absence from hospital without leave be treated?	As breach of discipline.
How many hospital orderlies are allotted and what are their communities?	Two; one Brahman and one Muhammadan.
Who supervises the hospital daily?	Reserve inspector or a gazetted officer.
How should cases of neglect by hospital orderlies be reported?	Reported to Civil Surgeon by Superintendent of Police.
How is the hospital admittance register maintained?	In three serially numbered sections for armed police, civil police, and others including railway police and orderly peons.

PARA 381
In writing intention is incumbent on all applicants for medical leave
Who must inform the Superintendent before applying for medical leave?	All applicants for medical leave or extension on medical certificates.
How should applicants communicate their intention to apply for medical leave?	In writing.
What is the consequence of failing to inform the Superintendent in writing?	The medical certificate may be treated as obtained by misrepresentation with serious consequences.

PARA 382
Under officers and constables who fall ill when on duty, must apply admission to the district police hospital
Who must apply for admission to the district police hospital when ill on duty?	Under officers and constables.
Where should police personnel apply if the police hospital is not easily reachable?	Nearest dispensary.
Who must be informed about the admission or treatment of ill officers or constables?	The local Superintendent of Police.
Are higher-ranking officers required to apply to police hospitals when ill?	No, but they must inform the Superintendent if obtaining a medical certificate while on leave.

PARA 383
Any under officer or constable, who on discharge from a police hospital other than that of his district of posting is recommended leave by the civil surgeon
Who must return to their district immediately after discharge from an out-of-district police hospital when leave is recommended?	Any under-officer or constable.
Who can permit an officer not to return immediately to his district?	The Superintendent of Police of the district.
When should permission not to return be granted?	Only in very special circumstances.

PARA 384
Every officer-in-charge of a police station is responsible for reporting cases of sickness among men under his command
Who must report cases of sickness among men under command?	Every officer-in-charge of a police station, guard commander, and constable in-charge of an outpost, barrack, escort, or detachment.
What must be done for sick subordinates?	Ensure their admission to a hospital.
What happens if an officer is negligent in reporting sickness?	Action under Chapter XXXI of the Regulations will be taken.
How is negligence proved?	By showing the officer knew or could have reasonably ascertained that a subordinate was ill.

PARA 385
Every head constable or constable suffering from venereal disease must report the fact to his immediate superior
Who must report venereal disease?	Every head constable or constable suffering from it.
To whom must it be reported?	Immediate superior.
What should the superior do?	Ensure prompt admission to the police hospital.
What is the offence for concealment?	Punishable under Section 7 of the Police Act.
What is the punishment for concealment?	Suspension and detention in hospital until cured or invalid.
Does the suspended officer get any allowance?	Yes, subsistence grant as per Fundamental rules 53, Financial Handbook Vol. II, Part II.

PARA 386
A medical history-sheet will be maintained in duplicate for every officer
For whom is a medical history-sheet maintained?	Every officer of and below the rank of Sub-Inspector.
How many copies are maintained?	Two copies – one with the character roll, one with the officer.
What must an officer take when applying for hospital admission?	His copy of the medical history-sheet.
What happens on discharge from hospital?	Illness entry is made in the sheet, sent to Superintendent, then copied to the character roll.
When is leave on medical certificate granted?	Only if the officer produces his medical history-sheet with medical officer's remarks and signature.

PARA 387
All police officers of and below the rank of Head Constable are liable to compulsory medical inspection
Which officers are liable to compulsory medical inspection?	All police officers of and below the rank of Head Constable.
Who ensures officers are medically inspected?	The Superintendent of Police.
How often must medical inspections be conducted?	At least once every calendar year.
Who conducts the annual medical examination in districts with full-time Medical Officers?	The Medical Officer in charge of the Police Hospital.
Who conducts medical inspection in other districts?	The Civil Surgeon of the district concerned.
Who may conduct inspections in interior hill areas if authorized?	Medical Officers in charge of outlying dispensaries.
What must every officer bring for inspection?	His medical history-sheet.

PARA 388
Police officer and men of other provinces who need hospital treatment may be treated at police hospital of these provinces
Can police officers from other provinces be treated in local police hospitals?	Yes, if they are on duty or leave and need treatment, subject to available accommodation.
How are indoor patient charges calculated for officers from other provinces?	Flat rate of 7 annas per diem plus actual cost of diet, if any.
From whom are the charges recovered for officers of other provinces (except Assam)?	From the Government of the province in which the man is serving through exchange accounts.
Who is informed after discharge of the patient?	The Superintendent of Police of the district in which the patient is serving, and a copy to the Accountant-General, U.P.
Should direct remittances be accepted from other provinces’ SPs?	No, direct remittances or recoveries from out-door patients are not allowed.
How are charges recovered for police serving in Assam?	Directly from the patient; if not possible, through SP of his district of posting.
Where are recovered costs credited?	To head ‘XIX – Police – Miscellaneous’.

PARA 389
The S.P. may re-allocate the non-gazetted provincial police force of the district temporarily to meet sudden emergencies
Who can temporarily re-allocate the non-gazetted provincial police force in a district?	The Superintendent of Police.
For what purpose can the force be temporarily re-allocated?	To meet sudden emergencies.
How should proposals for permanent re-allocation be processed?	Reported through the District Magistrate for orders of the Inspector-General.
Can the Inspector-General re-allocate the force without government sanction?	Yes, provided he does not depart from the provincial scale of establishment.
Who must be consulted before proposals affecting cantonment police strength?	The Officer commanding the station.

PARA 390
Re-allocation of rural police
Who can sanction the re-allocation of rural police within a district?	The District Magistrate.

PARA 391
Power of DIG (range) to increase police force of one of his districts temporarily
Who can temporarily increase the police force of a district in a range?	The Deputy Inspector-General of the range.
For what purposes can the DIG (range) increase the police force temporarily?	For fairs and operations against dacoits.
Up to what rank of police may be moved by the DIG from other districts?	Not above the rank of Inspector.
To whom should Superintendents apply for extra police?	To the Deputy Inspector-General of the range.
Is long notice required for periodical requirements like annual fairs?	Yes, long notice should be given.

PARA 392
The number and scale of sanctioned fixed guards are shown in the police allocation
Where is the number and scale of sanctioned fixed guards shown?	In the police allocation of the district.
Can the number and scale of fixed guards be varied?	No, they must not be varied.

PARA 393
Reader of the S.P
Who is allowed as a reader for the Superintendent of Police in every district?	A Sub-Inspector.
What rank should always hold the post of reader to the Superintendent of Police?	Sub-Inspector.

PARA 394
Police Training School, Sitapur set for training of under-officers
Where has a Police Training School been established for training constables for promotion to under-officer?	Sitapur.
What is the purpose of the Police Training School at Sitapur?	Training constables for promotion to the rank of under-officer.

PARA 395
The information of a body of military police has been sanctioned by the provincial Government
Which government sanctioned the body of Military Police?	Provincial Government.
Where is the headquarters depot and training centre of the Military Police?	Sitapur.
Where are Military Police companies posted?	To convenient centres.
Name the ancillary services of the Military Police.	(a) Wireless section, (b) Tear Smoke section, (c) Motor Transport section with workshops.

Part III
INTERNAL ADMINISTRATION
How many Chapters does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part III have in total?	Chapter XXIX to chapter XXXIV
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part III have in total?	Para 396 to Para 526

Chapter XXIX
APPOINTMENT
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXIX have in total?	Para 396 to Para 427

PARA 396
Bodies of the police force
What are the main bodies of the police force?	Provincial Police, Government Railway Police, and Village guard.
Under which Act is the Provincial Police enrolled?	Act V of 1861 (Armed and Mounted).
Under which Act are Village guard appointed in Agra?	Act XVI of 1873.
Under which Act are Village guard appointed in Oudh?	Act XVII of 1876.

PARA 397
Gazetted officers of the police force
Who are the gazetted officers of the police force?	Inspector-General, Deputy Inspector-General, Superintendents, Assistant Superintendents, Deputy Superintendents.

PARA 398
The non-gazetted officers of the police force
Who are the non-gazetted officers of the police force?	Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors, Head Constables, Constables.

PARA 399
Appointment of S.P. and officers of higher rank
Who appoints Superintendents and officers of higher rank?	The Governor in Council.

PARA 400
Appointment for probation of Assistant Superintendents
Who appoints Assistant Superintendents on probation?	Government of India.
How are Assistant Superintendents appointed?	On the result of a competitive examination held in India.
Who confirms Assistant Superintendents after probation?	The Governor in Council.
Is the appointment of Assistant Superintendents direct or on probation?	Ordinarily on probation.
Where can details of confirmation be found?	Chapter XXXV.

PARA 401
Appointment of Deputy Superintendents
How are Deputy Superintendents of Police appointed?	By direct recruitment or promotion from the rank of Inspector.
Can an Inspector be promoted to Deputy Superintendent?	Yes, promotion from Inspector is allowed.
Is there a notification governing appointment of Deputy Superintendents?	Yes, Notification No. O-337/II-444-40, dated 4th May, 1942.

PARA 402
Rules for salary of directly recruited Deputy Superintendents
What is the starting salary of a directly recruited Deputy Superintendent of Police?	Rs. 220 per mensem.
Are directly recruited Deputy Superintendents entitled to increments?	Yes, according to the time-scale of pay in force and subject to departmental examination and confirmation rules.
How is the pay of promoted Deputy Superintendents determined?	It depends on their pay as Inspectors at the time of promotion and is fixed according to the Fundamental Paras.
Do departmental exams affect the pay increments of Deputy Superintendents?	Yes, increments are subject to rules regarding departmental examination and confirmation.

PARA 403
Appointment to the rank of Reserve Inspector
Who ordinarily appoints Reserve Inspectors?	The Deputy Inspector-General by promoting selected Sub-Inspectors.
How are prosecuting and circle inspectors appointed?	By the Deputy Inspector-General, promoting Sub-Inspectors selected by a committee convened by the Inspector-General.
What is the probation period for all Inspectors?	Two years from the date of substantive appointment.

PARA 404
Paras regarding British army reservists
What should British army reservists do on discharge from police during or after probation?	Apply to the nearest military authority if they desire to be repatriated.

Para 405. [Omitted]

PARA 406
Civil, armed and mounted police
Who appoints Sub-Inspectors in Civil Police?	Deputy Inspector-General.
From where are Civil Police Sub-Inspectors selected?	From candidates qualifying the prescribed cadets course at the Police Training College.
Who makes officiating appointments of under-officers in Civil Police?	Superintendent of Police.
Under which manual are officiating appointments of under-officers governed?	Police Office Manual (Paragraph 191).
Who makes permanent promotions to Sub-Inspector in Armed Police?	Deputy Inspector-General.
From which list are Armed Police Sub-Inspectors promoted?	From those qualified under Paragraph 448.
Can Superintendents promote in Armed Police?	Yes, in officiating or temporary vacancies.
Who makes permanent promotions to Sub-Inspector in Mounted Police?	Deputy Inspector-General.
How are promotions in Mounted Police determined?	According to seniority on the provincial list.

PARA 407
Appointment of head constables in civil and armed police
Who appoints Head Constables in Civil Police?	Superintendent of Police.
Who appoints Head Constables in Armed Police?	Superintendent of Police.
By what method are Head Constables appointed?	By promotion.
From which rank are Head Constables promoted?	Constables.

PARA 408
Appointment of mounted police constables
Who appoints Mounted Police constables on probation?	Superintendent of Police.
How are Mounted Police constables recruited?	By enlistment of outside candidates or transfer from foot police at their request.
During which month are outside candidates enlisted?	Between 1st September and 30th September.
When are transfers from foot police to mounted branch made?	During September.
Is transfer from foot police automatic?	No, only at the constable’s own request.
Must transferred constables undergo training?	Yes.
Do all Mounted Police recruits attend training?	Yes, prescribed course of instruction.
Who confirms Mounted Police constables after probation?	Superintendent of Police.
What is the probation period for Mounted Police constables?	Two years.
Confirmation is subject to which provision?	Paragraph 84.
Must Mounted Police candidates meet physical standards?	Yes, same as foot police recruits.
What physical requirements apply?	Age, height, and chest measurement as required for foot police.
Who conducts medical examination of outside candidates?	Civil Surgeon.
When must medical fitness be certified?	Before enlistment.
Which form is used for medical examination?	Form No. 29.
What endorsement is made on the medical certificate?	“For Mounted Police only.”

PARA 409
Enlistments of constables for the Armed and Civil Police
Who makes enlistments of constables in Armed and Civil Police?	Superintendent of Police.
What is the minimum age for enlistment?	18 years.
What is the maximum age for enlistment?	23 years.
What is the upper age relaxation for Scheduled Castes candidates?	Five years.
Up to what age can approved chaukidars be drafted into Pradeshik Police?	30 years.
Up to what age can military pensioners be enlisted in Armed Police?	35 years.
Can military pensioners draw police pay along with pension?	Yes, subject to usual Paras.
Whom must enlistment of military pensioners be notified to?	Controller of Military Accounts.
Can ex-soldiers (not reservists or pensioners) be enlisted?	Yes, in Civil and Armed Police up to 35 years of age.
Who can grant relaxation in age limits?	Director-General of Police.
Under what circumstances can age relaxation be granted?	In the interest of fair dealing or public interest.
Under which notification is age relaxation governed?	Notification No. 1129(5)/II-175-39 dated 4th July, 1941.
What may SP do where recruiting is poor?	Apply to Recruiting Staff Officer for pensioners or ex-soldiers.

PARA 410
Paras for ex-soldiers, who are enlisted as constable in U.P. Police
Which ex-soldiers can count previous military service for increments?	Ex-soldiers of combatant units of Indian Armed Forces and late I.S.F./non-I.S.F. combatant units.
Can military pensioners count service for increment while drawing pension?	No.
When can a pensioner count military service for increments?	After refunding bonus or service gratuity received in lieu of pension.
In how many instalments can gratuity be refunded?	Not exceeding 36 monthly instalments.
When is pay re-fixation considered?	After full refund of bonus/service gratuity.
From which date is revised pay allowed?	Retrospectively from the date of enlistment.
Which document specifies non-combatant military services?	Appendix XXVIII of Army Regulations, India, Vol. II.
Who decides cases of units not mentioned in Appendix XXVIII?	Inspector-General of Police.
Can Indian Army Reservists count previous service for increments?	Yes, at the discretion of the Inspector-General.
How much service with colours can be counted by reservists?	Whole of service with colours.
How much reserve service can be counted?	Half of reserve service.

PARA 411
Physical requirement for a recruit
What is the minimum chest measurement for a general recruit?	34 inches expanded.
What is the minimum chest expansion required?	2 inches.
What is the minimum height for a general recruit?	5 feet 9 inches.
Can a recruit below 5'9" be enlisted?	Yes, under specified exceptions.
What is the minimum height for recruits aged 18–20 years showing growth signs?	5 feet 5 inches.
What is the minimum chest measurement for 18–20-year recruits?	32 inches expanded.
What chest expansion is required for 18–20-year recruits?	2 inches.
Who must certify eligibility of 18–20-year recruits?	Civil Surgeon.
What must the Civil Surgeon certify for under-20 recruits?	That he is under 20 and likely to attain standard measurements.
What is the minimum height for hillmen?	5 feet 4 inches.
What is the minimum height for Tribal candidates?	5 feet 3 inches.
What is the minimum chest measurement for Tribal candidates?	34 inches expanded.
What is the minimum chest expansion for Tribal candidates?	2 inches.

PARA 412
Medical examination of a recruit
When must a recruit be medically examined?	Before recruitment.
Who conducts the medical examination?	Civil Surgeon.
What must be done before sending a candidate to the Civil Surgeon?	Height and chest measurements must be accurately taken.
Before whom are height and chest measurements taken?	Reserve Inspector.
How must chest measurement be taken?	Around the bare chest.
What should be the position of arms during chest measurement?	Arms raised.
Is prior physical measurement mandatory before medical exam?	Yes.
Who verifies physical standards before medical referral?	Reserve Inspector.

PARA 413
Register of candidates for recruitment
What register must be maintained for recruitment?	Register of Candidates for Recruitment.
In which form is the recruitment register maintained?	Form No. 355.
Where is the recruitment register kept?	In every district.
When is the register sent to the Civil Surgeon?	Whenever a candidate is sent for medical examination.
Are all columns filled before sending to Civil Surgeon?	No.
Which columns are left blank before sending to Civil Surgeon?	Columns 8, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
Which columns are filled by the Civil Surgeon?	Columns 8 and 13.
What happens if a candidate is declared medically unfit?	Entry is struck out with red ink.
Who fills medical-related entries in the register?	Civil Surgeon.

PARA 414
All enrolled candidates furnish a certificate of having seen successfully vaccinated
What is a necessary condition for enrolment of a candidate?	Successful vaccination certificate.
Is vaccination mandatory for all candidates?	Yes, unless they have had small-pox.
What is the exception to furnishing vaccination certificate?	If the candidate has had small-pox.
What must a candidate do if not previously vaccinated?	Submit to vaccination by the Civil Surgeon.
Who performs vaccination if required?	Civil Surgeon.
What if the Civil Surgeon cannot vaccinate immediately?	Recruit will be sent at the first available opportunity.
Is any record maintained for delayed vaccination cases?	Yes, a memorandum with date of vaccination.
Can subordinate police personnel be required to undergo re-vaccination?	Yes.
Who can order re-vaccination?	Civil Surgeon of the district.
Is vaccination a pre-condition for enrolment?	Yes.
Is prior small-pox infection treated as equivalent to vaccination?	Yes.
Does the Para apply only at recruitment stage?	No, re-vaccination may also be required later.

PARA 415
All recruits must possess the minimum physical qualifications
What basic qualities must every recruit possess?	Minimum physical qualifications, medical fitness, and good character.
Who selects the most suitable candidates for enlistment?	Superintendent of Police.
What is the minimum educational qualification for Civil Police?	VIII Class (Junior High School) or equivalent.
What is the minimum educational qualification for Armed Police?	VI Class or equivalent.
Is educational qualification mandatory for recruitment?	Yes.
Must qualifications be recognized by Government?	Yes.
Is knowledge of Hindi required?	Yes, working knowledge of Hindi is mandatory.
Who is eligible for recruitment under the Para?	Any citizen of India.
Are persons of Nepalese origin eligible?	Yes, if they are citizens of India.
What is required before recruiting a person of Nepalese origin?	Prior orders of Inspector-General of Police.
What details must be sent to Inspector-General for Nepalese candidates?	Verified details of caste, residence, etc., with reasons for recommendation.
Is publicity required before recruitment?	Yes.
Through which institutions should recruitment publicity be given?	Tahsils, Schools, Colleges, Panchayats, etc.
Who is responsible for giving recruitment publicity?	Superintendent of Police.

PARA 416
S.P. is authorized to re-enlist men
Who is authorized to re-enlist men in police service?	Superintendent of Police.
Can men from other provinces be re-enlisted?	Yes.
What condition must be satisfied for re-enlistment?	Previous record must be clear.
What must be the nature of resignation for re-enlistment?	Reasons must be good.
Can advance increments be granted on re-enlistment?	Yes.
Under which rule can advance increments be sanctioned?	Fundamental Rule 27.
To what extent can advance increments be granted?	To reach the stage he would have attained if prior service counted.
Under which rule would previous service have counted for increments?	Fundamental rule 22.
Does previous service count for leave after re-enlistment?	No.
Under which rule does previous service not count for leave?	Fundamental rule 65(a).
From which date does previous service not count for leave?	1st March, 1933.
Is medical examination required before re-enlistment?	Yes.
How must the medical examination be conducted?	As on first enlistment.
Whose sanction is required if the man is above 23 years?	Inspector-General.

PARA 417
Man dismissed for misconducts from any department may not be enlisted in police
Can a person dismissed for misconduct from any department be enlisted in police?	No.
Is dismissal for misconduct an absolute bar to enlistment?	Yes.
What must be done before enlisting a person who left another Government department?	Reference must be made to the previous department.
Is prior departmental verification mandatory?	Yes.
Does the Para apply to all Government departments?	Yes.
Can a person who voluntarily quit another department be enlisted without inquiry?	No.
Is misconduct in previous service relevant for police recruitment?	Yes.
Where is further guidance on this matter found?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 418
As Man’s name is entered in the register of candidate, his character, antecedents and age must be verified
When must verification of character and antecedents be done?	As soon as name is entered in register and candidate is medically passed or immediately after enlistment.
In which form is verification carried out?	Form No. 92.
What particulars must be verified?	Character, antecedents, and age.
Who writes up Form No. 92 for dispatch?	Lines Moharrir.
In whose presence must Form No. 92 be written?	Reserve Inspector or officer not below Sub-Inspector rank.
Who must sign Form No. 92?	Reserve Inspector (or authorized officer) and the recruit.
Must the recruit sign the verification form before enlistment?	Yes.
What warning must be given to the recruit?	False information makes him liable under Section 182 IPC/SEC 217 BNS
Under which provision is false information punishable?	Indian Penal Code Section 182/ sec 217 BNS
What must the Superintendent carefully ascertain?	Whether the recruit was previously in Government service.
Should previous Government service be verified?	Yes.
In which language should the verification result be noted?	English.

PARA 419
Process, when a candidate is passed by the civil surgeon
When is the process under Para 419 initiated?	After the candidate is passed by the Civil Surgeon.
What is first read to the candidate after medical fitness?	Form of exhortation.
In whose presence is the exhortation read?	Senior gazetted officer at headquarters.
If no gazetted officer is present at headquarters, who presides?	Officer-in-charge of the office of the Superintendent of Police.
What follows the reading of exhortation?	Administration of oath.
In which form is the oath specified?	Police Form No. 90.
What document is given to the candidate after oath?	Police Form No. 91.
What does Police Form No. 91 contain?	Duties and aims of a police constable.
Should the oath ceremony be formal?	Yes, it should be impressive.
What is the purpose of making the ceremony impressive?	To enhance its value.

PARA 420
Procedure for verification of military service personnel
When should military service be verified?	At the time of enlistment.
Why should military service be verified at enlistment?	To avoid difficulty at the time of retirement.
What type of military service must be verified?	Service that may count towards pension.
Which procedure must be followed for verification?	Procedure laid down in Chapter XXVIII, Office Manual.

PARA 421
Instructions regarding the uniform
Where are detailed uniform instructions contained?	Appendix III to the Regulations.
Does Appendix III apply to all ranks?	Yes.
Does the Para cover physical training instructors?	Yes.
Are traffic police included under uniform instructions?	Yes.
Are hospital orderlies covered by uniform Paras?	Yes.
Are motor drivers covered by uniform Paras?	Yes.
Are police line teachers included?	Yes.
Does the Para apply to village police?	Yes.
Is Appendix III printed separately?	Yes.
Is a recruit entitled to free extra kit on enlistment?	Yes.
Which paragraph mentions extra kit articles?	Paragraph 232 (Dress Regulations).
Are conditions for extra kit specified elsewhere?	Yes, in paragraph 232.
Are re-enlisted men entitled to free kit?	No.
Can a recruit be granted advance pay?	Yes.
What is the maximum advance pay allowed?	Rs. 5.
How is advance pay recovered?	In instalments of Rs. 1 per month.
Is free kit a one-time benefit?	Yes, only on first enlistment.
Does re-enlistment restore kit entitlement?	No.
What is the recovery rate of advance pay?	Rs. 1 per mensem.
What is the core principle of Para 421?	Uniform regulations, free initial kit, and limited advance pay facility.

PARA 421A
How much outfit allowance is given to Civil Police officers passing out of Training College?	Rs. 150.
When is Rs.150 allowance given to Civil Police officers?	On being posted to a district.
How much allowance is given to a Civil Police officer promoted as Sub-Inspector temporarily/officiating?	Rs. 100.
After how long can a temporarily promoted Civil SI draw Rs.100?	After holding rank for total seven months.
What is outfit allowance for Armed/Mounted Police promoted as Sub-Inspector?	Rs. 100.
Is seven months’ service required for Armed/Mounted SI allowance?	Yes.
What is the maximum allowance a Civil Police Sub-Inspector can draw during service?	Rs. 150.
What is the maximum allowance an Armed/Mounted SI can draw during service?	Rs. 100.
Can an officer draw more than the prescribed maximum allowance?	No.
Who draws the allowance for Civil/Armed/Mounted Police?	Superintendent of Police.
From which budget head is the allowance drawn (Civil/Armed)?	“29 – Police – B.D.E.F. – District Police – Contingencies – Purchase of uniforms and accoutrement”.
Where must payment details be recorded?	In the officer’s service book.
Who notes the date and amount in the service book?	Superintendent of Police.
What is outfit allowance for Wireless Maintenance/Station Officers (SI rank)?	Rs. 150.
When is Rs.150 given to Wireless SI officers?	On posting to district after completing prescribed training.
Who draws allowance for Wireless Section officers?	Officer-in-charge, Wireless Telegraphy Section (Provincial Wireless Officer).
From which budget head is Wireless allowance drawn?	“29 – Police – District Executive Force (D) Wireless Telegraph Station – Contingencies”.
Where are Wireless allowance details recorded?	In the officer’s service book.
Is prescribed training compulsory for Wireless allowance?	Yes.
What is the core principle of Para 421-A?	Prescribed outfit allowances subject to rank, duration, and service limits with proper treasury and service book entry.

PARA 422
S.P. must not appoint to any post under his control any person already in Government service
Can the Superintendent of Police appoint a person already in Government service without consent?	No.
Whose consent is required before such appointment?	The officer to whom the person is subordinate.
Is consent required even if the person resigns his previous post?	Yes.
Does Para 422 apply to all posts under SP’s control?	Yes.
Is prior approval mandatory before appointment?	Yes.
Can SP bypass the previous controlling officer?	No.
Does the Para prevent inter-departmental recruitment without approval?	Yes.
Where are Paras regarding employment of civil pensioners found?	Civil Service Regulations, Chapter XXI.
Which Articles deal with employment of pensioners?	Articles 501, 510-A and 526.

PARA 423
Certificate of appointment
What must be given to every person enrolled in the police force?	Certificate of appointment.
In which form is the certificate issued?	Form No. 25.
What does the certificate show?	Date of enrolment.
How is the certificate provided?	Mounted on cloth.
Under which Act is the certificate issued?	Police Act.
When must the certificate be surrendered?	On quitting the service.
Is the certificate permanent property of the officer?	No.
Does Para 423 apply to temporarily employed men?	Yes.

PARA 424
Rules on the declaration of ownership and acquisition of landed property
Who must declare ownership and acquisition of landed property?	Officer in superior service.
When must declaration of property be made?	When first appointed.
Is subsequent declaration also required?	Yes.
Does Para 424 prescribe detailed procedure?	No.
Where are detailed Paras regarding declaration found?	Manual of Government Orders.

PARA 425
Rules for the appointment of clerical staff
Where are Rules for appointment of clerical staff contained?	Chapter XXVIII of the Office Manual.

PARA 426
Rules on cases in which officiating appointments may be made in temporary vacancies
Where are rules regarding officiating appointments contained?	Chapter XIX of the Office Manual.
In what type of vacancies can officiating appointments be made?	Temporary vacancies.

PARA 427
No man may be appointed to act temporarily as a constable
Can a man be appointed temporarily as constable in a permanent vacancy?	No.
Who have prior claim for temporary vacancies?	Men on the register of candidates for recruitment.
Are un-enlisted registered candidates given preference?	Yes.
What if no registered candidates are available?	Others may be appointed.
Should temporarily appointed constables meet recruit qualifications?	Yes.
Who must insist on qualification standards?	Superintendent of Police.
Does Para 427 allow temporary appointment in permanent vacancy?	No.

Chapter XXX
PROMOTIONS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXX have in total?	Para 428 to Para 463-A

PARA 428
Promotion on Gazetted ranks of the force
Who makes promotion in gazetted ranks of the Force?	Governor-in-Council.
Who specially selects the Inspector-General?	Government.
From which rank is Deputy Inspector-General promoted?	From Superintendents.
Is promotion to DIG by selection?	Yes.
How is promotion from Assistant Superintendent to Superintendent made?	By seniority.
What is a mandatory condition for promotion to Superintendent?	Passing departmental examination for junior officers.
What additional requirement is needed for promotion to Superintendent?	Certificates mentioned in paragraph 528(viii).
Can an officer be promoted without approved service?	No.
Do Assistant Superintendents receive periodical increments?	Yes.
Up to how many years are increments granted?	From 1st to 26th year of service.
Are Assistant Superintendents on inferior scale?	Yes.
Are Superintendents on superior scale?	Yes.
What pay does an inferior scale officer draw when acting on superior scale?	Same as superior scale officer of equal service length.
If no superior scale rate exists for service length, what pay is drawn?	Lowest rate of superior scale.
When does first efficiency bar operate?	After 9th year (inferior scale).
When does second efficiency bar operate?	After 17th year (superior scale).
Who cannot pass the first efficiency bar?	Officer unfit for superior scale appointment.
Who cannot pass the second efficiency bar?	Officer unfit to hold charge of first-class district.
Is promotion to certain higher-paid Superintendent posts by selection?	Yes.
Which Paras govern seniority of Indian Police Officers?	Indian Police (Regulation of Seniority) Paras.
When were the Seniority Paras notified?	13 February 1930.
Which department issued the Seniority Paras notification?	Government of India, Home Department.
Is efficiency bar linked to fitness?	Yes.
Is promotion to DIG automatic by seniority?	No, by selection.
What is the core principle of Para 428?	Promotion in gazetted ranks based on selection/seniority subject to exams, efficiency bars, and seniority Paras.

PARA 429
Determination of seniority for officers of the Indian police
To whom does Para 429 apply?	Officers of the Indian Police appointed after September 1894 and not promoted from Inspector rank.
How is seniority determined for officers appointed between 1 June 1903 and 3 April 1918?	According to order of appointment to the service.
For 1903–1918 officers, is seniority based on departmental exam date?	No.
If officers were appointed in the same year (1903–1918), how is relative seniority fixed?	According to order of passing the competitive examination.
For officers appointed after 3 April 1918, what happens to their original seniority?	It is retained irrespective of exam date.
Are Assistant Superintendents required to pass departmental exam?	Yes.
Within how many years must departmental exam be passed?	Within two years of appointment.
What is the consequence of failing exam within two years?	Liable to be discharged from service.
Can exemption from departmental exam be granted?	Yes.
Who may grant exemption or extension?	Local Government.
Can Local Government extend exam period?	Yes.
Can increments be withheld for not passing exam?	Yes.
Can increments be sanctioned despite not passing exam?	Yes, at discretion of Local Government.
How are officers appointed under reconstruction scheme 1919–20 graded?	According to age.
Is grading under reconstruction scheme based on exam date?	No.
What press communiqué governed reconstruction scheme appointments?	Press communiqué dated 1 November 1912.

PARA 430
The seniority of Dy. S.Ps will be according to the date of appointment
How is seniority of Deputy Superintendents determined?	According to date of first appointment.
Who determines seniority if two Dy. S.Ps are appointed on the same date?	Governor-in-Council.
How many time-scales of pay exist for Dy. S.Ps?	Three.
Name the three time-scales of pay.	Pre-1913, Post-1913, and 1939 Revised.
How many efficiency bars exist in pre-1913 scale?	One.
How many efficiency bars exist in post-1913 scale?	Two.
How many efficiency bars exist in 1939 revised scale?	Two.
Do Dy. S.Ps receive periodical increments?	Yes.
On what basis are increments granted?	According to their time-scale.
Is promotion to higher pay posts automatic?	No.
How is promotion to limited higher pay posts made?	By selection.
From which scale are higher pay promotions made?	Pre-1913 scale.
What is required for higher pay promotion?	Outstanding merit.

PARA 431
Consideration of seniority
Who does Para 431 apply to?	Superintendents and Deputy Superintendents of Police.
In which case does Para 431 apply?	When promoted to selection grades.
Does the Para apply to permanent promotion?	Yes.
Does the Para apply to temporary promotion?	Yes.
How is seniority determined in selection grades?	Promoted officer is considered senior to those superseded.

PARA 432
The calculation of the pay the officers of the provincial police
To whom does Para 432 apply?	Officers of the Provincial Police Service.
From which date does this Para apply?	After 8th November, 1927.
When does Para 432 apply to Provincial Police officers?	When promoted to Indian Police or officiating in cadre posts.
Is pay calculation governed by special Paras?	Yes.
From where are these pay calculation Paras derived?	Resolution of Secretary of State for India in Council.
In which notification were these Paras reproduced?	Home Department (Police) Notification No. F-113-III/24.
What is the date of the relevant notification?	20th March, 1928.

PARA 433
Maintenance of the confidential personal files of gazetted officers
For whom are confidential personal files maintained?	All gazetted officers.
Who maintains the confidential personal files?	Inspector-General of Police.
When are these files considered?	When assessing fitness for promotion.
Are confidential files relevant for crossing efficiency bar?	Yes.
Are files considered for selection posts?	Yes.
Can officers inspect their confidential personal files?	No.
Are confidential files used for promotion beyond efficiency bar?	Yes.
Do confidential files affect selection-based promotions?	Yes.
Must the Inspector-General follow any guiding principles?	Yes, Manual of Government Orders.
What kind of defects may be recorded in the file?	Defects capable of correction.
What is the second condition for recording defects?	Likely to deprive officer of future promotion.

PARA 434
The advancement of Inspectors
How is advancement of Inspectors regulated?	By incremental time-scale.
Which paragraph is referred for incremental time-scale?	Paragraph 463-A.
Who sanctions drawal of increments beyond efficiency bar?	Deputy Inspector-General.
Under which Para is sanction for crossing efficiency bar granted?	Fundamental rule 25.
Who may withhold annual increments?	Superintendent.
Under which Para can increments be withheld?	Fundamental rule 24.

PARA 435
Procedure for promotion to the rank of reserve Inspector
Who recommends a Sub-Inspector for Reserve Inspector training?	Superintendent of Police.
From which branch are candidates primarily recommended?	Armed Branch.
Can Civil Police Sub-Inspectors be recommended?	Yes, if Armed Branch candidates are unavailable.
Who examines and interviews recommended candidates first?	Deputy Inspector-General.
Who nominates suitable candidates for State Selection Committee?	Deputy Inspector-General.
Who conducts final selection?	State Selection Committee.
Who prescribes the training course?	Inspector-General.
After successful training, where is the officer placed?	Provincial List of Reserve Sub-Inspectors.
How is seniority on Provincial List determined?	By date of selection.
If selected on same date, how is seniority fixed?	By order of merit in final examination.
If equal marks are secured, how is seniority decided?	By seniority as Sub-Inspector.
Who else is included in the Provincial List?	Sub-Inspectors approved before 1 April 1948 or called Sergeants before that date.
Who makes promotion to Reserve Inspector?	Deputy Inspector-General, Headquarters.
Is promotion normally by seniority?	Yes.
Can an undeserving officer be passed over?	Yes.
Can a particularly good officer be promoted out of turn?	Yes.
Who fills temporary vacancies up to four months?	Deputy Inspector-General of the Range.
Can temporary promotion ignore seniority?	Yes.
Can a non-listed Sub-Inspector be promoted temporarily?	Yes, if no listed officer is available.
Who can remove a name from the Provincial List?	Deputy Inspector-General, Headquarters.
On what ground can removal be ordered?	If officer is unfit for retention.

PARA 436
Procedure for promotion to the rank of public prosecutor and circle inspector
On what basis is promotion to Public Prosecutor and Circle Inspector made?	Provincial basis.
Who maintains the approved promotion lists?	Inspector-General.
How many lists are maintained for officiating promotion?	Four.
What is List I for?	Public Prosecutor.
What is List II for?	Circle Inspector.
What is List III for?	Inspector in the Criminal Investigation Department.
What is List IV for?	Inspector in the Central Investigating Agency, Government Railway Police.
Who initially nominates Sub-Inspectors for these lists?	Superintendents of Police.
Can CID Branch officers nominate candidates?	Yes.
Can Section Officers of Government Railway Police nominate?	Yes.
Can SPs nominate Sub-Inspectors for Lists III and IV?	Yes.
What is required for nomination to Lists III and IV?	Aptitude for specialized work.
Is specialized aptitude necessary for CID promotion?	Yes.
Is specialized aptitude necessary for Central Investigating Agency promotion?	Yes.
Can a Sub-Inspector nominated for List II also be nominated for Lists III or IV?	Yes.
Can a Sub-Inspector be included in more than one list?	Yes.
Who forms opinion regarding suitability for multiple lists?	Nominating officer.
Are these lists for permanent or officiating promotion?	Officiating promotion.
Does the Inspector-General directly nominate candidates?	No, nominations are made by SPs and other officers.
What is the core principle of Para 436?	Provincial-level list-based officiating promotion with specialized aptitude requirements.

PARA 437
Filling up of temporary vacancies in the rank of inspector
How are temporary vacancies in the rank of Inspector filled?	By promotion.
Who fills temporary vacancies in district or range?	Deputy Inspector-General of the Range.
From which list are officers promoted in district/range vacancies?	Approved list for that class of Inspector.
Can any officer be promoted to fill temporary vacancy?	No, only those on approved list.
Who fills temporary vacancies in Railway Police?	Deputy Inspector-General, Railway Police.
Who fills temporary vacancies in CID?	Assistant Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department.
From which list are Railway Police promotions made?	Approved list for Central Investigating Agency.
From which list are CID promotions made?	Approved list for Criminal Investigation Department.

PARA 438
Annual addition of number of names for permanent promotion to the rank of public prosecutor
Who determines the annual number of names for permanent promotion?	Inspector-General.
For which rank is the annual list prepared?	Public Prosecutor and Circle Inspector.
Is the list prepared on a provincial basis?	Yes.
How often is the number of names determined?	Annually.
Who convenes the selection process?	Inspector-General.
Who selects Sub-Inspectors for the permanent list?	Inspector-General.
What is prepared after selection?	Provincial list of approved officers.
Is the list for permanent promotion?	Yes.
Does the Inspector-General fix seniority in the list?	Yes.
On what basis is seniority determined in the list?	Order fixed during selection.
Are only Sub-Inspectors eligible for inclusion?	Yes.
Does Para 438 relate to officiating promotion?	No, permanent promotion.
Is the number of vacancies predetermined annually?	Yes.
Who controls both number and order of promotion?	Inspector-General.
Does Para 438 ensure structured annual promotion planning?	Yes.
Is seniority for permanent promotion decided at time of list preparation?	Yes.

PARA 439
In annual tour inspection, D.I.G. (Range) will require to inquire about all sub-Inspectors
During which inspection is inquiry about Sub-Inspectors made?	Annual tour inspection.
Who conducts this annual inspection?	Deputy Inspector-General of the Range.
Which Sub-Inspectors are reviewed?	Those approved for officiating or permanent promotion.
Promotion to which rank is concerned under Para 439?	Inspector.
What does DIG assess during inspection?	Work performance during the year.
Is general reputation of officer examined?	Yes.
From whom does DIG make inquiries?	District Magistrates and Superintendents of Police.
Are officers personally interviewed?	Yes.
Can DIG inspect police stations of such officers?	Yes.
In which month does DIG record his opinion?	April.
When does touring season end?	April.
What must DIG clearly state in his report?	Whether name should remain or be removed.
Must reasons be given for recommending removal?	Yes.
In certain districts, who performs Collector’s functions?	Additional District Magistrate (Executive).
Who reviews approved Sub-Inspectors in CID?	Deputy Inspector-General, CID.
Who reviews approved Sub-Inspectors in Railway Police?	Assistant Inspector-General, Railway Police.
When are CID and Railway reports prepared?	In April annually.
Before whom are these reports placed?	Committee convened by Inspector-General.
Under which paragraph is the committee convened?	Paragraph 438.
Who orders removal if committee agrees?	The committee.
Can officer recommended for removal be promoted immediately?	No.
Until when is promotion withheld?	Until committee decision.
How are temporary vacancies filled pending decision?	By next officer on approved list.
Does DIG alone remove a name from list?	No, committee approval required.
What is the core principle of Para 439?	Annual DIG review with committee-controlled retention or removal from approved promotion list.

PARA 440. [Omitted]

PARA 441
Regulation of advancement of sub-inspectors
How is advancement of Sub-Inspectors regulated?	By incremental time-scale.
Which paragraph governs the time-scale?	Paragraph 463-A.
Who can withhold increments of Sub-Inspectors?	Superintendent.
Under which rule can increments be withheld?	Fundamental rule 24.
Who sanctions increments beyond efficiency bar?	Superintendent.
Under which rule is efficiency bar sanction given?	Fundamental rule 25.
Who determines eligibility above efficiency bar?	Superintendent.
Must Superintendent certify fitness for efficiency bar crossing?	Yes.
Can fitness to hold charge of a police station qualify for advancement?	Yes.
Is competency as prosecuting officer a criterion?	Yes.
Is fitness for CID Investigating Branch a criterion?	Yes.
Can fitness as Senior Armed Police Sub-Inspector qualify?	Yes.
Is fitness to command a platoon in military police relevant?	Yes.

PARA 442
DIG must give a note for reasons of supersession
When is DIG’s concurrence required?	When promotion requires his approval.
What must be sent to DIG for such promotion?	Character rolls of concerned officers.
Whose character rolls must be forwarded?	Officer to be promoted and officers proposed to be superseded.
Is documentation mandatory for supersession?	Yes.
Must reasons for supersession be recorded?	Yes.
In what form are reasons submitted?	In a note.
Who receives the note of reasons?	Deputy Inspector-General.

PARA 443. [Omitted]

PARA 444
LIST OF ALL SUB-INSPECTORS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO D.I.G.
What document must be submitted annually under Para 444?	List of all Sub-Inspectors.
In which form is the list prepared?	Form No. 116.
Which categories of Sub-Inspectors are included?	Civil, Armed and Mounted Police.
To whom is the list submitted?	Deputy Inspector-General of the Range.
On which date is the list submitted?	1st September every year.
What pay detail must be mentioned?	Present pay as on 1st September.
What increment detail must be mentioned?	Date of next increment.
Is submission of the list annual?	Yes.
Is a duplicate copy required?	Yes.
Where is the duplicate copy sent?	Police Headquarters, Allahabad.

PARA 445
Criteria for constable and head constable to be promoted as Sub-Inspector
Para 445 deals with promotion from which ranks to Sub-Inspector?	Constable and Head Constable.
Maximum age for nomination to SI Civil Police is?	Not more than 40 years.
Age is calculated with reference to which date?	1st January of the year of selection.
Minimum service required for eligibility is?	Three years.
A Constable above 40 years with 3 years’ service is eligible?	No.
Educational qualification required for Constable is?	Intermediate or equivalent.
What is the alternative qualification for Constable?	Passing Head Constable Civil Police Course.
If Head Constable Civil Police Course is passed, is Intermediate required?	No.
Is there educational restriction for Head Constables?	No.
SI Civil Police course is conducted at?	Police Training College, Moradabad.
Applications for selection are invited in which month?	January.
Notice inviting applications must be published how?	In detail and widely circulated.
Must notice be sent to deputation/leave personnel?	Yes.
Duty to circulate notice lies upon whom?	District Police Superintendent/Unit Incharge.
Time granted for submitting application is?	Six weeks.
Applications are scrutinized by?	SP/Unit Incharge office.
Purpose of scrutiny is?	To exclude ineligible candidates.
Pre-examination consists of how many papers?	One paper.
Total marks of pre-exam are?	50 marks.
Pre-exam paper contains how many parts?	Three parts.
Number of legal questions in pre-exam?	Three.
Number of procedural questions?	Three.
Number of GK & Essay questions?	Three.
Essay question is?	Compulsory.
Total questions to be attempted in pre-exam?	Five.
Marks for compulsory question?	10 marks.
Marks for other questions?	8 marks each.
Pre-exam is conducted under supervision of?	Police Headquarters.
Pre-exam is conducted at?	All districts on fixed date.
Answer books are sent to whom?	Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Evaluation is done by whom?	Board of three SPs.
Qualifying marks in pre-exam are?	50%.
After written test, character roll is examined by?	Board of DIGs, PAC Commandant & local SP.
Physical fitness is tested through?	General drill and physical examination.
Standards for marking are fixed by?	Inspector General of Police.
Candidates qualifying pre-exam are called?	Nominated persons of the Range.
Main examination consists of how many papers?	Three papers.
Subjects of main exam are?	Law, Police Procedure, Essay & GK.
Marks for each main paper?	50 marks.
Questions of main exam are prepared at?	Central level.
Main exam answer books are sent to?	DIG Headquarters.
Evaluation of main exam is done by?	Board of SPs.
Minimum qualifying marks in each paper?	30%.
Minimum aggregate qualifying marks?	40%.
Merit list after main exam is prepared by?	Superintendent of Police (according to merit).
Candidates called for interview are how many times vacancies?	Four times.
Interview Board consists of?	Two DIGs and one SP nominated by IG.
Total marks for interview including service record?	150 marks.
Minimum qualifying marks in interview?	40%.
Character roll is examined again at interview stage?	Yes.
Final merit list is prepared by adding?	Written + Interview marks.
Is physical examination mandatory?	Yes.
Is service record considered in final selection?	Yes.
Does passing pre-exam ensure final selection?	No.
Selection is ultimately based on?	Merit.

Para 446. [Omitted]

PARA 447
Procedure for recruitment to the rank of Sub-Inspector (Armed police/Platoon commander)
Para 447 relates to recruitment of which rank?	Sub-Inspector (Armed Police/Platoon Commander).
Recruitment to SI (Armed Police) is made in how many categories?	Two categories.
What percentage of posts are filled by selection from ranks?	80%.
What percentage of posts are filled by direct recruitment?	20%.
80% quota applies to which posts?	Both temporary and permanent posts.
20% quota applies to which posts?	Both temporary and permanent posts.
The cadre referred under Para 447 is?	Combined cadre of SI Armed Police/Platoon Commander.
Category (a) refers to which mode of recruitment?	Selection from ranks.
Category (b) refers to which mode of recruitment?	Direct recruitment.
Under 80% quota, selection is made from which rank?	Head Constables of Armed Police.
Who nominates candidates under 80% quota (Range cases)?	Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Who nominates candidates under PAC?	Deputy Inspector General, Provincial Armed Constabulary.
Who nominates candidates in case of Railway Police?	Deputy Inspector General of Police, Headquarters.
Nomination under 80% quota is done as required by whom?	Inspector General.

PARA 448
Training schedule for candidate selected under para 447
Para 448 deals with what subject?	Training schedule of candidates selected under Para 447.
Total duration of training under Para 448(1) is?	7 months.
The 7 months training is conducted at?	Armed Training Centre, Sitapur.
The 7 months training includes practical training of how long?	One month.
Practical training is conducted in which units?	Provincial Armed Constabulary (PAC) Units.
Candidates selected under which Para undergo training under Para 448?	Para 447.
Does Para 448 apply to both nominated and directly selected candidates?	Yes.
Candidates under Para 447(b) must undergo preliminary training of how long?	Two months.
Preliminary training for Para 447(b) candidates is conducted at?	Armed Training Centre, Sitapur.

PARA 448A
Consideration of seniority of the Sub-Inspectors (Armed Police)
Para 448-A deals with what subject?	Seniority of Sub-Inspectors (Armed Police).
Relative seniority is governed primarily by?	Date of passing SI Armed Police Course.
Seniority is based on which course?	Sub-Inspector Armed Police Course.
If two officers pass the course on different dates, seniority depends on?	Earlier date of passing.
If two officers pass the same course together, seniority depends on?	Position obtained in final examination.
In same batch, merit position is determined by?	Final examination marks.
Between two candidates obtaining equal marks, who gets seniority first?	Promoted candidate.
Promoted candidate takes seniority over whom?	Directly recruited candidate.
If both candidates are directly recruited and obtain equal marks, seniority is decided by?	Age.
In case of directly recruited candidates, who gets seniority if marks are equal?	Older candidate.
If both candidates are ranker cadets with equal marks, seniority is decided by?	Length of service.
For ranker cadets, what determines seniority in tie cases?	Length of service.

PARA 449
Promotion of head constable mounted police done by DIG
Para 449 deals with promotion of which rank?	Head Constable (Mounted Police).
In Mounted Police, promotion to Head Constable is made by whom?	Deputy Inspector General (DIG).
In branches other than Mounted Police, promotion to Head Constable is made by whom?	Superintendent.
Promotion by Superintendent is subject to whose control?	Deputy Inspector General.
Advancement of Head Constables is regulated by what system?	Incremental time-scale.
Time-scale regulation is referred under which paragraph?	Paragraph 463-A.
Who is empowered under Fundamental Para 24 to withhold annual increment?	Superintendent.
Fundamental Para 24 relates to what?	Withholding of annual increment.
Head Constables holding permanent post on which date are specially protected?	1st April 1945.
What benefit is given to Head Constables holding permanent post on 1st April 1945?	Re-fixation of pay in time-scale.
Pay re-fixation is allowed when?	When grade promotion pay exceeds time-scale pay.
Re-fixation is done at which stage?	Stage corresponding to grade pay in time-scale.
Is grade promotion actually granted in such cases?	Yes, on paper.
Grade promotion is recorded where?	In the nominal roll.
Paper promotion continues until when?	Until maximum of time-scale is reached.

PARA 450
Permanent promotion to the rank of head constable in the civil and Armed Police
Para 450 deals with promotion to which rank?	Head Constable.
Para 450 applies to which branches?	Civil Police and Armed Police.
Permanent promotion to Head Constable is made by whom?	Superintendent of Police.
Promotion by SP is subject to whose control?	Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Promotion is made from which rank?	Constable.
Eligible Constables must qualify under which paragraphs?	Paragraph 454 or 455.
After promotion, a Head Constable remains on probation for how long?	One year.
Who confirms a Head Constable after probation?	Superintendent of Police.
Confirmation depends upon what condition?	Satisfactory work.
If work is unsatisfactory during probation, SP may?	Revert to substantive rank of Constable.
Reversion during probation requires what procedural safeguard?	Written notice of complaints and grounds.
Before reversion, the Head Constable must be given what opportunity?	Opportunity to show cause.
Must explanation of probationer be considered before reversion?	Yes.
Can probation period be extended?	Yes.
Maximum extension of probation is?	One year.
Reasons for extension must be?	Recorded in writing.
Must reasons for postponement be communicated?	Yes.
If probation is extended, confirmation takes effect from?	Date of expiry of extended probation.

PARA 451. [Omitted] PARA 452. [Omitted] PARA 453. [Omitted]

PARA 454
Eligibility criteria for constables to be promoted as head constables
Para 454 deals with eligibility for promotion to which rank?	Head Constable.
Para 454 applies to which category of personnel?	Constables.
Constables of which branch qualified before 1 January 1941 are eligible?	Civil Police.
The crucial date mentioned in Para 454(a) is?	1st January 1941.
Civil Police Constables qualified before 1.1.1941 must also pass which course?	Course prescribed by Inspector General.
Who prescribes the additional course under Para 454(a)?	Inspector General.
Armed Police Constables must possess which certificate for eligibility?	Regimental Drill Certificate.
Regimental Drill Certificate applies to which branch?	Armed Police.
Constables of Civil and Armed Police are eligible if they pass which course?	Prescribed course at Police Training School, Sitapur.
Police Training School mentioned in Para 454 is located at?	Sitapur.

PARA 455
Promotion of constable as head constable by the approval of DIG (Range)
Para 455 deals with promotion of which rank?	Head Constable.
Para 455 applies to constables unable to qualify under which Para?	Para 454.
Who approves promotion of specially deserving Civil Police constables?	Range Deputy Inspector-General of Police.
Maximum percentage of Head Constables promoted in district for Watch & Ward Duty?	20%.
Does para 455 apply to Criminal Investigation Department (CID)?	Yes.
Who approves CID constables’ promotion?	DIG, Criminal Investigation Department.
Maximum percentage of Head Constables promoted in CID?	50% of sanctioned posts.
Does para 455 apply to Armed Police constables?	Yes.
Who approves promotion in Armed Police?	DIG, Headquarters.
Maximum percentage of Head Constables promoted in Armed Police?	2.5% of sanctioned posts.
Promotions under para 455 are for which kind of constables?	Specially deserving constables.
Is approval of DIG mandatory for such promotions?	Yes.
Para 455 specifies promotion limit for district Watch & Ward?	20% of sanctioned Head Constables.
Para 455 specifies promotion limit for CID?	50% of sanctioned Head Constables.
Para 455 specifies promotion limit for Armed Police?	2.5% of sanctioned Head Constables.

PARA 456
Promotion of constables to the rank of head constables will be made by seniority
Para 456 deals with promotion to which rank?	Head Constable.
Para 456 applies to which branches?	Civil Police and Armed Police.
Promotion under para 456 is based on what principle?	Seniority.
Seniority is determined from which list?	List of constables qualified for promotion.
Among constables from different sessions, seniority is based on?	Session at which they qualified.
Among constables of the same session, seniority is based on?	Aggregate marks obtained.
Among constables of same session with equal marks, seniority is based on?	Length of service.
Does para 456 consider Police Training School qualification?	Yes.
Is promotion under para 456 merit-based or seniority-based?	Seniority-based.
Are marks in aggregate considered in seniority?	Yes, for same session.

PARA 457
Selection of ‘Y’ student in training
Para 457 deals with which kind of student?	‘Y’ student.
Who can be designated as a ‘Y’ student?	Any student displaying outstanding ability.
Outstanding ability is judged in which course?	Qualifying course under para 454(c).
Who designates a student as a ‘Y’ student?	Examination Board.
Where is the ‘Y’ student designation recorded?	Character roll.
What benefit does a ‘Y’ student get?	Eligibility for accelerated promotion.

PARA 458
List of mounted police constables maintained by P.H.Q.
Para 458 deals with which branch of police?	Mounted Police.
Who maintains the State list of Mounted Police constables?	Police Headquarters (PHQ).
Which course must be qualified for inclusion in the State list?	Advance Course of Training under Para 86.
How is seniority determined among different course pass-outs?	By date of passing the course.
How is seniority determined among same course pass-outs?	By aggregate marks in final exam.
How is tie in marks resolved among same course pass-outs?	By length of service as Mounted Police constable.
Who fills all vacancies of Head Constables, Mounted Police?	Deputy Inspector General of Police, Headquarters.
Vacancies are filled according to what?	Seniority from the State list.
Who can fill temporary vacancies of less than three months?	Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Temporary promotion is from where?	Approved candidate in his Range.
Can a Range DIG remove a constable from State list?	Yes.
Removal from State list is based on what?	Subsequent work and conduct proving unsuitability.

PARA 459
List of mounted police head constables approved for the promotion of the Sub-Inspector will be maintained by PHQ
Para 459 deals with promotion to which rank?	Sub-Inspector, Mounted Police.
Who maintains the Approved List of Head Constables for promotion?	Police Headquarters (PHQ).
Minimum approved service required for inclusion in Approved List?	3 years as Head Constable.
Maximum age for normal nomination to Approved List?	40 years.
Maximum age for exceptional nomination by Range DIG?	45 years.
Exceptional nomination is based on what criterion?	Outstanding merit.
Who prescribes the Central Department Test for promotion?	Inspector General of Police.
Who appears in the Central Department Test?	Head Constables nominated for Approved List.
Who is included in the Approved List?	Only those selected in the Central Department Test.
Who fills all permanent vacancies of Sub-Inspector, Mounted Police?	Deputy Inspector General of Police, Headquarters.
Vacancies are filled according to what principle?	Seniority from Approved List.
Who can fill temporary vacancies of less than 3 months?	Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Temporary promotion is from where?	Approved candidates in the Range.
Can Range DIG remove names from the Approved List?	Yes.
Removal from Approved List is based on what?	Unsuitable subsequent work and conduct.
Can removed Head Constable be reconsidered?	Yes, if eligible for Central Department Test.
Is age relaxation allowed in exceptional cases?	Yes, up to 45 years.
Is PHQ involved in temporary vacancy promotions?	No, Range DIG handles
Are only Head Constables included in Approved List?	Yes.
Is Central Department Test mandatory for inclusion?	Yes.
Does the Approved List determine permanent promotion sequence?	Yes, by seniority.
Is outstanding merit a criterion for standard nominations?	Only in exceptional cases.
Who supervises permanent promotions from Approved List?	Deputy Inspector General of Police, Headquarters.
Can a Head Constable reappear for the Test after removal?	Yes, if meeting qualifications.
Is the Approved List branch-specific?	Yes, Mounted Police only.

PARA 459-A
Promotion of Head constables and sub-Inspectors of mounted police
Para 459-A deals with promotion of which branch?	Mounted Police.
Who are covered under para 459-A?	Constables and Head Constables promoted to Head Constable or Sub-Inspector.
Probation period for promoted Head Constables, Mounted Police?	1 year.
Probation period for promoted Sub-Inspectors, Mounted Police?	2 years.
Who confirms a probationer after satisfactory work?	Deputy Inspector General of Police, Headquarters.
Who can recommend reversion of an unsatisfactory probationer?	Superintendent of Police.
Before reversion, probationer must be given what?	Written specific complaints and show-cause opportunity.
Who forwards probationer’s explanation for reversion?	Through Range DIG to Deputy Inspector General, HQ.
Can Deputy Inspector General, HQ, extend probation?	Yes, up to one year.
Reasons for extension must be communicated to whom?	Probationer, in writing.
Confirmation after extended probation takes effect from when?	Date of expiry of extended probation.
Is probation mandatory for all promoted Mounted Police personnel?	Yes.
Can a probationer be reverted without notice?	No.
Reversion process involves which levels?	SP → Range DIG → DIG, HQ.
Maximum extension of probation?	1 year.
Is written communication required for both reversion and extension?	Yes.
Does confirmation depend on conduct and work?	Yes.
Does para 459-A apply to temporary promotions?	Yes, if they are substantive promotions under 458/459.
Who finally confirms the probationer?	Deputy Inspector General of Police, Headquarters.

PARA 460
Conditions for advancement of constables in all branches
Para 460 deals with advancement of which rank?	Constables in all branches.
Advancement is regulated by what system?	Incremental time-scale.
What is at the top of the incremental time-scale?	Selection grade with fixed posts.
Who promotes constables to the selection grade?	Superintendent of Police.
Promotion to selection grade is from which class?	‘B’ Class constables.
What kind of record is required for promotion to selection grade?	Eminently meritorious record.
Who has authority to withhold an increment?	Superintendent of Police (Fundamental Para 24).
Do retired constables re-employed get previous service counted for increments?	Yes, if previous service counts for pension under Articles 514 & 519.
Are ex-soldiers or resigned police re-enlisted officers treated specially?	Yes, see paragraphs 410 and 418.
Where are Paras for promotion from ‘B’ Class to ‘A’ Class mentioned?	Paragraph 542.

PARA 461
Promotion of Nominal Roll
Para 461 deals with what aspect of police records?	Nominal Rolls.
Where must nominal rolls be kept?	Every district, G.R.P. Section, C.I.D., and all other branches.
In which form are Nominal Rolls maintained?	Form No. 362.
Where are promotions recorded in Nominal Rolls?	In the remark column.

PARA 462
Promotion and reversion rolls
Para 462 deals with which type of rolls?	Promotion and Reversion Rolls.
Are promotion and reversion rolls maintained together or separately?	Separately.
Which ranks do these rolls cover?	All ranks in all branches.
Who maintains the promotion and reversion rolls?	The accountant.
Which columns does the accountant fill?	First three columns.
To whom are the rolls submitted after initial entries?	Superintendent of Police.
Who fills columns 4 and 5 of the roll?	Superintendent of Police, by hand.
What is mentioned in column 5?	Names of any officer superseded with brief reasons.
When is the first supersession noted in the character roll?	On the first occasion of officer’s supersession.
Are reasons for supersession required?	Yes, brief note in roll and character roll.
Are these rolls used for officiating, substantive, or both promotions?	Both officiating and substantive promotions.
Does para 462 apply to all branches of police?	Yes.
Are character rolls linked to promotion and reversion rolls?	Yes.
Is the Superintendent’s entry in the rolls handwritten?	Yes.
Is the accountant responsible for including necessary papers?	Yes, when submitting to Superintendent.
Do these rolls record reversion as well as promotion?	Yes.

PARA 463
Orders relating to increments of pay of Sub-Inspectors
Para 463 deals with increments of pay for which ranks?	Sub-Inspectors, under-officers, and constables of all branches.
Who notes orders relating to increments?	Superintendent of Police.
Where are increment orders recorded?	Remarks column of Nominal Roll.
How often is the Nominal Roll submitted?	On the tenth day of every month.
What must be done when an increment is withheld?	Entry with reasons in character roll and nominal roll.
Maximum period for withholding an increment at a time?	One year.
Can increments be withheld for more than one year?	Yes, by separate annual orders, maximum three years.
Which Fundamental Para is referenced for withholding increments?	Fundamental Para 24.
Is withholding increment following departmental trial covered elsewhere?	Yes, paragraph 482-A.
Must the order specify period when increment is withheld?	Yes.
Does para 463 apply to all branches?	Yes.
Are reasons for withholding increment mandatory?	Yes, in character roll and nominal roll.
Can multiple years’ withholding be ordered in a single order?	No, separate orders each year.
Who is responsible for compliance with FR 24?	Superintendent of Police.
Is this procedure applicable to permanent and probationary officers?	Yes.
Where is the official record of increments maintained?	Nominal Roll.
Are character rolls linked to increment orders?	Yes.
Maximum cumulative period increments can be withheld?	Three years.
Does para 463 cover only withholding or also granting increments?	Both, but emphasis on withholding procedure.
Is monthly submission of Nominal Roll mandatory?	Yes.

PARA [463-A]
Para 463-A deals with which police ranks?	Subordinate ranks of the police force.
Under which Act has the Governor decided these conditions?	Police Act, Section 2.
What aspects of service are covered?	Pay, leave, pension, allowance, provident fund, and other conditions.
Which Paras regulate conditions not provided in these regulations?	General Paras made by the Governor under para (b) of sub-section (2) of Section 241, Government of India Act, 1935.
Pending issue of new Paras, which Paras apply?	Paras in force under Section 276 of Government of India Act, 1935.
Which order also governs transitory provisions?	Paragraph 15(2) of Government of India (Commencement and Transitory Provisions) Order, 1936.
Are conditions of service under para 463-A specific or general?	General, for aspects not covered by other regulations.
Does para 463-A cover provident fund?	Yes.
Does para 463-A cover allowances?	Yes.
Does para 463-A cover pension?	Yes.
Is para 463-A linked to the Governor’s powers?	Yes, under Section 241(2)(b) of Government of India Act, 1935.
Which Section provides interim authority for existing Paras?	Section 276 of Government of India Act, 1935.

Chapter XXXI
REWARDS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXXI have in total?	Para 464 to Para 476

PARA 464
Kinds of Rewards
How many kinds of rewards are there under para 464?	Four kinds.
What is Class (a) reward?	For information leading to arrest and conviction of criminals.
What is Class (b) reward?	For good service, bravery, meritorious work during training, and marksmanship.
What is Class (c) reward?	Rewards to village guard for meritorious or special services.
What is Class (d) reward?	Rewards paid by other departments, courts, private companies, or persons.
Which rewards are paid from the same grant?	Classes (a) and (b).
Can Class (a) rewards be given to private persons?	Yes.
Can Class (b) rewards be given to private persons?	Yes, non-gazetted officers as well.
Can Class (a) rewards be given to village guard?	Yes.
Can Class (b) rewards be given to village guard?	No.
Who administers the provisional grant of rewards?	Inspector General and Deputy Inspector General.
Who allocates reward funds to districts and sections?	Deputy Inspector General.
Can extra funds be allotted beyond the maximum for a district?	Yes, in special circumstances of extraordinary importance.
Who monitors expenditure on rewards at the district level?	Superintendent of Police.
When must probable excess or savings be reported to Deputy Inspector General?	By 15th January.
Who can re-appropriate savings of rewards?	Deputy Inspectors General.
Is the CID reward grant separate from the provincial grant?	Yes, for Classes (a) and (b).
Who exercises powers over CID reward grant?	Deputy Inspector General, CID.
Are rewards for Classes (a) and (b) given to gazetted officers?	No, only non-gazetted officers and private persons.
What is the condition for extra expenditure beyond normal allotment?	Extraordinary importance or special circumstances.

PARA 465
Reawards of Class (a)
Who can offer and pay Class (a) rewards?	Superintendent of Police, Inspector General, Deputy Inspector General, Deputy Inspector General CID, or Inspector with Government sanction.
Maximum reward by Superintendent of Police?	Rs. 250 per criminal.
Maximum reward by IG, DIG, or DIG CID?	Rs. 2000 per criminal.
Maximum reward by Inspector with Government sanction?	Any sum.
For what is Class (a) reward ordinarily offered?	Arrest and conviction.
Can wording of proclamation be determined by officer?	Yes.
Can Class (a) reward be paid for arrest alone?	Yes, under certain conditions.
When can part or whole reward be paid immediately after arrest?	If trial is likely protracted and work merit unaffected.
When can reward be paid after trial despite no conviction?	If no fault of officer or person effecting arrest.
Can reward be offered for capture of criminal dead or alive?	No.
Is reward limited to arrested criminals only?	Yes.
Does officer have discretion in partial reward payment?	Yes.
Is conviction mandatory for full reward?	Ordinarily yes, but exceptions allowed.
Which officers require Government sanction for any sum?	Inspector.
Is Superintendent empowered to pay reward for arrest only?	Yes, within limits.
Does Class (a) cover information leading to conviction?	Yes.
Can DIG CID offer reward independently?	Yes, up to Rs. 2000.
Is payment before trial allowed?	Yes, if conditions met.
Is Class (a) reward for dead criminals allowed?	No.

PARA 466
Rewards of Class (b)
Who can pay Class (b) rewards up to Rs.100?	Superintendent on his own authority.
Maximum Class (b) reward with DIG sanction?	Rs. 1000.
Who sanctions larger Class (b) rewards beyond Rs.1000?	Inspector General of Police through DIG.
Minimum reward for Sub-Inspectors?	Rs. 10.
Should rewards be mechanically proportioned to salary?	No.
Who should get bulk of reward if main credit belongs to a constable?	Constable or under-officer.
How should officers of higher rank be recognized?	Good entries in character rolls, not cash rewards.
Should officers magnify their own performance at expense of subordinates?	No.
When should rewards be given to public prosecutors?	Only for particularly difficult or complex cases.
Is reward justified if case success is due to investigating staff?	No.
Who must sanction reward to prosecuting officers to avoid audit objection?	Range DIG, except for Excise and Gambling Acts.
Are smart arrests under Section 109 CrPC/sec 128 BNSS rewardable?	Yes.
Are Section 110 CrPC/SEC 129 BNSS cases ordinarily rewardable?	No.
What if officer incurs expenses prosecuting a Section 110 CrPC/SEC 129 BNSS case?	Bring matter to DIG for reimbursement.
Are rewards given for general good work?	No, only for particular acts of special merit.
Are rewards for good marksmanship admissible?	Yes, during annual musketry competitions.
Should rewards be routine for ordinary duties?	No.
Are rewards given to recruits as a matter of routine?	No.
When are rewards given to recruits in training?	Only for special aptitude, exceptional keenness, or efficiency.
Examples of particular acts meriting Class (b) rewards?	Good arrests, detection, special service, marksmanship.

PARA 467
Rewards of Class (c)
From where are Class (c) rewards paid?	Provisional grant with annual district allotments.
What are the two heads for Class (c) rewards?	(1) Meritorious services, (2) Special services.
Should routine duties be rewarded under Class (c)?	Yes, prompt and energetic performance must not be overlooked.
What falls under head (1) rewards?	Definite acts of good service or bravery, like Class (b) rewards.
What falls under head (2) rewards?	General good work, reporting births/deaths, surveillance, guarding trains, watching roads during fairs/festivals.
Maximum reward Superintendent can sanction per occasion?	Rs. 20.
Who sanctions larger individual rewards?	Deputy Inspector General.
Who ensures recipients are promptly paid?	First gazetted officer inspecting the police station if not paid by or in presence of gazetted officer.
Should rewards under head (2) be freely given?	Yes.
Can district allotment be transferred as savings to other heads?	No.
Are applications for additional grants considered?	Yes, favourably.
Are rewards of Class (c) only for guard?	Yes.

PARA 468
Payment of Rewards
Can any reward of Classes (a), (b), or (c) be paid without Superintendent’s order?	No.
Who maintains the Reward Register?	Superintendent’s Readers.
Which columns does the Reader fill in the Reward Register?	Columns 1 to 5.
Who compares the register entries with the reward roll?	Superintendent.
How often is the Reward Register handed to the Accountant?	Twice or three times a month.
What does the Accountant prepare from the register?	Reward bill including all sanctioned rewards.
What is noted in the last column of the register?	Bill number, date, amount drawn, and balance available.

PARA 469
Procedure for those rewards, on whom the sanction of DIG or other higher authority is required
How are rewards requiring DIG or higher sanction forwarded?	Extract from reward register in duplicate, Form No. 227.
What happens if the sanctioning authority approves the reward?	One signed copy is returned to the district and attached to the contingent bill.
Who submits recommendations for such rewards to Superintendent?	Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Sub-divisions, courts, inspectors, and station officers.
What must accompany reward recommendations?	Case diaries or other papers.
What must Superintendent ensure before entering reward in register?	That the reward is fully justified.
How should the total reward be recorded in the register?	Written in words by the Superintendent.
Can rewards be sanctioned without Superintendent’s verification?	No.
Are duplicate copies required when forwarding to DIG?	Yes.
Does the signed copy form part of the contingent bill?	Yes.
Who is the final authority to approve rewards beyond Superintendent limit?	Deputy Inspector General or higher.
Is Form No. 227 mandatory for such rewards?	Yes.
Can recommendations be made directly by constables?	No, only by authorized officers.
Must all supporting documents accompany the recommendation?	Yes.
Who attaches the sanctioned copy to the contingent bill?	District Superintendent.
Is the reward amount recorded numerically or in words?	In words.
Does the Superintendent enter the reward in the register before sanction?	No, only after verification.
Can rewards be drawn from treasury without sanction?	No.
Are court recommendations acceptable for reward sanction?	Yes.
Must Assistant or Deputy Superintendent’s recommendation be verified?	Yes, by Superintendent.
Is the procedure uniform for all rewards requiring higher sanction?	Yes.

PARA 470
Rewards of Class (d)
Where must all Class (d) rewards be shown?	In the reward register.
Does Superintendent need to enter Class (d) rewards personally?	No.
Who sends Class (d) rewards from other departments?	Other departments to Superintendent of Police.
How should the sum be recorded?	Credited in the cash-book and disbursed ordinarily.
Must money from other departments be deposited in treasury?	No, if disbursed within one month.
What about rewards sanctioned by Courts?	Deposit in treasury as ‘Police receipts’ and refund voucher issued to Superintendent.
How soon should Court or departmental rewards be disbursed?	Within one month of receipt by Superintendent.
Are Class (d) rewards part of annual returns and character rolls?	Yes.
Who verifies credit for Court-sanctioned rewards?	Treasury after refund voucher verification.
Is Class (d) reward drawn from public account?	Yes.
Does Superintendent have control over disbursement?	Yes.
Are Class (d) rewards recorded differently from Classes (a–c)?	Partially; shown in register but personal entry not required.
Can delay in disbursement affect accounting?	Yes, must be within one month.
Is treasury involved for departmental rewards?	Only for Court-sanctioned rewards.
Are Class (d) rewards official records?	Yes, for audit and returns.
Does cash-book entry precede disbursement?	Yes.
Are character rolls updated for Class (d)?	Yes.
Can Superintendent adjust timing of disbursement?	Within one month limit.
Are refund vouchers necessary for treasury verification?	Yes, for Court rewards.
Is recording in register mandatory for accountability?	Yes.

PARA 471
Procedure for receiving rewards from private persons or companies
Can police officers receive rewards directly from private persons or companies?	No.
Where must such rewards be paid?	Into the treasury by the Superintendent of Police.
Under which head are these rewards credited in treasury?	‘XIX – Police – Miscellaneous – Other miscellaneous receipts’.
How can the equivalent amount be disbursed to police?	Drawn from Police budget under ‘23 – Police Non-Plan – B – District Executive Force – (a) District Police – Rewards’.
Procedure for conditional rewards from public?	Same; credited to treasury and drawn from budget after conditions fulfilled.
Where are refunds for unfulfilled conditions charged?	Head ‘XIX – Police – Deduct – Refunds’.
Who verifies credit before encashment?	Treasury officers.
Can non-monetary presentations be accepted by officers?	Yes, but immediately handed to Superintendent.
Who decides retention of non-monetary gifts?	Inspector General of Police.
What if IG disallows retention due to excessive value?	Reported to Government for orders.
Are rewards from informers handled the same way?	Yes, credited to treasury first.
Can officers spend rewards before treasury credit?	No.
Is this procedure applicable for all private rewards and service charges?	Yes.
Who refers non-monetary gifts to IG?	Superintendent of Police.
Can the officer retain gift without sanction?	No.
Are treasury verification and budget disbursement mandatory?	Yes.
Are excess charges for police supplied to public handled similarly?	Yes, under Deduct – Refunds.
Does procedure cover rewards for arrest or recovery of stolen property?	Yes, even if conditionally deposited.
Are these Paras applicable to Ruling Princes’ presentations?	Yes, via Superintendent and IG.
Is IG’s sanction final unless referred to Government?	Yes.

PARA 472
Halting allowance to police on duty at fair
Are halting allowances at fairs entered in the reward register?	No.
Source of halting allowance for police at fairs?	Paid out of fair fund.
Is share of sums for police supplied to private entertainments entered in reward register?	No.
How should such payments be treated?	As laid down in paragraph 158, Office Manual.

PARA 473
Procedure if reward of Class (a) is offered in any case of more than local importance
When should a Class (a) reward be reported to CID?	In cases of more than local importance or if the person wanted may have left the district.
Who is notified about the Class (a) reward?	Superintendent of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Crime Branch.
Where is the reward published?	Criminal Investigation Gazette.
Is this procedure applicable for locally confined cases?	No, only cases of more than local importance.
Purpose of notification to CID?	For wider publicity through the Gazette.
Does notification delay affect reward announcement?	No, should be sent as soon as reward is offered.
Is this applicable for all Class (a) rewards?	Only for cases exceeding local importance.
Does the local Superintendent handle publication?	No, CID publishes in Gazette.
Is the Para preventive or procedural?	Procedural.
Is the publication mandatory?	Yes, for wider awareness.

PARA 474
Eligibility of rewards for members of clerical staff
Are clerical staff eligible for police rewards?	Only in the same way as private persons.
Can clerical staff be rewarded for ordinary duties?	No.
Are reserve lines teachers eligible for police rewards?	No.
Can honoraria be granted for exceptional work?	Yes, with IG sanction as per Financial Handbook, Volume II.
Are clerical staff eligible for Class (a–d) rewards?	Only like private persons, not for routine work.
Who sanctions honoraria for exceptional clerical work?	Inspector General of Police.
Is routine clerical efficiency rewarded?	No.
Does the Financial Handbook govern special grants for clerical staff?	Yes, Volume II.

PARA 475
Good conduct stripe
Who is eligible for a good conduct stripe?	Illiterate constables drawing ‘A’ class allowance.
How many good conduct stripes are given to eligible constables?	Only one.
Are other constables given good conduct stripes?	No.
Can literate constables receive a good conduct stripe?	No.
Is the stripe tied to pay allowance?	Yes, only ‘A’ class allowance.
Is more than one stripe ever allowed for constables?	No.

PARA 476
Paras for granting good conduct stripes to village guard
Who can be awarded good conduct stripes?	Village guard for specially praise-worthy conduct.
How many stripes can a guard get on one occasion?	One or two.
What allowance is granted for every two stripes?	Eight annas per mensem.
What is the maximum allowance a chaukidar can receive?	Two rupees eight annas.
Where are good conduct stripes worn?	On left sleeve, three inches above sleeve end, ¼ inch apart.
What is the material and size of stripes?	Red bard cloth, half inch wide, round the sleeve.
Who bears the cost of the stripes?	Clothing grant.
Can good conduct stripes and allowance be forfeited?	Yes, as a punishment.
Where are grants and withdrawals recorded?	In chaukidar’s crime record-book, noted in English and signed by gazetted officer.
Is there a budget limit for allowances?	Yes, must not exceed budget provision.

Chapter XXXII
DEPARTMENTAL PUNISHMENT AND CRIMINAL PROSECUTION OF POLICE OFFICERS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXXII have in total?	Para 477 to Para 507-A

Para 477
Punishment Paras
Under which section of the Police Act are these punishment Paras made?	Section 7, Police Act (V of 1861).
To whom do these punishment Paras apply?	Officers appointed under Section 2, Police Act (V of 1861).
Can officers be punished by executive order outside these Paras?	No.
How is punishment of gazetted officers regulated?	By agreements with Secretary of State and Paras under Section 96-B, Government of India Act, 1919.
Where are punishment Paras for clerical staff found?	Office Manual.
Where are punishment Paras for village chaukidars found?	Chapter IX of these Regulations.
Are these Paras applicable to all police officers?	Only to those appointed under Section 2, Police Act (V of 1861).
Can any exceptions be made by executive order?	No, except as prescribed.
Do these Paras cover both gazetted and non-gazetted officers?	Partially; gazetted officers under special agreements, others under these Paras.
Is Section 96-B of the Government of India Act, 1919 relevant?	Yes, for punishment of gazetted officers.

PARA 478
Departmental punishment for all police officers appointed under Section-2 of the Police Act
Which officers are liable for departmental punishment under the Police Act?	All police officers appointed under Section 2 of the Police Act.
What punishment can remove a police officer from service?	Dismissal or removal from force.
What punishment reduces the rank of an officer?	Reduction.
Which punishment delays an officer’s career advancement?	Withholding of promotion.
What punishment stops salary increments or efficiency bars?	Withholding of increments.
Which punishment records misconduct in official records?	Misconduct entry in the character roll.
What punishment allows confinement to quarters for Head Constables and Constables?	Confinement to quarters (max 15 days).
Which punishment involves extra physical exercises for Head Constables and Constables?	Punishment drill.
What duty can Head Constables and Constables be assigned additionally?	Extra guard duty.
Which duty is exclusively applicable to Constables?	Fatigue duty.
Name a task under fatigue duty involving tents.	Tent-pitching.
Name a fatigue duty task involving drainage.	Drain-digging.
Which fatigue duty task involves cleaning parade grounds?	Cutting grass, cleaning jungle, picking stones off parade grounds.
Which fatigue duty task involves repairing infrastructure?	Repairing huts and butts in the lines.
Which fatigue duty task involves maintaining police equipment?	Cleaning arms.

Para 478-A
Punishment may be awarded after departmental proceedings
Which punishments under para 478 require departmental proceedings before being awarded?	Punishments (a) dismissal and (b) reduction.
Where are the procedures for departmental proceedings outlined?	Paragraphs 490 to 494.
Under which chapter can orders for withholding promotion (ba) be passed?	Chapter XXX.
How can orders for withholding increments (bb) be passed?	As provided in paragraph 463 or 482-A.
When can misconduct entry (bc) be awarded?	After giving the officer an opportunity to show cause.
Can punishment (bc) be awarded if departmental proceedings were initially taken for a more severe punishment?	Yes, if the authority considers (bc) sufficient.
Does awarding (bc) always require full departmental proceedings?	Not necessarily, if it is a less severe outcome from proceedings for (a), (b), (ba), or (bb).
What is the purpose of giving an opportunity to show cause before (bc) is awarded?	To allow the officer to prevent a misconduct entry in the character roll.
Which punishments can be reduced to (bc) as a less severe punishment?	(a) Dismissal, (b) Reduction, (ba) Withholding promotion, (bb) Withholding increments.
Are punishments (a) and (b) ever awarded without departmental proceedings?	No, always after departmental proceedings.

Para 479
Powers of officers for punishment
Who has full powers of punishment over all police officers?	The Governor.
Which officer may punish inspectors and all lower-rank police officers?	The Inspector General.
Who can punish officers of and below inspector temporarily or permanently subordinate to them?	Deputy Inspector General.
Which officer may punish inspectors and sub-inspectors subordinate to him, except for dismissal or removal?	Superintendent of Police.
If a Superintendent wants to dismiss an inspector or sub-inspector, to whom must the case be forwarded?	Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Which officers can a Superintendent punish without restriction in rank?	Head Constables and Constables temporarily or permanently subordinate to him.
Which permanent ASPs and DSPs can exercise all powers of a Superintendent?	ASPs with 4 years’ service and DSPs who have crossed the first efficiency bar.
Can specially authorized ASPs and DSPs punish inspectors?	No, they cannot punish inspectors.
Can specially authorized ASPs and DSPs exercise powers under Fundamental Paras 24 and 25?	No, they cannot.
What punishment can a reserve inspector give to constables in reserve lines?	Punishment drill and fatigue duty up to 3 days.
Within what time must a reserve inspector’s order be sent to the Superintendent for confirmation?	Within 24 hours.
Are powers of punishment exercised by Deputy Inspector General permanent or temporary?	Both, for officers subordinate to them.
Can the Superintendent punish inspectors for dismissal directly?	No, must forward to Deputy Inspector General.
Does the Superintendent have power to punish constables?	Yes, temporarily or permanently subordinate to him.
Who authorizes ASPs or DSPs to exercise Superintendent’s powers if not permanent?	Deputy Inspector General of Police for the Range.

Para 480
Reprimand
When should punishments be inflicted according to para 480?	Only when absolutely necessary in the interests of discipline.
Who must consider whether a reprimand will suffice before punishment?	Superintendent, Assistant or Deputy Superintendent, or Reserve Inspector.
What is maintained to ensure the power of reprimand is adequately exercised by a reserve inspector?	A defaulter’s book (Police Form No. 277).
What type of offences are recorded in the defaulter’s book?	Petty misdemeanours in first or second offence.
Whose signature or thumb impression is taken in the defaulter’s book?	The defaulter’s.
Who should be sent to the Superintendent with the register for punishment?	Only incorrigibles.
Is reprimand considered before every punishment?	Yes, to check if it suffices instead of punishment.
Which officers use the defaulter’s book in reserve lines?	Reserve Inspectors.
Does every misdemeanour require punishment?	No, first or second petty misdemeanours are reprimanded.
What form number is used for the defaulter’s book?	Police Form No. 277.

Para 481
Dismissal and removal of an officer
When is an order of dismissal passed?	Only when an officer’s conduct renders retention in the force undesirable.
What punishment must necessarily follow a sentence of rigorous imprisonment?	Dismissal.
Should dismissal generally follow conviction for allowing a prisoner to escape?	Yes, even if the sentence is only a fine.
What must a Superintendent do if he does not order dismissal after a prisoner escape case?	Submit proceedings, judgment, departmental papers, and character roll to Deputy Inspector General of the Range.
What does dismissal preclude regarding future employment?	Officer cannot be re-employed in Government service.
What does removal from the force imply about future employment?	Officer is unfit for police duties but may be employed in another suitable Government office.
Can an officer be removed instead of dismissed?	Yes, if unfit for police duties but suitable for other Government work.

Para 482
Paras that govern reduction
Can an officer be reduced below the rank in which he was first appointed?	No.
Can an officer be permanently barred from promotion due to reduction?	No, permanent ineligibility is not allowed.
What types of reduction can an officer face?	From one rank to another or one stage in a time-scale to a lower stage.
Are constables subject to reduction Paras?	Yes, as prescribed in sub-paragraph (5).
What must an order of reduction specify if pay is regulated by a time-scale?	Stage in time-scale and whether reduction period is definite or indefinite.
If reduction to a lower rank is indefinite, can the officer automatically regain his original position?	No.
If reduction is definite, what is the maximum period allowed?	Three years.
At the end of a definite reduction period, does the officer regain promotions obtained in officiating capacity?	No.
From what can a constable be reduced?	Selection grade to time-scale or higher to lower stage in time-scale.
Can a constable reduced from selection grade be re-selected?	Yes, if conduct merits selection.
What is the maximum period for stage reduction for constables?	Three years.
Name the types of constable reduction.	‘A’ class to ‘B’ class, lower position in promotion list, or combination.
Is a constable reduced to a lower position eligible for future promotion?	Yes, subject to Chapter XXX.
When an officer above constable is reduced to constable, what must be specified?	Stage in constable time-scale, class (‘A’ or ‘B’), and promotion list position.
How are vacancies due to specified-period reduction filled?	Only in an officiating capacity.
How are other vacancies due to reduction filled?	Permanently.
Can the stage in the time-scale assigned after reduction be lower than service entitles?	No.
Are reductions for officers above constables similar to constables’ reduction?	Yes, but stage, class, and promotion position must be indicated.
Does indefinite reduction affect promotion eligibility?	Yes, officer does not automatically regain position or rank promotions.
Can a constable be reduced to a lower stage without specifying period?	Yes, when reduced from selection grade to time-scale.

Para 482-A
Order of upholding increment as a punishment
What must every order withholding increment as punishment specify?	The period for which the increment is withheld.
What is the maximum period an increment can be withheld as punishment?	One year.
Does withholding increment postpone the increment or cancel it permanently?	It only postpones the increment.
From which paragraph is the procedure for withholding increments (other than as punishment) provided?	Paragraph 463.
Is withholding increment considered a temporary or permanent punishment?	Temporary, only for the specified period.
Can an officer’s increment be withheld for more than one year as punishment?	No.
Does withholding increment affect pay already earned before the order?	No, only future increments are postponed.

Para 483
Proceeding against police officer
Which special provisions apply to proceedings under para 483?	Paragraph 500 and any special orders by the Governor.
What is the first step in a proceeding against a police officer?	A magisterial or police inquiry.
When is a judicial trial held for a police officer?	If the inquiry shows the need for further action.
What type of trial can follow a magisterial or police inquiry?	A departmental trial.
Can both judicial and departmental trials follow an inquiry?	Yes, consecutively.

Para 484
Nature of inquiry
On what does the nature of inquiry depend?	On the nature of the offence.
Who may receive information of a cognizable or non-cognizable offence?	The District Magistrate.
What can the District Magistrate do upon receiving information of an offence?	Make or order a magisterial inquiry or order a police investigation.
What should a Magistrate other than the District Magistrate do if he takes cognizance of the offence?	Report the case at once to the District Magistrate.
Under which sections of CrPC/BNSS can the District Magistrate withdraw a case to his own court?	Sections 410/411, CrPC, 1973/ SEC 450 and 451 BNSS.
How does the District Magistrate act after withdrawing the case?	As though the original complaint had been made to him.
Does this power of the District Magistrate extend to cases under Section 29 of the Police Act?	Yes.
When is magisterial inquiry ordered in cases under Section 29 of the Police Act?	Only in very exceptional circumstances.
Can the nature of inquiry differ for different offences?	Yes, it varies according to the offence.

Para 485
Procedure, when a magisterial inquiry is ordered
Under which law is a magisterial inquiry conducted?	In accordance with the Criminal Procedure Code/BNSS
Does the Superintendent of Police have direct concern with a magisterial inquiry initially?	No, only after conclusion or referral for further disposal.
What must the Superintendent of Police do for the inquiring Magistrate?	Give any legal assistance he may be called upon to give.
When must the Superintendent suspend the accused during a magisterial inquiry?	If it becomes necessary under paragraph 496.

Para 486
Inquiry, when the offence alleged against a police officer amounts to an offence only u/s 7 of the Police Act
Can there be a magisterial inquiry if the offence is only under Section 7 of the Police Act?	No.
Who directs the inquiry when only Section 7 offences are alleged?	Superintendent of Police.
How are cognizable offences by police officers initially dealt with?	Under Chapter XII, Criminal Procedure Code, 1973/ CHAPTER XIII of BNSS
If information is first received by a Magistrate, what should the police do?	No case is registered; forwarded by District Magistrate.
If information is first received by police, to whom must the report under Section 157 CrPC/SEC 176 BNSS be forwarded?	District Magistrate.
What must the Superintendent of Police note when forwarding Section 157 CRPC/ SEC 176 BNSS report?	Steps taken for investigation or reasons for refraining from it.
Who conducts the investigation if magisterial inquiry is not ordered?	A police officer higher in rank than the officer charged, selected by the Superintendent.
Who decides whether the officer should be sent for trial after investigation?	Superintendent of Police.
What is required before sending an officer for trial whose dismissal requires DIG concurrence?	Concurrence of the Deputy Inspector General.
Where is the final report or charge sheet sent?	District Magistrate.
If prosecution is not undertaken, can the Superintendent take departmental action?	Yes, after District Magistrate accepts final report.
How are non-cognizable offences initially handled by the Superintendent?	Either departmental action or forward report to District Magistrate.
Can non-cognizable offences be dealt with departmentally without criminal proceedings?	Yes, ordinarily.
Who may order investigation or inquiry for non-cognizable offences?	District Magistrate.
Which CrPC/BNSS sections guide investigation of non-cognizable offences?	Sections 202 CRPC/ 225 BNSS, 155(2) CRPC/174 BNSS, and 155(3) CRPC/174 BNSS
Who selects the investigating officer for police-conducted investigation?	Superintendent of Police; officer must be senior to accused.
If District Magistrate declines to proceed criminally, who decides on departmental proceedings?	Superintendent of Police.
Who conducts a departmental inquiry for Section 7 or non-cognizable offences?	Officer senior in rank to the accused, under Superintendent’s direction.
Can an Inspector or Sub-Inspector be prosecuted for Section 29 offences without DIG concurrence?	No, DIG concurrence is required.
When should prosecution under Section 29 of the Police Act be instituted?	Rarely, only if Section 7 cannot adequately deal with the offence.
Does the Superintendent always have to forward non-cognizable cases to the District Magistrate?	Not if departmental action is sufficient.
What is the purpose of the departmental inquiry for non-cognizable offences?	To test the truth of the charge and decide further action.
Can criminal proceedings be initiated against police officers before departmental inquiry?	Only with DIG concurrence for higher ranks.
What is done if the charge is found baseless after investigation?	No further action is necessary.
Which section covers offences including Section 29 of the Police Act?	Non-cognizable offences.

PARA 487
Proceeding, when a police officer negligently or willfully lets a prisoner escape
Which section governs proceedings when a police officer lets a prisoner escape?	Section 7 of the Police Act.
What type of proceedings is invariably taken in such cases?	Departmental proceedings.
What is the ordinary punishment for negligently or willfully letting a prisoner escape?	Dismissal.
Can the punishment be less than dismissal?	Yes, only if unusual extenuating circumstances exist.
Before passing the final punishment, to whom must the Superintendent refer the case?	Deputy Inspector General of the range.
What decision does the DIG give before final punishment?	Whether prosecution should be instituted.
Should criminal prosecution be initiated without definite evidence of connivance or negligence?	No.

Para 488
Judicial trial of a criminal charge against a Police Officer
Against which police officers is a judicial trial conducted?	Officers superior in rank to a Head Constable.
Who tries such cases in a separation district?	Additional District Magistrate, Judicial.
Who tries such cases elsewhere?	Judicial Officer with at least four years’ experience.
What happens if a Judicial Officer with requisite experience is not available?	District Magistrate keeps the case on his file.
To whom is the case transferred if no experienced Judicial Officer is available?	Additional District Magistrate, Executive.
Does para 488 apply to Head Constables and below?	No, only to officers superior to Head Constable.
Is experience required for a Judicial Officer to try such cases?	Yes, minimum four years of Judicial work.
Can the District Magistrate try the case directly if no Judicial Officer is available?	No, he keeps it on file until transferred to ADM, Executive.
What type of charge requires judicial trial under para 488?	Criminal charge.

Para 489
Departmental trial of police officer u/s 7 of Police Act
Under which section can a police officer be departmentally tried?	Section 7 of the Police Act.
Can a police officer be departmentally tried if already tried judicially?	Yes.
Can a police officer be departmentally tried without judicial trial?	Yes.
Can departmental trial follow a magisterial inquiry?	Yes, under CrPC/BNSS
Can departmental trial follow a police investigation?	Yes, under CrPC/BNSS
Can departmental trial follow a departmental inquiry?	Yes, under paragraph 486(III).
Is departmental trial dependent on judicial trial?	No, it may proceed whether or not judicial trial occurred.
Which paragraph covers departmental inquiry for Section 7 offences?	Paragraph 486(III).

Para 489-A
Proceeding under section 7 of Police Act done by a Gazetted officer
Can a gazetted officer who is a prosecution witness conduct proceedings under Section 7?	No.
Can a gazetted officer who has conducted a preliminary inquiry in the case conduct Section 7 proceedings?	No.
What should be done if the Superintendent of Police is the gazetted officer and there is no additional SP?	The Deputy Inspector General should be moved to transfer the case to another district.
Does para 489-A apply to all gazetted officers?	Yes, if they are involved as witness or preliminary inquiry officer.
Can the SP personally conduct Section 7 proceedings if he was involved in inquiry and no other SP is present?	No, the case must be transferred by DIG.
Who ensures impartiality in Section 7 proceedings if the SP is conflicted?	Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Why is a gazetted officer barred from conducting proceedings in such cases?	To avoid conflict of interest.
Does this Para apply only to the Superintendent of Police?	No, it applies to all gazetted officers in the specified conditions.
What is the corrective measure if no additional SP is available in the district?	Transfer the case to another district.
Is prior involvement as witness or preliminary inquiry the only ground for disqualification?	Yes, according to para 489-A.

Para 490
Special provisions relating to cases in which police officers are dealt with departmentally as the result of judicial trials or magisterial enquiries
When must departmental trials be conducted?	Subject to paragraphs 493–495, after judicial trials or magisterial inquiries.
What is the first step after preliminary inquiry in a departmental trial?	Reduce the accusation to a precise charge and provide a copy to the officer.
How must the officer respond to charges?	Accept or deny them orally or in writing within a fixed period (≥48 hours).
Is prosecution evidence required if the officer accepts the charges?	No.
What type of evidence is required if the officer denies the charge?	Oral or documentary evidence material to the charge.
How must oral evidence be recorded?	By the Superintendent in the presence of the officer, allowing cross-examination.
Are statements from preliminary inquiries admissible?	Yes, if read and admitted by witnesses, with opportunity to cross-examine.
How are documentary exhibits handled?	Officer inspects and receives copies free of charge before defense.
Can irrelevant documents be refused to the officer?	Yes, reasons must be recorded in writing.
Are certified copies of public records required to be proved?	No.
Is evidence of living beyond means relevant?	Yes, it presumes acceptance of illegal gratification.
Can expert documents be admitted without calling witnesses?	Yes.
What happens if charges are amended during trial?	Copy of amended charge is given, and officer may cross-examine on new points.
How long is the minimum period for officer to file written defense?	Not less than one week.
Can the Superintendent refuse irrelevant defense witnesses or documents?	Yes, with reasons recorded.
Are oral statements of defense recorded?	Yes, to confirm or clarify written defense.
Must defense witnesses be cross-examined?	Yes, by the Superintendent as needed.
What must the Superintendent include in his finding?	Strictly discuss charges, evidence, and officer’s pleas; consider character before deciding punishment.
When must officers be supplied with findings and show cause notice?	If dismissal, removal, or reduction is considered.
Who finalizes punishment for Inspectors or Sub-Inspectors?	Deputy Inspector General via District Magistrate.
Can special circumstances allow departure from these Paras?	Yes, Superintendent must record reasons and show no prejudice.
Can officers be represented by counsel?	No.
Can powers of Superintendent be exercised by higher police authority?	Yes.
Who can transfer a Section 7 departmental trial case to another officer?	Inspector General or Deputy Inspector General, with reasons recorded.
What is the minimum notice period for written representation to DIG?	Not less than one week.

PARA 491
Procedure followed by officer, when conducting departmental trials
Which officers follow para 490 procedure when conducting departmental trials?	Officers enumerated in paragraph 479(f).
Whose concurrence is required for the orders of these officers to have executive force?	Superintendent of Police.
Do these officers have full authority to dismiss or remove constables?	No, Superintendent of Police must pass such orders.
What is done if the officer recommends dismissal or removal of a constable or under-officer?	SP gives copy of finding and asks officer to show cause (≥1 week).
Who passes orders of dismissal or removal of constables or under-officers?	Superintendent of Police.
What must be done if dismissal/removal of a Sub-Inspector is proposed?	Forward case to Deputy Inspector General of the range for orders.
Do officers under paragraph 479(f) have same powers as SP for other punishments?	Yes, with SP concurrence.
Is the minimum show-cause period less than a week?	No, it shall not be less than one week.
Can the officer conducting proceedings impose dismissal on his own?	No.
Are these provisions applicable to constables, under-officers, and Sub-Inspectors?	Yes, with varying authority levels for SP and DIG.

PARA 492
The result of judicial trial of a police officer should be awaited
What must a Superintendent do after a police officer has been judicially tried?	Await the decision of any judicial appeal before taking further departmental action.
Is departmental action taken immediately after judicial trial?	No, it must wait for appeal outcome.
Does this Para apply even if the trial is for serious offences?	Yes, for all judicial trials.
What is the purpose of awaiting the appeal decision?	To decide whether further departmental action is necessary.
Can the Superintendent ignore the judicial appeal and act departmentally?	No.

PARA 493
When a police officer tried judicially, the S.P. has no power to re-examine
Can SP re-examine facts of a judicial trial in a departmental proceeding?	No, Court’s findings are final.
If an officer is convicted and sentenced to rigorous imprisonment, is a departmental trial needed?	No.
What is the ordinary departmental action after rigorous imprisonment conviction?	Dismissal.
Who must formally approve dismissal if required under paragraph 479(a)?	Deputy Inspector General.
Can SP act differently than dismissal after rigorous imprisonment?	Only by referring to DIG for orders.
If convicted with less than rigorous imprisonment, is departmental trial necessary?	Yes, if further action is considered desirable.
In such trials, what is the primary question to be decided?	Whether offence amounts to Section 7 violation and what punishment is appropriate.
Can the accused dispute the Court’s findings during departmental trial?	No.
What must SP do before imposing penalty in non-rigorous conviction cases?	Call accused to show cause.
Can SP consider pleas irrelevant to Section 7 offence in such trials?	No, only relevant pleas.
What must SP record in departmental trial of non-rigorous conviction?	Accused’s arguments against the penalty.
Can the SP write his finding ignoring Court’s judgment?	No.
If judicially acquitted and appeal period is over, what must SP do?	Reinstate immediately if suspended.
Can SP departmentally try an acquitted officer?	Only with DIG permission if negligence or unfitness is suspected.
Does Section 493 apply to all ranks of police above Head Constable?	Yes.
Can SP increase punishment beyond Court sentence in non-rigorous conviction?	No, only determine Section 7 applicability and penalty.
Is departmental trial optional after acquittal if no negligence is suspected?	Yes, only if no suspicion of unfitness.
Can SP consider Court findings inconsistent with negligence?	No, only if findings allow suspicion, SP may refer to DIG.
Is dismissal automatic for rigorous imprisonment conviction?	Yes, ordinarily.
Who has the final say if SP wishes to depart from ordinary dismissal?	Deputy Inspector General.
Does Section 493 prevent SP from re-examining facts in all judicial trials?	Yes.
Can SP impose punishment before appeal period expires?	No, must await judicial appeal if any.
Is departmental trial for less-than-rigorous punishment conviction about guilt or penalty?	Only about penalty and Section 7 applicability.
Must SP record all relevant pleas of accused during departmental trial?	Yes.
Can SP suspend an officer who has been acquitted after appeal period?	No, must reinstate.

PARA 494
Procedure, when an inquiry of the conduct of a police officer held by a D.M. or S.D.M
Who conducts departmental trial if an officer of or below Inspector rank is not criminally prosecuted?	Superintendent of Police.
When must the SP refer the matter to DIG?	If SP does not accept the findings of the Magistrate and DM requests referral.
Does Section 494 apply to officers above Inspector rank?	No, only Inspector or below.
Which Magistrate’s findings are recognized for departmental proceedings?	Findings of DM or subordinate Magistrate accepted by DM.
Is departmental trial necessary if criminal prosecution has been held?	No, only if no criminal prosecution.
Who can request SP to refer the matter to DIG?	District Magistrate.
Can SP ignore the Magistrate’s inquiry findings?	No, must accept or refer to DIG if disagreement arises.
Is the accused officer tried departmentally after Magistrate inquiry?	Yes, by SP.
Does Section 494 deal with criminal prosecution or departmental inquiry?	Departmental inquiry.
What triggers departmental trial under this section?	Non-criminal prosecution but DM/SDM inquiry conducted.

PARA 495
Orderly room for constables and head constables
What type of cases are dealt with in the orderly room?	Petty breaches of discipline and trifling misconduct by constables and head constables.
Where should the orderly room be held if the offender is at headquarters?	In the lines of Kotwali or headquarters.
Who holds the orderly room?	Superintendent of Police or other Gazetted officer in charge at headquarters.
How often should the orderly room be held?	On two or more fixed days in the week.
Which register replaces Section 7, Form 133 for orderly room proceedings?	Orderly room register, Form No. 133.
Who fills the columns of the orderly room register?	Reserve Inspector.
Which punishments may be given in the orderly room?	Those in paragraphs 478(c), 478(d), and 478(f).
Which form is used to record orderly room proceedings?	Form No. 103.
Can any member of the force attend orderly room to make a personal representation?	Yes, if he can be spared from duty and gives written intimation.
What must the subordinate officer do if he allows personal hearing?	Initial the intimation and instruct the member to attend orderly room.
What if the subordinate officer withholds permission for personal hearing?	Report the reasons in writing to the Superintendent.
Is orderly room procedure applicable to officers above head constable?	No, only constables and head constables.
Who assembles persons whose attendance is necessary at orderly room?	Reserve Inspector.

PARA 496
Suspension of police officers
Are all police officers liable to suspension during inquiry?	Yes, during departmental or judicial inquiry.
Who can order the suspension of a police officer?	Any authority with power to give departmental punishment.
Can SP suspend an inspector even if he cannot dismiss him?	Yes.
Until when should a suspended officer remain suspended?	Until the departmental or judicial trial is over.
Who decides suspension if prosecution is ordered by SP, DIG, or magisterial inquiry?	Superintendent of Police.
Can a private complaint lead to suspension?	Yes, SP decides if circumstances justify it.
What must the suspending authority fix at the time of suspension?	Rate of suspension allowance under FR 53(c).
Can horse allowance be paid during suspension?	Yes, up to three months limit.
Can an officer dispose of his horse during suspension?	Yes.
Is suspension automatic for all charges?	No, depends on inquiry or prosecution circumstances.
Does SP need higher approval to suspend an officer?	No, if SP has authority to punish.
Is suspension a form of punishment?	No, it is provisional during inquiry or trial.
Can suspension occur before departmental trial starts?	Yes, if inquiry or prosecution is pending.
Does Fundamental Para 53(c) relate to suspension allowance?	Yes.
Is suspension applicable to officers above Head Constable?	Yes, all ranks.

PARA 497
Head constables and constables under suspension may be required to live in line
Can head constables and constables under suspension be required to live in lines?	Yes, by the Superintendent of Police.
Should suspended officers in lines be subjected to stricter restraint than on-duty officers of same rank?	No.
Can suspended officers leave the lines to consult legal advisers or prepare defence?	Yes.
Do the same Paras apply to sub-inspectors under suspension?	Yes, if suitable accommodation is available.
Must the order of suspension mention living in lines?	Yes.
Do these provisions apply to officers released on bail?	No.
Can SP monitor movements of suspended officers released on bail?	Yes.
Is it compulsory for all suspended officers to live in lines?	No, only if SP orders it.
Are officers under suspension treated same as officers on duty in lines?	Yes, regarding restraint.
Does sub-inspector require separate accommodation in lines under suspension?	Yes, if suitable accommodation exists.
Is consultation with lawyer allowed for officers in lines under suspension?	Yes.
Who issues the order to reside in lines?	Superintendent of Police.
Is stricter restraint permissible for suspended sub-inspectors in lines?	No, same standard as on-duty officers.
Can SP waive living in lines for suspended officers?	Yes.
Are these Paras mandatory for all ranks?	No, only head constables, constables, and sub-inspectors.

PARA 498
Payment after the reinstatement of a police officer
Who directs pay of a police officer during suspension upon reinstatement?	The authority ordering reinstatement.
Is payment during suspension subject to Civil Service Regulations and Fundamental Paras?	Yes.
Can the reinstatement order decide if suspension period counts for pension?	Yes.
Can the reinstating authority revise the original suspension pay order?	Yes, according to the result of the case and FR-54.
Is horse allowance revised after case result?	No, drawn up to three months irrespective of case outcome.
What happens if a reinstated officer fails to rejoin within a fortnight?	Authority may take proceedings in absentia.
Can failure to rejoin be presumed as impracticable to show cause?	Yes, after recording reasons in writing.
Does the reinstatement order affect allowances other than horse allowance?	Yes, pay and other allowances may be confirmed or revised.
Is Fundamental Para-54 applicable to pay during suspension?	Yes.
Is rejoining period counted from receipt of reinstatement order?	Yes, within a fortnight.
Can authority proceed against officer in absentia if reasons recorded?	Yes.
Does reinstatement automatically restore previous pay?	No, subject to authority’s order and FR.
Is pensionable service affected by reinstatement?	Depends on authority’s direction.
Does Section 498 apply to officers dismissed, removed, or reduced?	Yes.

PARA 499
No conveyance allowance may be paid for the period of suspension
Can conveyance allowance be paid during suspension?	No, unless specially sanctioned.
Who can sanction conveyance allowance during suspension if appeal/revision is within DIG’s competence?	Deputy Inspector General.
Who can sanction conveyance allowance in other cases?	Governor in Council or Inspector General of Police.
Does suspension automatically stop conveyance allowance?	Yes.
Do officers need to refer payment of conveyance allowance to higher authority?	Only if they recommend payment.
Is sanction required for paying conveyance allowance during suspension?	Yes.
Does suspension affect all types of allowances?	No, only conveyance allowance is stopped automatically.
Can Deputy Inspector General override suspension on conveyance allowance?	Yes, by special sanction.
Does the Para apply to all police ranks?	Yes, all ranks under suspension.
Is prior approval needed before paying conveyance allowance during suspension?	Yes.
Does suspension alone justify paying conveyance allowance?	No.
Who is the competent authority if the case is under IG’s control?	Inspector General of Police.
Is conveyance allowance automatically withdrawn without orders?	Yes.
Can officers grant conveyance allowance during suspension independently?	No, requires higher authority sanction.

PARA 500
Censuring the conduct of a police officer
When a court censures a police officer, should an inquiry be made immediately?	Yes, without waiting for appeal results.
Who conducts the inquiry if the officer censured is a Superintendent of Police?	Deputy Inspector General of the range.
To whom does the DIG forward the report after inquiring into SP’s conduct?	The Commissioner.
What if the Commissioner considers no further action necessary?	Records opinion, forwards report and opinion to Government and Inspector General.
What if the Commissioner considers further action necessary?	Forwards papers to Inspector General and sends copy to Government.
Who conducts inquiry if the censured officer is below SP rank?	Superintendent of Police, in person or via gazetted officer.
To whom does SP forward the report after inquiry on lower-rank officer?	District Magistrate.
What if the District Magistrate considers no further action necessary?	Records opinion, forwards copies to Government via Commissioner and Deputy Inspector General.
What if the District Magistrate considers further action necessary?	Returns papers to SP and sends copies to Government.
Who intimates the District Magistrate about actions taken after further proceedings?	Superintendent of Police.
Does the inquiry wait for court appeal?	No, it starts immediately.
Is the Deputy Inspector General involved if the officer is below SP?	No, SP handles it for lower ranks.
Does the Commissioner communicate opinion to Government even if no further action is needed?	Yes.
Are copies of the inquiry sent to the Inspector General?	Yes, for SP-level officers.
Who ensures action is communicated to the District Magistrate for lower-rank officers?	Superintendent of Police.

PARA 501
Defence of the Act of police officer done in his official capacity, will be defended at the expense of the State
Who can get State defense in civil/criminal cases?	Officer acting honestly in official capacity.
Is State defense automatic?	Only if officer desires it and Govt approves.
Are civil suits still under Section 42 Police Act?	No, Limitation Act, 1963 applies.
What to do if govt orders not received 1 week before hearing?	Apply for court adjournment.
If court denies adjournment?	Arrange own defense.
Can officer get advance for defense?	Yes, up to Rs. 300.
Who sanctions the defense advance?	Inspector General of Police.
Is advance recoverable?	Yes, adjustable against govt-sanctioned payment.
How is interest on advance charged?	5% per annum on outstanding balance.
How is advance repaid?	In installments fixed by Inspector General from pay/pension.
Should installment amounts be exact rupees?	Yes, except last installment.
When is interest recovered?	After principal is fully recovered.
If officer wins costs/damages, who recovers govt expense?	Officer refunds up to recovered amount.
Who is District Magistrate for CID/Railway Police cases?	Magistrate of case district.
How should subordinate officers send reports to Collector/DM?	Through Superintendent of Police.
Can officer apply advance through Superintendent & DM?	Yes, for defense expenses.
What is the max amount of advance recoverable?	Rs. 300.
Who decides monthly installment amount?	Inspector General of Police.
Should installment number be reasonable?	Yes, considering pay and advance.
Are officers required to follow these Paras for communications?	Yes, via Superintendent if subordinate.

Civil Suits and Proceedings
What is required before suing a public officer for official acts?	Two months’ previous notice under Section 80 CPC.
Where must the Section 80 notice be delivered?	To the officer or left at his office.
What should an officer do on receiving Section 80 notice?	Inform superior and prepare full narrative of facts and proposed defense.
To whom is the narrative forwarded?	Collector of the district.
Who provides legal opinion on the notice?	Government Pleader.
What does the Government Pleader do if notice is in plaint form?	Prepares draft written statement.
Where are the narrative and draft sent?	To Legal Remembrancer at least 3 weeks before notice expiry.
Who decides if the Government will defend the suit?	Legal Remembrancer after consulting Inspector General and Govt orders.
How is a Government-defended suit treated?	Same procedure as a suit against the Government.
If a suit is filed without Section 80 notice, what should officer do?	Immediately notify Collector to apply for adjournment.
What must a superior officer do on learning of a threatened suit against a subordinate?	Report immediately and submit brief narrative to Inspector General.
Can Government help an officer who hired own counsel?	Yes, may defray reasonable charges if officer acted honestly with due care.
Will Government pay decree amount if officer loses civil suit?	No, Government not bound and can recover its defense costs.

CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS
Which CrPC provision applies to prosecution of superior officers?	Section 197 CrPC/ sec 218 of BNSS
What must an accused police officer do immediately?	Inform his superior officer.
If officer does not seek Govt defense, what must he do?	Arrange his own defense.
Who informs Inspector General about criminal accusation?	Superintendent of Police through proper channel.
To whom should application for Govt defense be first made?	Superintendent of Police.
What if charge is trivial?	SP advises officer to defend personally.
Through whom is application forwarded to IG?	Through District Magistrate with SP’s opinion.
Who recommends whether officer be defended by Public Prosecutor or counsel?	District Magistrate.
Who obtains Government orders for defense at State expense?	Inspector General of Police.
Does Govt defense cover both Magistrate and Sessions trial?	Yes, if committed to Sessions Court.
Can Govt defense continue in revision proceedings?	Yes, with IG’s sanction.
Can IG refuse defense in revision?	Yes, if sufficient grounds exist.
In cross-case by accused person, who may defend officer?	Public Prosecutor (lower court) or District Govt Counsel (Sessions).
When is cross-case defense allowed?	If consistent with prosecution theory.
If convicted and officer appeals, who engages counsel?	Officer himself.
Can Govt later reimburse appeal expenses?	Yes, reasonable expenses as per Paras.
After trial/appeal, who sends judgment copy with opinion?	Superior officer to District Magistrate.
What opinion must superior officer give?	Whether officer acted honestly with due care.
What does District Magistrate forward to IG?	Judgment with his own opinion on honesty and expenses.
What is max counsel fee per full day?	Rs. 50.
What is max counsel fee per half day?	Rs. 25.
What counts as full day’s work?	Over 3 hours in court.
How many counsel can be paid per hearing?	Only one.
Is payment allowed for counsel from outside district?	No.
Who decides final payment of defense expenses?	Government on IG’s recommendation.
If officer is convicted, can Govt recover defense cost?	Yes.
Is Govt bound to pay fine imposed on officer?	No.

PARA 502
Procedure, when a medal winner police officer is convicted
When does Paragraph 502 procedure apply?	When a medal-winning police officer is convicted and sentenced to rigorous imprisonment.
Which medals are covered under this Para?	Field Service Medal, King’s Police Medal, Indian Police Medal, Commemoration Medal.
Who must report conviction of such officer?	Superintendent of Police.
To whom is the report sent?	Inspector General of Police.
What is the purpose of reporting conviction?	To consider forfeiture of medal(s).
What must SP include in the report?	Full facts of the case.
What document must accompany the report?	Copy of the court judgment.
Who decides whether medal should be forfeited?	Inspector General of Police (for consideration).

PARA 503
Procedure, when a police officer is arrested on a criminal charge
When does Paragraph 503 apply?	When a police officer not on leave is arrested on a criminal charge.
Does it apply if the officer is on leave?	No.
In which situation must intimation be sent?	When arrest occurs in a district other than his posting district.
Who informs about the arrest?	Superintendent of the district where arrest occurred.
To whom is the information sent?	Superintendent of the district where officer is posted.
What type of charge triggers this procedure?	Criminal charge.

PARA 504
Certificate of discharge to every officer leaving the force
Who is entitled to a certificate of discharge?	Every officer leaving the force.
In which form is discharge certificate issued?	Form No. 26.
What must be stated in the discharge certificate?	Cause of leaving the force (e.g., dismissal, resignation).
Should reasons for dismissal be mentioned?	No, unless desired by the applicant.
Can reasons for dismissal be inserted on request?	Yes, at the wish of the applicant.

PARA 505
Resignation of a police officer
Who can resign under Paragraph 505?	Police Officer of rank Inspector or below.
What notice period is required for resignation?	Two months’ written notice.
Can officer leave duty immediately after notice?	No, until resignation is formally accepted.
What must be cleared before resignation takes effect?	All debts to Government or police fund.
Can resignation be accepted before expiry of notice?	Yes, at authority’s discretion.
Can resignation be withheld during inquiry or trial?	Yes, until final orders are passed.
Which Act is mentioned for departmental proceedings?	Section 7 of the Police Act, 1861.
Who has discretion to delay acceptance during proceedings?	Appropriate authority.

PARA 506
The police officer, whose conduct is under inquiry, may not be granted leave
Can leave be granted to an officer under inquiry?	Generally, no.
When can such officer be granted leave?	Only on medical certificate of Civil Surgeon.
Which Civil Surgeon must sign the certificate?	Civil Surgeon of the district of posting.
Can leave be granted if inquiry is likely soon?	No, except on medical grounds.
Can a suspended officer be granted leave?	No leave of any kind is allowed.
Is medical leave allowed during suspension?	No.

PARA 507
Conditional resignations should ordinarily not be accepted
What is a conditional resignation?	Resignation linked to leave or redress request.
Should conditional resignations ordinarily be accepted?	No.
On what should orders be passed in such cases?	Only on leave or redress application.
What can officer do if dissatisfied with orders?	Appeal to higher authority.
Can officer resign after dissatisfaction?	Yes, by tendering unconditional resignation.

PARA 507-A
Construction of reference
What does reference to “Inspector General” mean for PAC personnel?	Inspector General of Police, Pradeshik Armed Constabulary, Uttar Pradesh.
What does reference to “Inspector General” mean for Intelligence Department?	Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Uttar Pradesh.
What does reference to “Inspector General” mean for CID personnel?	Inspector General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Uttar Pradesh.
What does reference to “Inspector General” mean for Police Training Institutions?	Inspector General of Police, Training, Uttar Pradesh.
What does reference to “Inspector General” mean for Government Railway Police?	Inspector General of Police, Railways, Uttar Pradesh.
In which Chapter does this construction apply?	This Chapter (as per Para 507-A).

Chapter XXXIII
APPEALS, REVISIONS, PETITIONS AND COPIES OF OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXXIII have in total?	Para 508 to Para 519-A

PARA 508
Paras, regulating appeals by gazetted officers
Which Paras regulate appeals by gazetted officers?	Paras under Section 96-B(2) Government of India Act.
To whom can appeal lie if IG passes original order?	Local Government.
Appeal against original order of DIG lies to whom?	Inspector General of Police.
If DIG later becomes IG, appeal lies to whom?	Local Government.
Appeal against SP’s original order (no DIG concurrence needed) lies to whom?	Deputy Inspector General.
Appeal against order of officers under Para 479(f) (no DIG concurrence needed) lies to whom?	Deputy Inspector General.
Can multiple officers file joint appeal?	No, appeal must be separate.
What must every appeal contain?	All material facts and arguments.
Can appeal contain improper language?	No.
What document must accompany appeal?	Copy of final order appealed against.
Are appeal petitions subject to stamp duty?	No.
Must other supporting documents be stamped?	Yes, as per Court Fees/Stamp Act.
Through whom must appeal be submitted?	Through Superintendent of Police or office head.
Can appeal be submitted directly to appellate authority?	No.
What is limitation period for appeal?	Three months from date of communication.
Can limitation be extended?	Yes, up to six months for good cause.
Can IG withhold appeal where no appeal lies?	Yes.
Can IG withhold non-compliant appeal?	Yes.
Can further appeal be withheld after decision?	Yes, unless new facts exist.
Who can withhold appeal for Para IV/V non-compliance?	SP or higher authority.
Must officer be informed if appeal is withheld?	Yes, with reasons.
Does appeal lie against withholding of appeal?	No.
Can appeal be re-submitted if withheld under Para IV/V?	Yes, within original limitation period.
Who can transfer an appeal?	IG or DIG for recorded reasons.
Can appellant demand transfer of appeal?	No.
Is appeal allowed against transfer order?	No.

Para 509
Procedure, when the appeal admitted
What happens when appellate authority admits an appeal?	It sends for the complete record.
Which papers must be submitted on appeal admission?	All papers considered by punishing authority.
Should character and service roll be submitted?	Yes.
What must be done with copies of appellate orders?	Recorded in departmental punishment file.
When must appellate orders be submitted?	Whenever the record is called for.
Are only selected papers sent on appeal?	No, entire relevant record must be sent.

Para 510
Declaration of appellate authority in cases of successful appeal
When does Paragraph 510 apply?	In successful appeal against dismissal.
What must appellate authority declare in such cases?	Whether enforced absence counts towards pension.

Para 511
Procedures of Revision
Who can exercise revisional power in appealable cases?	Authority to whom appeal lies.
Can revisional power be exercised suo motu?	Yes.
Can IG revise non-appealable cases?	Yes.
Can IG revise cases of acquittal?	Yes.
After how much time should record not ordinarily be called for revision?	After six months from order date.
Can adverse revisional order be passed after six months?	Only for special recorded reasons.
From which date is six-month limit for adverse order counted?	From date of receipt of records.
Can revisional power be exercised more than once suo motu?	No.
Does revision apply only to appealable orders?	No, IG can revise non-appealable cases also.

Para 512
Procedure, when appeal is rejected
When can officer seek revision after appeal rejection?	When appeal is rejected by authority subordinate to Local Government.
To whom does revision application lie?	Authority next higher in rank.
When can revisional power be exercised?	Only in case of flagrant irregularity causing miscarriage of justice.
Does appeal procedure apply to revision application?	Yes.
What must accompany revision application?	Copy of original and appellate order.
Is revision automatic after appeal rejection?	No, only on material injustice.

Para 513
Enhancement of punishment
Who can enhance punishment on appeal?	Appellate authority.
Who can enhance punishment in revision?	Authority superior to appellate authority.
Is show-cause notice required before enhancement?	Yes.
To whom must show cause be given?	Officer whose punishment is to be enhanced.
How is enhanced punishment by appellate authority treated?	Deemed original order for appeal purpose.
Can punishment be enhanced without hearing officer?	No.

Para 514
Paras for presenting a petition
Who can present a petition under Para 514?	Police officer with official grievance not covered by appeal/revision Paras.
To whom should petition first be addressed?	Lowest competent authority.
What happens if petition is addressed to higher authority improperly?	It is summarily rejected.
What is time limit for presenting petition?	Three months from communication of order.
Can time limit be extended?	Yes, up to six months for unavoidable reasons.
Can subordinate officer petition directly to higher than SP?	No, must route through Superintendent.
When must SP forward petition?	If framed in temperate and respectful terms.
What if SP rejects petition for improper language?	Return with endorsement.
If SP rejects matter within his competence, next remedy?	Petition to Deputy Inspector General with copy of SP’s order.
If DIG rejects petition, what lies to IG?	Revision only.
When will IG interfere in revision?	Only for flagrant irregularity causing injustice.
Are petitions to magistrates stampable?	Yes, with court-fee stamp of eight annas.
Do other petitions require stamp?	No.
In what form should petitions to Government be made?	Memorials as per Govt Paras.
Can IG withhold petitions?	Yes, in specified circumstances.
Can officer petition without personal interest?	No.
Does petition lie against punishments under Para 478(e)-(f)?	No.
Who must submit petition regarding official prospects?	The officer himself.
Can officers submit joint petitions?	No, must petition separately.
Are Service Associations’ rights affected?	No, without prejudice to recognized associations.

Para 515
Police officers of all ranks are forbidden to approach officials of other departments
Are police officers allowed to approach officials of other departments for grievances?	No.
Can police officers seek support from members of legislatures?	No.
Can police officers approach private persons for recommendations?	No.
Is using questions in Council to press claims permitted?	No.
Can officers use recommendation letters to superiors?	No.
Can police officers obtain interview with Members or Secretaries to Government freely?	No.
Whose permission is required to meet Members/Secretaries to Government?	Inspector General’s permission.
Does this prohibition apply to all ranks?	Yes.

Para 516
Police officers of all ranks are forbidden to petition for promotion
Can police officers petition for promotion?	No, except as provided by Para.
Does this prohibition apply to all ranks?	Yes.
Can superior officers recommend subordinates for specific posts?	No, unless ordered by competent authority.
Who can authorize recommendation for particular posts?	Authority competent to fill the post.
Is self-petitioning for promotion generally allowed?	No.

Para 517
Issuing free of charge copies of official documents to an officer against which an application for revision or petition lies under the Paras
Is an officer entitled to free copy of order for revision/petition?	Yes, one copy only.
Is more than one free copy allowed?	No.
Which order copy is given free in revision of appellate order?	Copy of appellate order.
Is copy of original order given free in such case?	No, it must be paid for.
At what rate is additional copy supplied?	Usual prescribed rates.
Does free copy apply to all documents?	No, only the order against which revision/petition lies.

Para 518
An officer is entitled on payment of the rates given to copies of all papers material to an appeal
Is an officer entitled to copies of papers material to an appeal?	Yes, on payment of prescribed rates.
Do these copies apply to revision and petitions also?	Yes.
Under which paragraph are rates prescribed?	Paragraph 519.
Are all papers available for copy?	No, confidential papers prejudicial to administration are excluded.
Can confidential papers affecting administration be supplied?	No.
Is payment mandatory for such copies?	Yes, as per prescribed rates.

Para 519
Paras for payment of copies to private individuals
Should copies of police official records be freely given to private individuals?	No, rarely except as required by law or Paras.
Can police information be given to commercial firms for advertising?	No, it is improper.
Who should SP consult if in doubt about granting copies?	Inspector General.
What is the charge for copy up to 1500 words?	₹1.
What is the extra charge for every 300 words beyond 1500 words?	12 paise.
How is each statement or report treated for charging?	As a separate document.
Are Hindi or Urdu copy rates different from English?	No, same rates.
Who fixes charge for copies of books, registers, maps or plans?	Head of the office.
When should copying charges be recorded?	In advance.
Under which head are copying charges credited?	Receipts – XIX – Police – Miscellaneous.
Who normally prepares copies?	Ordinary office staff.
When can temporary copyist be employed?	In times of pressure if absolutely necessary.
Are applications for copies subject to court-fee?	Yes, except free copies to government servants.
Under which Act is court-fee prescribed?	Court Fees Act, 1870.
Under which Article of Court Fees Act is fee prescribed?	Article I, Schedule II.
Copies are issued on which stamp?	General stamp under Article 24, Schedule I-B.
Under which Act is the stamp requirement prescribed?	Indian Stamp Act, 1899.
Who furnishes the required stamp?	The applicant himself.
Are Government servants entitled to some free copies?	Yes, as per Manual of Government Orders.
Must copies be written on impressed copy stamp paper?	No.

Para 519A
Construction of reference
What does reference to “Inspector General” mean in this Chapter?	It is construed according to the concerned police wing.
For Pradeshik Armed Constabulary, who is meant by Inspector General?	IG Police, Pradeshik Armed Constabulary, Uttar Pradesh.
For Intelligence Department personnel, who is meant by Inspector General?	IG Police, Intelligence, Uttar Pradesh.
For Criminal Investigation Department personnel, who is meant by Inspector General?	IG Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Uttar Pradesh.
For Police Training Institutions personnel, who is meant by Inspector General?	IG Police, Training, Uttar Pradesh.
For Government Railway Police personnel, who is meant by Inspector General?	IG Police, Railways, Uttar Pradesh.

Chapter XXXIV
TRANSFERS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXXIV have in total?	Para 520 to Para 526

Para 520
Transfer of gazetted officers
Who makes transfers of Gazetted Officers?	Governor in Council.
Who can transfer officers not above Inspector rank throughout the province?	Inspector General.
Who can transfer Inspectors within the range?	Deputy Inspector General (Range).
Who can transfer Sub-Inspectors, Head Constables and Constables within the range?	Deputy Inspector General (Range).
Who decides posting of Reserve Sub-Inspectors and Inspectors in hill stations?	Deputy Inspector General, Headquarters.
Should transfers far from home be encouraged?	No, should be avoided as far as possible.
Should officers above Constable rank serve in their home districts?	Ordinarily, no.
Should officers above Constable rank serve where they have landed property?	Ordinarily, no.
Are constables allowed in home districts without restriction?	No, numbers must be restricted.
Maximum stay of Sub-Inspector in one district?	6 years.
Maximum stay of Head Constable in one district?	10 years.
Maximum stay of Sub-Inspector in one police station?	3 years.
Maximum stay of Head Constable in one police station?	5 years.
Maximum stay of SI, HC and Constable in Tarai area?	5 years.
Does Tarai Para apply to Bhabar Estates also?	Yes.

Para 521
Transfer by D.G. (P)
Who exercises transfer power under Paragraph 521?	Inspector-General (D.G.P.).
Is Government sanction required for transfers under 521?	No.
Can IG transfer to foreign service within the province?	Yes.
Can IG transfer to service in an Indian State?	No.
Can IG transfer to another department of Provincial Government?	Yes.
Can IG transfer any Government servant in ordinary administration?	Yes, if he can appoint/transfer without Government reference.
Can IG fill the post vacated by such transfer?	Yes.
How can vacated posts be filled?	By promotion or enlistment when necessary.
Can IG transfer a Government servant outside the province temporarily?	Yes.
What is the initial maximum period of temporary transfer outside province?	Two years.
Can the temporary transfer period be extended?	Yes.
Up to what total period can it be extended?	Two years more.

Para 522
Mutual exchange of constables and head constables
Who proposes transfer from a district?	Superintendent.
What must be sent when proposing district transfer?	Character and service roll.
Who can mutually exchange posts?	Head Constables and Constables.
Is consent required for mutual exchange?	Yes, of concerned Superintendents.
To whom must proposed exchange be reported?	Deputy Inspector-General.
Is travelling allowance payable in mutual exchange?	No.

Para 523
Paras of joining time after transfer
Within how many days must a transferred subordinate be relieved?	Within 10 days.
Who arranges relieving of transferred subordinate?	Superintendent.
Is a transferred officer entitled to joining time?	Yes.
Can Superintendent grant leave to officer under transfer?	No.
From which date is Inspector entitled to sign charge certificate?	From date of arrival in new district.
Who signs charge certificate if relieved officer is absent?	Superintendent of Police.
Who signs in absence of Superintendent?	ASP or DSP.
What happens to officiating officer after charge is taken?	He is considered reverted.
From which date is permanent incumbent’s joining time counted?	From date relieving officer takes charge.
Does joining time start from relieving date or charge date?	From charge-taking date.

Para 524
Transfer by S.P. within district
Who can transfer officers up to Inspector rank within district?	Superintendent.
Is DM approval required for transfer of Inspectors?	Yes.
Is DM approval required for transfer of Officer-in-Charge of PS?	Yes.
What if SP and DM disagree on transfer?	Refer to DIG (Range).
Who decides disputed transfer between SP and DM?	Deputy Inspector-General (Range).
In certain districts, who performs DM’s function under this Para?	Additional District Magistrate (Executive).
Minimum tenure of Officer-in-Charge of Police Station?	Two years ordinarily.
Should subordinate station officers be transferred casually?	No, only for good reason.
Maximum period of withdrawal from station duty?	One year.
Is there exception to one-year withdrawal Para?	Yes.
In which region is exception allowed?	Kumaun.
In Kumaun, how long can Head Constable be withdrawn?	Two years.

Para 525
Transfer of constables in Armed and Civil police
Who can transfer constable with less than 2 years’ service between armed and civil police?	Superintendent of Police.
Can foot police constables join mounted police?	Yes, on own request.
Who can transfer civil constable with 2–10 years’ service to armed police?	Superintendent.
What is maximum period of such transfer in one year?	Six months.
Can armed constables over 2 years’ service be transferred to civil branch?	Yes, with DIG permission.
Can civil constables over 2 and under 10 years be transferred for any period?	Yes, with DIG permission.
Is DIG permission mandatory for long-term branch transfer?	Yes.
Who sanctions transfer in all other cases between branches?	Inspector-General.
Who sanctions transfer from other Provinces to Uttar Pradesh Police?	Inspector-General.

Para 526
Transfer of village guard
Can village guard be transferred without consent?	No.
Is consent mandatory for transfer of village guard?	Yes.
Who must give consent for such transfer?	The village guard himself.

Part IV
TRAINING
How many Chapters does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part IV have in total?	Chapter XXXV to chapter XXXVII
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Part IV have in total?	Para 527 to Para 554

Chapter XXXV
TRAINING OF GAZETTED OFFICERS, INSPECTORS AND RESERVE SUB-INSPECTORS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXXV have in total?	Para 527 to Para 533

Para 527
Knowledge of drill to police officers
Are all police officers required to learn drill on appointment?	Yes.
Must police officers maintain drill knowledge throughout service?	Yes.
Who are exempted from maintaining drill knowledge?	Public Prosecutors and Assistant Public Prosecutors.
Are Public Prosecutors required to learn drill?	No.
Are Assistant Public Prosecutors required to keep drill knowledge?	No.
Must Reserve Inspectors be proficient in drill?	Yes.
Are superior officers required to be proficient in drill?	Yes.
Does drill requirement apply to all branches of force?	Yes.

Para 528
Course of instruction for probationary Asstt. Superintendents of Police
Where do probationary ASPs undergo training?	Provincial Police Training College.
Duration of training at College?	16 months.
Where are training Paras prescribed?	Provincial Police Training College Manual, Part II.
Do ASPs receive practical district training after college?	Yes.
Are ASPs trained in English office work?	Yes.
Do they learn drafting and correspondence?	Yes.
Are they trained in accounts and pension papers?	Yes.
Do they handle crime registers and returns?	Yes.
Are ASPs put in actual charge of head clerk/accountant work?	Yes.
Are ASPs trained in vernacular language work?	Yes.
Do they prepare precis and translations?	Yes.
Are they required to examine police diaries?	Yes.
Must ASPs learn duties of Reserve Inspector?	Yes.
Do they supervise drill and musketry?	Yes.
Are they placed in charge of reserve duties?	Yes.
Do ASPs accompany investigating officers?	Yes.
Must they submit diaries under Section 172 CrPC/ SEC 192 BNSS?	Yes.
Are they given charge of a city police station?	Yes, for 20 days.
Must they camp at rural police station?	Yes, for 10 days.
Are ASPs deputed for departmental inquiries?	Yes.
Do they prepare notes on decided cases?	Yes.
Must they conduct prosecution in important cases?	Yes, three cases.
Are they required to attend Courts?	Yes.
Do they accompany SP during inspections?	Yes.
Must they conduct independent inspections later?	Yes.
Are ASPs attached to CID after college?	Yes, for one month.
Are they attached to IG’s office for training?	Yes, one month.
Is practical exam prescribed?	No formal exam.
Must they obtain infantry and equitation certificates?	Yes.
Who certifies ASP’s competency?	Superintendent & DIG (Range).
Must DIG examine ASP before countersigning?	Yes.
Must ASP pass orders on diaries competently?	Yes.
Must ASP supervise investigation intelligently?	Yes.
Must ASP inspect police station efficiently?	Yes.
Must ASP supervise police accountant?	Yes.
Must ASP conduct proceedings under Section 7 of Police Act?	Yes.
Can ASP hold subdivision charge without certificates?	No.
Can ASP officiate as district head without certification?	No.

Para 529
Probation of Dy. S.P.'s
What is probation period for promoted Dy.S.P.?	One year.
Where are promoted Dy.S.P.s posted initially?	In district.
Are promoted Dy.S.P.s required to undergo training?	No.
Are promoted Dy.S.P.s required to pass examination?	No.
Must promoted Dy.S.P.s obtain competency certificate?	Yes.
Who signs Dy.S.P. competency certificate?	Superintendent of Police.
Who countersigns Dy.S.P. certificate?	Deputy Inspector-General.
Must Dy.S.P. supervise head clerk efficiently?	Yes.
Must Dy.S.P. know police accounts system?	Yes.
Must Dy.S.P. conduct proceedings under Section 7 of Police Act?	Yes.
Additional certificate required for non-Reserve Inspector promotees?	Yes.
What extra competency must non-Reserve Inspector promotees show?	Supervision of Reserve Inspector’s work.
Where are Paras for directly appointed Dy.S.P.s given?	Police Training College Manual, Part II, Chapter II.
Is district training of directly appointed Dy.S.P. similar to ASP?	Yes.
Under which paragraph is such training prescribed?	Paragraph 528.
Who forwards probation reports of Dy.S.P.?	Superintendent of Police.
Through whom are reports forwarded?	District Magistrate.
To whom are reports sent?	Inspector General of Police.
With whom does IG consult before recommendation?	Deputy Inspector-General.
To whom does IG submit final recommendation?	Chief Secretary to Government.

Para 530
R.I. must have knowledge of drill
Must every Reserve Inspector have knowledge of drill?	Yes, thorough knowledge.
Must Reserve Inspector know duties under Chapter II?	Yes.
Is drill knowledge compulsory for R.I.?	Yes.
Can R.I. hold charge of headquarters in absence of gazetted officers?	Yes, if qualified.
What language proficiency is required for R.I. to hold HQ charge?	Thorough knowledge of English.
Must R.I. know police correspondence system?	Yes.
Must R.I. know police accounts system?	Yes.
Is eligibility for HQ charge automatic for all R.I.s?	No, subject to required qualifications.

Para 531. [Omitted]

Para 532
Qualification for the public prosecutor
Minimum service required as Investigating Officer for Public Prosecutor?	Two years.
Is knowledge of English required for Public Prosecutor?	Yes, thorough knowledge.
Which university LLB is specifically mentioned?	University of Allahabad.
Minimum marks required in each LLB paper?	30%.
Minimum aggregate marks required in LLB?	30%.
Which subjects must be passed in LLB?	IPC/BNS, CrPC/BNSS, Evidence Act/BSA, 2023.
Is law degree from UP universities acceptable?	Yes.
What if no qualified officer in district?	SP applies to DIG.
Who grants permission to SIs to appear in LLB exam?	Superintendent.
Can probationer SIs appear in exam?	Yes, with permission.

Para 533
Training of Circle Inspectors
Do Circle Inspectors undergo any formal training course?	No.
Are Circle Inspectors required to pass any examination?	No.
Must Circle Inspectors maintain knowledge of platoon drill?	Yes.
Under which paragraph is platoon drill requirement mentioned?	Paragraph 546.

Chapter XXXVI
TRAINING OF SUB-INSPECTORS
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXXVI have in total?	Para 534 to Para 538

Para 534
Training of Sub-Inspectors
From the date on which Sub-Inspectors are posted to districts as sub-inspectors, civil police, sub-inspectors shall be on probation for a period of:	two years
Must Civil Police Sub-Inspectors undergo training?	Yes.
Where do Sub-Inspectors receive training?	Provincial Police Training College.
Where are training details prescribed?	Uttar Pradesh Police Training College Manual, Part III.
Does training include practical district training?	Yes.
When does probation of Sub-Inspectors begin?	From date of district posting.
What is probation period for Sub-Inspectors?	Two years.
Who confirms Sub-Inspectors after probation?	Deputy Inspector-General.
On what basis are Sub-Inspectors confirmed?	If found fit for permanent appointment.

Para 535
Probation of Sub-Inspectors
Do probationary Sub-Inspectors undergo practical training?	Yes.
Where are they first attached for training?	Police stations near headquarters.
Do they learn police station routine?	Yes.
Do they learn preparation of reports and registers?	Yes.
Are they trained in surveillance and patrol methods?	Yes.
Do they receive instruction in investigation?	Yes.
Must each probationer accompany investigations?	Yes, at least six.
Are probationers given independent cases?	Yes, simple cases.
Who supervises probationers at police station?	Inspector-in-charge of city/circle.
Does Inspector report on probationer’s work?	Yes, periodically.
Do probationers work in SP office?	Yes, for some weeks.
What work do they perform in SP office?	Prepare abstracts of diaries and papers.
Are they attached to Public Prosecutor’s office?	Yes.
Do they learn examination of police papers for prosecution?	Yes.
Do they assist in prosecution under supervision?	Yes.
Are they instructed in criminal tribes work?	Yes.
Do probationers receive drill training?	Yes.
Are they trained in guard posting and relief?	Yes.
Must they learn lining of streets and parking duties?	Yes.
Where do they receive reserve line training?	In reserve lines.

Para 536
Programme for probationer Sub-Inspector
Who prepares programme for probationary Sub-Inspector?	Superintendent.
What does programme specify?	Stations and training periods.
Should too many probationers train at same place?	No.
Can training be shortened for promoted Head Constables?	Yes.
On what basis can training be shortened?	Prior experience and competence.
Who decides competency of promoted Head Constable?	Superintendent.
When can probationer be posted to police station for duty?	After sufficient training.
Under whose supervision does probationer perform station duty?	Selected Station Officer.
Under which paragraph are duties of subordinate SI prescribed?	Paragraph 50.
Is training sheet maintained for each probationer?	Yes.
Who maintains training sheet?	Superintendent.
What is purpose of training sheet?	Assess progress and fitness for confirmation.
Are inspectors’ periodical reports recorded?	Yes.
Does SP record notes on investigations and conduct?	Yes.
Who reviews probationer after six months?	Deputy Inspector-General.
When does DIG review probationer?	After six months of probation.
What does DIG examine during inspection?	Programme and training sheet.
Is formal documentation of progress mandatory?	Yes.

Para 537
Extension of period of probation
Who can extend probation of Sub-Inspector?	Deputy Inspector-General.
Maximum extension period allowed?	One year.
Must extension order specify exact date?	Yes.
Can probationer be discharged during probation?	Yes.
Can promoted probationer be reverted?	Yes.
Who orders discharge or reversion?	Deputy Inspector-General.
Is show cause required before discharge?	Yes.
Must grounds of discharge be communicated?	Yes.
Is probationer’s explanation considered before discharge?	Yes.
Is compensation payable on discharge during probation?	No.
When can probationer be discharged?	During or at end of probation/extended period.
When is probationer confirmed?	If found fit and integrity certified.
Who confirms probationer?	Deputy Inspector-General.

Para 538
Selection of 'Z' cadets
Who are classified as “Z” cadets?	Cadets passing final test with outstanding distinction.
Who decides “Z” classification?	Examination Board.
Where is “Z” classification recorded?	Character roll.
Whose report on “Z” classification is final?	President of Examination Board.
To whom is report submitted?	Inspector General of Police.
Does “Z” class apply to civil and armed police?	Yes.
Do civil “Z” officers receive special training?	Yes.
Is officer’s own preference considered for training?	Yes.
Are civil “Z” officers eligible for accelerated promotion?	Yes.
To which rank can civil “Z” officer be accelerated?	Inspector.
When is civil “Z” officer considered for promotion?	After confirmation as Sub-Inspector.
Where are armed “Z” officers ordinarily employed?	Training Centre or Military Police.
What post may armed “Z” officer hold at Training Centre?	Chief Inspector.
What post may armed “Z” officer hold in Military Police?	Platoon Commander.
Are armed “Z” officers eligible for accelerated promotion?	Yes.
To which rank can armed “Z” officer be accelerated?	Reserve Inspector.

Chapter XXXVII
TRAINING OF HEAD CONSTABLES AND CONSTABLES
How many Paragraphs does the U.P. POLICE REGULATION Chapter XXXVII have in total?	Para 539 to Para 554

Para 539
Training of recruits
Who determines training place of recruits?	Inspector General.
Does Para apply to civil police recruits?	Yes.
Does Para apply to armed police recruits?	Yes.
Who decides manner of training?	Inspector General.
Do recruits undergo tests after training?	Yes.
Who prescribes tests for recruits?	Inspector General.

Para 540
Selection of X recruits from constables
Who can be designated as “X” recruit?	Constable recruit with outstanding merit.
Who forms opinion about outstanding merit?	Officer conducting final tests.
Is “X” designation automatic for all recruits?	No.
Where is “X” designation recorded?	Character roll.
Do “X” recruits receive special training?	Yes.
Are “X” recruits encouraged for promotion exams?	Yes.
Which exam are civil “X” recruits encouraged to appear?	Provincial Promotion Examination.

Para 541
Probation period of recruits
When does probation of a recruit begin?	From date of officiating in clear vacancy.
What is normal probation period?	Two years.
What is probation period for CID/District Intelligence recruits?	Three years.
Who are governed by Para 84 directions?	Mounted Police transferees.
Who must approve recruit for service before confirmation?	Deputy Inspector General.
Who confirms recruit after satisfactory probation?	Superintendent of Police.
What is required for confirmation?	Satisfactory conduct and work.
Can SP discharge recruit during probation?	Yes.
On what ground can SP discharge recruit?	Unlikely to make good police officer.
Must complaints be communicated before discharge?	Yes.
Is show cause opportunity mandatory before discharge?	Yes.
Must recruit submit representation in writing?	Yes.
Must SP consider representation before discharge?	Yes.
Are SP’s discharge orders final?	Yes, subject to DIG control.

Para 542
Instruction in law and regulation to recruits
Where is instruction in law given to recruits?	Lines schools.
Who imparts instruction in law and regulation?	Trained teachers.
Who is generally in charge of the school?	Deputy Superintendent of Police.
How many times must DSP visit school weekly?	At least three times.
When must DSP visit school?	When at headquarters.
What type of lectures should be arranged frequently?	Short practical lectures.
Who delivers practical lectures?	Experienced police officers.
Should Superintendent visit the school?	Yes.
What should Superintendent take regarding school visits?	Every opportunity to visit.
What must be kept for visiting officers’ remarks?	Inspection book.

Para 543
Classes of constables
How many classes of constables are there?	Two – Class A and Class B.
What did Class A vacancies include before 1 June 1941?	Literate and selected meritorious semi/illiterate men.
What special qualities were considered earlier for Class A?	Detective skill or meritorious service.
After 1 June 1941, what is required for Class A promotion?	Prescribed educational test.
Who prescribes educational test for Class A?	Inspector General.
What does Class B comprise?	Constables not admitted to Class A.
Is education mandatory for Class A after 1941?	Yes.
Can illiterate constables now enter Class A without test?	No.
Can constables be employed on clerical duty?	Yes, subject to conditions.
What is first condition for clerical employment?	One year executive experience.
What is second condition for clerical employment?	Passing prescribed examination.

Para 544
Training of drill will be taught in reserve lines
Where is drill training conducted?	Reserve lines.
Who supervises drill training?	Reserve Inspector and Armed Police Sub-Inspector.
Who receives drill instruction?	Armed police, civil emergency reserve and recruits.
What basic drill is taught?	Squad drill.
What intermediate drill is taught?	Platoon drill.
What advanced drill is taught?	Company drill.
Is drill taught in close order?	Yes.
Is drill taught in extended order?	Yes.
Is company ceremonial included in training?	Yes.
Are guard duties part of drill training?	Yes.
Are principles of infantry attack taught?	Yes, as applicable to police duties.
Is fire direction training included?	Yes.
Is discipline and control emphasized?	Yes.
For what purpose are infantry principles applied?	Suppression of disturbances and rounding up gangs.
Is battalion and ceremonial drill practiced in large districts?	Yes.
Who may exempt personnel from physical training?	Superintendent of Police/Commandant.
At what age can exemption be granted?	Above 45 years.
From what activities can exemption be given?	Physical training and strenuous exercises.

Para 545
Training of drill of mounted police
Who receives drill training under Para 545?	Mounted police officers and men.
What riding skill is taught to mounted police?	Equitation.
What horse-related skill is taught?	Horse mastership.
Is troop drill included in training?	Yes.
Is ceremonial drill included?	Yes.
Are guard duties taught to mounted police?	Yes.
Which traditional weapon training is given?	Sword.
Which additional weapon training is provided?	Lance.
Are cavalry field operation principles taught?	Yes.
Are cavalry principles fully military in nature?	No, only useful for police purposes.

Para 546
Training of platoon drill
Who must know platoon drill?	Circle Inspectors, Sub Inspectors and Head Constables.
Must Civil Police Sub-Inspectors know platoon drill?	Yes.
Must Head Constables know platoon drill?	Yes.
Must Circle Inspectors know platoon drill?	Yes.
Who must conduct parades?	Circle Inspectors, SIs and Head Constables.
Who can take command of police parties?	Circle Inspectors, SIs and Head Constables.
Who can post and relieve sentries?	Circle Inspectors, SIs and Head Constables.
Who must instruct men in platoon drill?	Circle Inspectors, SIs and Head Constables.
Is guard duty instruction mandatory?	Yes.
Is street lining part of training?	Yes.
Is carriage parking instruction included?	Yes.
Must officers know use of batons?	Yes.
Must officers know use of whistles?	Yes.
What drill must civil constables know?	Squad drill.
Are constables required to know practical duties?	Yes.

Para 547
S.P. shall command a general parade of the force once a week in reserve lines
Who shall command general parade once a week?	Superintendent of Police.
Where is general parade conducted?	Reserve lines.
When must SP command parade?	When not on tour.
How often must SP command parade?	At least once a week.
Must SP attend kit inspection?	Yes.
Where can kit inspection be attended?	Lines or headquarters police station.
Should SP test quality of instruction?	Yes.
Where should instruction be tested?	Lines and police stations.
Must SP issue written orders for parade attendance?	Yes.
For whom are written orders issued?	Assistant & Deputy Superintendents.
Where must officers attend parade?	Lines and headquarters police station.
Is parade attendance scheduled formally?	Yes, by written orders.
Which day is holiday from drill?	Thursday.

Para 548
Practice of musketry and revolver
Who must be present during musketry and revolver practice?	A gazetted officer or reserve inspector.
Who is responsible for safety during practice?	The officer or reserve inspector present.
What precautions must be ensured?	All necessary precautions against accidents.
Who ensures the accuracy of score records?	The gazetted officer or reserve inspector present.
Is musketry practice allowed without supervision?	No.

Para 549
Inspection of kits, arms and clothing etc. in police lines
When is the kit, arms, and clothing inspection held in reserve lines?	Every Monday.
Who inspects kits, arms, clothing, horses, and accoutrements?	Senior gazetted officer or reserve inspector.
What items are inspected during the parade?	Kits, arms, accoutrements, horses, saddlery, appointment certificates, clothing, and accoutrement books.
Who explains new departmental orders and important law/Para changes?	The inspecting senior officer or reserve inspector.
Are changes in police laws explained during inspections?	Yes.
Is the inspection limited to physical equipment?	No, it also includes certificates and documentation.
Who is responsible for ensuring men understand new Paras?	Senior gazetted officer or reserve inspector present.
Does the inspection cover the Police Gazette updates?	Yes.

Para 550
Instruction in "First aid to the injured" to probationary police officers and recruits
Who gives first aid instruction to probationary officers and recruits?	Assistant surgeon or sub-assistant surgeon.
Who must keep up their first aid knowledge by practice?	Members of the Force with first aid certificates.
When should members be examined in first aid?	At all inspections of station and in the lines.
What happens if few recruits are receiving first aid instruction?	Assistant/sub-assistant surgeon gives refresher instruction to police at district headquarters.
Is first aid instruction only for recruits?	No, also for probationary officers.
Where are refresher first aid instructions given?	At the headquarters of the district.
Should first aid knowledge be maintained continuously?	Yes, by practice and examination.
Who supervises first aid training for police?	Assistant surgeon or sub-assistant surgeon.
Is first aid instruction theoretical, practical, or both?	Practical (implied by practice and examination).
Does first aid training include all members or select members?	Recruits and probationary officers; certified members for refresher.

Para 551
Selection of Burglers from recruits
From which recruits are burglars selected?	Constables of the armed police.
Where is preliminary training of burglars given?	In the police lines.
Who deputes men for further training after preliminary training?	Deputy Inspector General.
Is selection of burglars from civil police?	No, only from armed police.
What is the sequence of training for selected burglars?	Preliminary training in lines → further training deputed by DIG.

Para 552
Daily class of Drill instructors
Who conducts daily classes of drill instruction in observation?	Drill instructors trained at Police Training College, Moradabad.
When is the daily class of observation held?	After the dismissal of the morning parade.
Which officers must attend the observation class?	All sub-inspectors and head constables of the armed police without observation certificates.
Until when must officers attend the class?	Until they qualify to the satisfaction of the Superintendent of Police.
Where are the daily classes held?	In the police lines.

Para 553
Employment of trained S.I. teachers
How long is the probation period for trained S.I. teachers in district reserve lines schools?	One year.
What happens if a teacher’s work or conduct is unsatisfactory during probation?	They are returned to their original post under a municipal or district board.
What happens to teachers with satisfactory work and conduct during probation?	Transferred permanently to the police and subject to ordinary pension and clerical staff Paras.
Does service under a district or municipal board count for police pension?	No, it counts only for leave.
What is provided to teachers not given Government quarters?	House rent allowance.

Para 554
Posting of trained teachers to give primary teaching to the children of police officers
Who provides primary education to children of police officers?	Trained teachers in lines schools.
When should classes for children be held?	Early mornings, when teachers are free from instructing recruits.
What is the maximum number of children per class?	16 children.
Is any fee charged for this instruction?	No, instruction is free of charge.
Can teaching children interfere with recruit training?	No, it must not interfere with recruits’ training.

Download One Liner Notes PDF